lisp/ldefs-boot.el

   1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
   2 ;;
   3 ;;; Code:
   4
   5 \f
   6 ;;;### (autoloads nil "5x5" "play/5x5.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
   7 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
   8
   9 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
  10 Play 5x5.
  11
  12 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
  13 squares you must fill the grid.
  14
  15 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
  16 \\<5x5-mode-map>
  17 Flip                        \\[5x5-flip-current]
  18 Move up                     \\[5x5-up]
  19 Move down                   \\[5x5-down]
  20 Move left                   \\[5x5-left]
  21 Move right                  \\[5x5-right]
  22 Start new game              \\[5x5-new-game]
  23 New game with random grid   \\[5x5-randomize]
  24 Random cracker              \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
  25 Mutate current cracker      \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
  26 Mutate best cracker         \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
  27 Mutate xor cracker          \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
  28 Solve with Calc             \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
  29 Rotate left Calc Solutions  \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
  30 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
  31 Quit current game           \\[5x5-quit-game]
  32
  33 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
  34
  35 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
  36 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
  37
  38 \(fn)" t nil)
  39
  40 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
  41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
  42
  43 \(fn)" t nil)
  44
  45 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
  46 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
  47
  48 \(fn)" t nil)
  49
  50 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
  51 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
  52 Mutate the result.
  53
  54 \(fn)" t nil)
  55
  56 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
  57 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
  58
  59 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
  60 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
  61 solution and the second will be the best solution so far.  The function
  62 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
  63
  64 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
  65
  66 ;;;***
  67 \f
  68 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" (21220 61111
  69 ;;;;;;  156047 0))
  70 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
  71
  72 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
  73 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
  74 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
  75 extensions.
  76 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
  77 the file name.
  78
  79 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
  80
  81 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
  82 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
  83
  84 \(fn)" t nil)
  85
  86 ;;;***
  87 \f
  88 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" (21187 63826
  89 ;;;;;;  213216 0))
  90 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
  91
  92 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
  93 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
  94
  95 \(fn)" t nil)
  96
  97 ;;;***
  98 \f
  99 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" (21187 63826
 100 ;;;;;;  213216 0))
 101 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
 102
 103 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
 104 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
 105 Completion is available.
 106
 107 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
 108
 109 ;;;***
 110 \f
 111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "add-log" "vc/add-log.el" (21240 46395 727291
 112 ;;;;;;  0))
 113 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
 114
 115 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
 116
 117 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
 118 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
 119 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
 120 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
 121 outside a function.")
 122
 123 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
 124
 125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
 126 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
 127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
 128
 129 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
 130
 131 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
 132 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
 133 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'.  In addition to
 134 being a simple string, this value can also be a list.  All elements
 135 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
 136 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
 137
 138 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
 139
 140 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
 141 Prompt for a change log name.
 142
 143 \(fn)" nil nil)
 144
 145 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
 146 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
 147
 148 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
 149 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
 150 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
 151 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
 152
 153 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
 154 simply find it in the current directory.  Otherwise, search in the current
 155 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
 156
 157 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
 158 current buffer to the complete file name.
 159 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
 160
 161 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
 162
 163 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
 164 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
 165 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
 166 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
 167
 168 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
 169 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
 170
 171 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
 172
 173 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
 174 never append to an existing entry.  Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
 175 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
 176
 177 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
 178 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
 179 after a comma on an existing line.
 180
 181 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
 182 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
 183 the same person.
 184
 185 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
 186 permission notice.  The first blank line indicates the end of these
 187 notices.
 188
 189 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
 190 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
 191
 192 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
 193
 194 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
 195 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
 196 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
 197 the change log file in another window.
 198
 199 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
 200
 201 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
 202 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
 203 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
 204 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
 205 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
 206 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
 207
 208 \\{change-log-mode-map}
 209
 210 \(fn)" t nil)
 211
 212 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
 213 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
 214
 215 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
 216 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
 217
 218 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
 219 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
 220 identifiers followed by `:' or `='.  See variables
 221 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
 222 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
 223
 224 Has a preference of looking backwards.
 225
 226 \(fn)" nil nil)
 227
 228 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
 229 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
 230 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
 231 the appropriate motion commands).  OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
 232 or a buffer.
 233
 234 Entries are inserted in chronological order.  Both the current and
 235 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
 236
 237 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
 238
 239 ;;;***
 240 \f
 241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (21278 229
 242 ;;;;;;  682967 799000))
 243 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
 244
 245 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
 246 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
 247 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
 248 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
 249 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
 250 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
 251 old original, or keep it and raise an error.  The values `accept', `discard',
 252 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done.  `warn' is just like `accept' but
 253 it additionally prints a warning message.  All other values will be
 254 interpreted as `error'.")
 255
 256 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
 257
 258 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
 259 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
 260 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
 261 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
 262 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
 263 advised function is compiled or a built-in function.  Every other value will
 264 be interpreted as `maybe'.  This variable will only be considered if the
 265 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
 266
 267 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
 268
 269 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
 270 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
 271
 272 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
 273
 274 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
 275 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
 276
 277 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
 278
 279 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
 280 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
 281
 282 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
 283 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
 284 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
 285 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
 286 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
 287
 288 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
 289 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
 290 the new one.
 291
 292 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
 293 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
 294 goes.  POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
 295 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
 296 mapped to the closest extremal position).
 297
 298 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
 299 initialized.  Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
 300 the cache-id will clear the cache.
 301
 302 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
 303
 304 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
 305 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
 306 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
 307 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
 308 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it.  If a previously
 309 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
 310 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
 311 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled.  If it is negative
 312 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
 313 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
 314 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
 315 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
 316 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'.  Activation of
 317 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
 318 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'.  The current advised
 319 definition will always be cached for later usage.
 320
 321 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
 322
 323 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
 324 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
 325 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
 326
 327   (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
 328     [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
 329     BODY...)
 330
 331 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
 332 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
 333 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
 334 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
 335     see also `ad-add-advice'.
 336 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
 337     instead of the argument list of the original.  The first one found in
 338     before/around/after-advices will be used.
 339 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
 340     All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
 341 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
 342 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
 343     function.  The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
 344 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
 345
 346 Semantics of the various flags:
 347 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
 348 any code that precedes it.  If any around-advice of a function is protected
 349 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
 350
 351 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
 352 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
 353
 354 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
 355 advised function should be compiled.
 356
 357 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
 358 during activation until somebody enables it.
 359
 360 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
 361 time.  This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
 362 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate.  Only use
 363 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
 364
 365 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
 366           [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
 367           BODY...)
 368
 369 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
 370
 371 (function-put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
 372
 373 (function-put 'defadvice 'lisp-indent-function '2)
 374
 375 ;;;***
 376 \f
 377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "align" "align.el" (21299 64170 881226 0))
 378 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
 379
 380 (autoload 'align "align" "\
 381 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
 382 BEG and END mark the region.  If BEG and END are specifically set to
 383 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
 384 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
 385 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
 386 rule's `separate' attribute).
 387
 388 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
 389 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
 390 `separate' attribute set.
 391
 392 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
 393 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
 394 `align-exclude-rules-list'.  See `align-rules-list' for more details
 395 on the format of these lists.
 396
 397 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
 398
 399 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
 400 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
 401 BEG and END mark the limits of the region.  Interactively, this function
 402 prompts for the regular expression REGEXP to align with.
 403
 404 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
 405 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
 406
 407     Fred (123) 456-7890
 408     Alice (123) 456-7890
 409     Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
 410     Joe (123) 456-7890
 411
 412 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
 413 using a REGEXP like \"(\".  Interactively, all you would have to do is
 414 to mark the region, call `align-regexp' and enter that regular expression.
 415
 416 REGEXP must contain at least one parenthesized subexpression, typically
 417 whitespace of the form \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)\".  In normal interactive use,
 418 this is automatically added to the start of your regular expression after
 419 you enter it.  You only need to supply the characters to be lined up, and
 420 any preceding whitespace is replaced.
 421
 422 If you specify a prefix argument (or use this function non-interactively),
 423 you must enter the full regular expression, including the subexpression.
 424 The function also then prompts for which subexpression parenthesis GROUP
 425 \(default 1) within REGEXP to modify, the amount of SPACING (default
 426 `align-default-spacing') to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule
 427 throughout the line.
 428
 429 See `align-rules-list' for more information about these options.
 430
 431 The non-interactive form of the previous example would look something like:
 432   (align-regexp (point-min) (point-max) \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)(\")
 433
 434 This function is a nothing more than a small wrapper that helps you
 435 construct a rule to pass to `align-region', which does the real work.
 436
 437 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
 438
 439 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
 440 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
 441 BEG and END mark the extent of the region.  If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
 442 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
 443 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
 444 align that section.
 445
 446 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
 447
 448 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
 449 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
 450 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
 451 so saves you from having to specify the region.  If RULES or
 452 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
 453 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
 454 been used to align that section.
 455
 456 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
 457
 458 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
 459 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
 460 BEG and END mark the extent of the region.  TITLE identifies the rule
 461 that should be highlighted.  If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
 462 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
 463 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
 464 to be colored.
 465
 466 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
 467
 468 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
 469 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
 470
 471 \(fn)" t nil)
 472
 473 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
 474 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
 475
 476 \(fn)" t nil)
 477
 478 ;;;***
 479 \f
 480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout" "allout.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
 481 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
 482 (push (purecopy '(allout 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
 483
 484 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
 485 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
 486
 487 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
 488
 489 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
 490
 491 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
 492 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
 493
 494 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
 495 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
 496
 497 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
 498 `allout-auto-activation'.
 499
 500 \(fn)" nil nil)
 501
 502 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
 503 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
 504
 505 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
 506 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
 507 file variable `allout-layout'.
 508
 509 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
 510 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
 511 specified layout is applied.
 512
 513 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
 514 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
 515
 516 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
 517 Auto-layout is not.
 518
 519 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
 520
 521 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
 522
 523 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
 524
 525 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
 526
 527 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
 528
 529 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
 530
 531 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
 532
 533 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
 534
 535 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
 536
 537 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
 538
 539 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
 540
 541 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
 542
 543 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
 544
 545 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
 546
 547 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
 548
 549 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
 550
 551 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
 552
 553 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
 554
 555 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
 556 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
 557
 558 \(fn)" nil t)
 559
 560 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
 561 Toggle Allout outline mode.
 562 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
 563 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
 564 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
 565
 566 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
 567 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
 568 outline oriented formatting and manipulation.  It enables
 569 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
 570 exposure.  It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
 571 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages.  (For example,
 572 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
 573 outline.)
 574
 575 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
 576
 577  - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
 578    repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
 579  - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
 580  - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
 581  - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
 582  - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
 583  - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
 584  - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
 585
 586 and many other features.
 587
 588 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
 589 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology.  See also the
 590 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
 591 features.  Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
 592 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
 593
 594 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
 595 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'.  We recommend customizing
 596 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
 597 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
 598 bindings you have on \\C-c.  In any case, outline structure
 599 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
 600 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
 601 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
 602 un-control-shifted command letters.  This is described further in
 603 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
 604
 605         Exposure Control:
 606         ----------------
 607 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree]   `allout-hide-current-subtree'
 608 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
 609 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
 610 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
 611 \\[allout-show-all]   `allout-show-all'
 612
 613         Navigation:
 614         ----------
 615 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
 616 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
 617 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
 618 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
 619 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
 620 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
 621 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
 622 \\[allout-beginning-of-line]  `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
 623      if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
 624      and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
 625
 626
 627         Topic Header Production:
 628         -----------------------
 629 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
 630 \\[allout-open-subtopic]   `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
 631 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
 632
 633         Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
 634         ---------------------------------
 635 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in'   Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
 636 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
 637 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
 638             current topic
 639 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic'   Reconcile bullets of topic and
 640             its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
 641             are alternated according to nesting depth.
 642 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings'  Number bullets of topic and siblings --
 643            the offspring are not affected.
 644            With repeat count, revoke numbering.
 645
 646         Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
 647         ----------------------------------
 648 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic'   Kill current topic, including offspring.
 649 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
 650 \\[allout-kill-line]     `allout-kill-line'    Kill line, attending to outline structure.
 651 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill]     `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
 652 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank'        Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
 653                              depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
 654                              heading (ie, prefix sans text).
 655 \\[allout-yank-pop]     `allout-yank-pop'       Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
 656
 657         Topic-oriented Encryption:
 658         -------------------------
 659 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
 660           Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
 661
 662         Misc commands:
 663         -------------
 664 M-x outlineify-sticky       Activate outline mode for current buffer,
 665                             and establish a default file-var setting
 666                             for `allout-layout'.
 667 \\[allout-mark-topic]       `allout-mark-topic'
 668 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
 669                             Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
 670                             buffer with name derived from derived from that
 671                             of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
 672 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
 673                             Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
 674                             prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
 675                             format.
 676 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
 677                             Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
 678                             auto-activation.
 679
 680                   Topic Encryption
 681
 682 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
 683 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
 684 pending encryption on save.
 685
 686 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
 687 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
 688 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
 689 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
 690 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
 691
 692 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
 693 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
 694 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out.  That
 695 can take several minutes.  (Decryption of other entries is not
 696 affected.)  Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
 697 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a '-HUP'
 698 signal.
 699
 700 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
 701 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
 702 for details.
 703
 704                  HOT-SPOT Operation
 705
 706 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
 707 navigation and exposure control.
 708
 709 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
 710 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
 711 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars.  For example, \"f\"
 712 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
 713 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
 714
 715 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
 716 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
 717 single keystroke.  Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
 718 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
 719 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
 720
 721 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
 722 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot.  If you
 723 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
 724 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
 725 immediately, to the hot-spot.  Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
 726 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
 727 at the beginning of the current entry.
 728
 729                              Extending Allout
 730
 731 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
 732 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
 733 without changes to the allout core.  Here are key ones:
 734
 735 `allout-mode-hook'
 736 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
 737 `allout-mode-off-hook'
 738 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
 739 `allout-structure-added-functions'
 740 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
 741 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
 742 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
 743 `allout-post-undo-hook'
 744
 745                             Terminology
 746
 747 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
 748
 749 ITEM:   A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
 750 TOPIC:  An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
 751         and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
 752 CURRENT ITEM:
 753         The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
 754 DEPTH:  The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
 755         The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX.  The DEPTH is also
 756         called the:
 757 LEVEL:  The same as DEPTH.
 758
 759 ANCESTORS:
 760         Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
 761 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR.  It has a DEPTH one less than that
 762         of the ITEM.
 763 OFFSPRING:
 764         The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
 765 SUBTOPIC:
 766         An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
 767 CHILD:
 768         An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
 769 SIBLINGS:
 770         TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
 771
 772 Topic text constituents:
 773
 774 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
 775         text.
 776 ENTRY:  The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
 777         the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
 778 BODY:   Same as ENTRY.
 779 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
 780         ENTRY text.  Allout recognizes the outline structure according
 781         to the strict PREFIX format.  It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
 782         PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET.  The BULLET might be followed by a
 783         number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
 784         siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
 785         space.  After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
 786         the PREFIX.
 787
 788         The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
 789         of the ITEM.
 790 PREFIX-LEAD:
 791         The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
 792         It can be customized by changing the setting of
 793         `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
 794
 795         When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
 796         programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
 797         program code without interfering with processing of the text
 798         (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code.  This
 799         setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
 800         programming-mode buffers.  See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
 801         docstring for more detail.
 802 PREFIX-PADDING:
 803         Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
 804         bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
 805 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
 806         the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
 807         `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'.  When creating a TOPIC,
 808         plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
 809         TOPIC.  Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
 810         provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
 811         TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC.  The
 812         significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
 813         convention.  See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
 814         more details.
 815 EXPOSURE:
 816         The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
 817         of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
 818 CONCEALED:
 819         TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited.  Concealed
 820         text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
 821
 822         CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
 823 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
 824 OPEN:   A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
 825
 826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
 827
 828 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
 829
 830 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
 831 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
 832
 833 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
 834 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
 835
 836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
 837
 838 ;;;***
 839 \f
 840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el" (21187
 841 ;;;;;;  63826 213216 0))
 842 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
 843 (push (purecopy '(allout-widgets 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
 844
 845 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
 846 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
 847
 848 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
 849
 850 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
 851
 852 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
 853 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
 854
 855 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
 856 visiting an outline.
 857
 858 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
 859 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
 860
 861 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
 862 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
 863 you want allout widgets operation.
 864
 865 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
 866
 867 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
 868
 869 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
 870
 871 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
 872 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
 873 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
 874 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
 875 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
 876
 877 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
 878 graphical decoration of outline structure.  It is meant to
 879 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
 880
 881 The graphics include:
 882
 883 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
 884
 885 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
 886   has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
 887
 888 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
 889   for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
 890
 891 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
 892 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
 893 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
 894
 895 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
 896
 897 ;;;***
 898 \f
 899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ange-ftp" "net/ange-ftp.el" (21240 46395 727291
 900 ;;;;;;  0))
 901 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
 902
 903 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
 904
 905 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
 906 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
 907 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
 908 for speed.  Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
 909 may not know they exist.  You can use this command to reread a specific
 910 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
 911
 912 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
 913
 914 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
 915
 916
 917 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
 918
 919 ;;;***
 920 \f
 921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "animate" "play/animate.el" (21187 63826 213216
 922 ;;;;;;  0))
 923 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
 924
 925 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
 926 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
 927 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
 928 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
 929 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
 930 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
 931 in the current window.
 932
 933 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
 934
 935 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
 936 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
 937 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
 938  When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
 939 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
 940 buffer if one does not exist.
 941
 942 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
 943
 944 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
 945 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
 946 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
 947 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
 948 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
 949
 950 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
 951
 952 ;;;***
 953 \f
 954 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (21277 37159 898165
 955 ;;;;;;  0))
 956 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
 957 (push (purecopy '(ansi-color 3 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
 958
 959 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
 960 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
 961
 962 \(fn)" t nil)
 963
 964 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
 965 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
 966
 967 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
 968 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
 969 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
 970 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
 971
 972 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
 973 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
 974
 975 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
 976
 977 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
 978
 979 ;;;***
 980 \f
 981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (21208
 982 ;;;;;;  39903 471297 312000))
 983 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
 984 (push (purecopy '(antlr-mode 2 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
 985
 986 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
 987 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
 988 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
 989 the rules are directory inserted at point.  Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
 990 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
 991 \\[yank].
 992
 993 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
 994 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
 995 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
 996 the rules.
 997
 998 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
 999 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1000 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added.  The
1001 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1002
1003 \(fn)" t nil)
1004
1005 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1006 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1007
1008 \(fn)" t nil)
1009
1010 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1011 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1012 Used in `antlr-mode'.  Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1013
1014 \(fn)" nil nil)
1015
1016 ;;;***
1017 \f
1018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (21187 63826 213216
1019 ;;;;;;  0))
1020 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1021
1022 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1023 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1024 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1025 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1026 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1027 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1028
1029 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1030
1031 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1032 Toggle checking of appointments.
1033 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1034 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1035
1036 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1037
1038 ;;;***
1039 \f
1040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "apropos" "apropos.el" (21259 10807 217062
1041 ;;;;;;  0))
1042 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1043
1044 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1045 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1046 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1047 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1048
1049 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1050 kind of objects to search.
1051
1052 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1053
1054 (autoload 'apropos-user-option "apropos" "\
1055 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1056 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1057 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters).  If it is a word,
1058 search for matches for that word as a substring.  If it is a list of words,
1059 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1060
1061 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1062 variables, not just user options.
1063
1064 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1065
1066 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1067 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1068 When DO-NOT-ALL is non-nil, show user options only, i.e. behave
1069 like `apropos-user-option'.
1070
1071 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-NOT-ALL)" t nil)
1072
1073 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1074
1075 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1076 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1077 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1078 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters).  If it is a word,
1079 search for matches for that word as a substring.  If it is a list of words,
1080 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1081
1082 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1083 noninteractive functions.
1084
1085 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1086 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1087
1088 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1089 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1090
1091 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1092
1093 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1094 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1095
1096 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1097
1098 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1099 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1100 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1101 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1102
1103 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1104 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters).  If it is a word,
1105 search for matches for that word as a substring.  If it is a list of words,
1106 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1107
1108 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1109 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1110
1111 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1112
1113 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1114
1115 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1116 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1117 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1118 thus be found in `load-history'.  If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1119 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1120
1121 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1122
1123 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1124 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1125 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1126 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters).  If it is a word,
1127 search for matches for that word as a substring.  If it is a list of words,
1128 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1129
1130 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1131 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1132 names and values of properties.
1133
1134 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1135
1136 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1137
1138 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1139 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1140 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1141 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters).  If it is a word,
1142 search for matches for that word as a substring.  If it is a list of words,
1143 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1144
1145 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1146 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file.  With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1147 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1148 documentation strings.
1149
1150 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1151
1152 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1153
1154 ;;;***
1155 \f
1156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (21207 49087 974317
1157 ;;;;;;  0))
1158 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1159
1160 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1161 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1162 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1163 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1164 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1165 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1166
1167 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1168 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1169 archive.
1170
1171 \\{archive-mode-map}
1172
1173 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1174
1175 ;;;***
1176 \f
1177 ;;;### (autoloads nil "array" "array.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
1178 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1179
1180 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1181 Major mode for editing arrays.
1182
1183   Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays.  An array is
1184 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings.  The strings are
1185 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1186
1187   The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1188
1189   TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1190 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1191 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1192
1193   Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1194 several variables.  Others will be calculated based on the values you
1195 supply.  These variables are all local to the buffer.  Other buffer
1196 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1197 The variables are:
1198
1199 Variables you assign:
1200      array-max-row:          The number of rows in the array.
1201      array-max-column:       The number of columns in the array.
1202      array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1203      array-field-width:      The width of each field, in characters.
1204      array-rows-numbered:    A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1205                        row numbers in the buffer.
1206
1207 Variables which are calculated:
1208      array-line-length:      The number of characters in a buffer line.
1209      array-lines-per-row:    The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1210
1211   The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1212 take a numeric prefix argument):
1213
1214     *   \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column]        Move forward one column.
1215     *   \\[array-backward-column]         Move backward one column.
1216     *   \\[array-next-row]        Move down one row.
1217     *   \\[array-previous-row]    Move up one row.
1218
1219     *   \\[array-copy-forward]    Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1220     *   \\[array-copy-backward]   Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1221     *   \\[array-copy-down]       Copy the current field into the row below.
1222     *   \\[array-copy-up]         Copy the current field into the row above.
1223
1224     *   \\[array-copy-column-forward]   Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1225     *   \\[array-copy-column-backward]   Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1226     *   \\[array-copy-row-down]   Copy the current row into the row below.
1227     *   \\[array-copy-row-up]   Copy the current row into the row above.
1228
1229         \\[array-fill-rectangle]   Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1230                   between that of point and mark.
1231
1232         \\[array-what-position]   Display the current array row and column.
1233         \\[array-goto-cell]       Go to a particular array cell.
1234
1235         \\[array-make-template]   Make a template for a new array.
1236         \\[array-reconfigure-rows]        Reconfigure the array.
1237         \\[array-expand-rows]   Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1238                   newlines inside rows)
1239
1240         \\[array-display-local-variables]   Display the current values of local variables.
1241
1242 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1243
1244 \(fn)" t nil)
1245
1246 ;;;***
1247 \f
1248 ;;;### (autoloads nil "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (21187 63826
1249 ;;;;;;  213216 0))
1250 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1251 (push (purecopy '(artist 1 2 6)) package--builtin-versions)
1252
1253 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1254 Toggle Artist mode.
1255 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1256 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1257 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1258
1259 How to quit Artist mode
1260
1261  Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1262
1263
1264 How to submit a bug report
1265
1266  Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1267
1268
1269 Drawing with the mouse:
1270
1271  mouse-2
1272  shift mouse-2  Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1273                 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1274                 below).
1275
1276  mouse-1
1277  shift mouse-1  Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1278                 or pastes:
1279
1280                 Operation       Not shifted               Shifted
1281                 --------------------------------------------------------------
1282                 Pen             fill-char at point        line from last point
1283                                                           to new point
1284                 --------------------------------------------------------------
1285                 Line            Line in any direction     Straight line
1286                 --------------------------------------------------------------
1287                 Rectangle       Rectangle                 Square
1288                 --------------------------------------------------------------
1289                 Poly-line       Poly-line in any dir      Straight poly-lines
1290                 --------------------------------------------------------------
1291                 Ellipses        Ellipses                  Circles
1292                 --------------------------------------------------------------
1293                 Text            Text (see thru)           Text (overwrite)
1294                 --------------------------------------------------------------
1295                 Spray-can       Spray-can                 Set size for spray
1296                 --------------------------------------------------------------
1297                 Erase           Erase character           Erase rectangle
1298                 --------------------------------------------------------------
1299                 Vaporize        Erase single line         Erase connected
1300                                                           lines
1301                 --------------------------------------------------------------
1302                 Cut             Cut rectangle             Cut square
1303                 --------------------------------------------------------------
1304                 Copy            Copy rectangle            Copy square
1305                 --------------------------------------------------------------
1306                 Paste           Paste                     Paste
1307                 --------------------------------------------------------------
1308                 Flood-fill      Flood-fill                Flood-fill
1309                 --------------------------------------------------------------
1310
1311                 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1312                   or diagonally.
1313
1314                 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down.  When you
1315                   release the button, the point is set.  If you want a segment
1316                   to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1317                   mouse-1 button.  Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1318                   poly-lines.
1319
1320                 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1321                   will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1322                   overwrite means the opposite.
1323
1324                 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1325                   _endpoints_ are connected.  See also the variable
1326                   `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1327
1328                 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1329
1330                 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1331                   See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1332
1333                 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1334                   In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1335                   are currently drawing something.
1336
1337                 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1338                   some time to fill.
1339
1340
1341  mouse-3        Erases character under pointer
1342  shift mouse-3  Erases rectangle
1343
1344
1345 Settings
1346
1347  Set fill       Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1348
1349  Set line       Sets the character used when drawing lines
1350
1351  Erase char     Sets the character used when erasing
1352
1353  Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1354
1355  Trimming       Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1356                 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1357
1358  Borders        Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1359
1360
1361 Drawing with keys
1362
1363  \\[artist-key-set-point]               Does one of the following:
1364                 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1365                 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1366                 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1367                 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1368                 When pasting: Pastes
1369
1370  \\[artist-select-operation]    Selects what to draw
1371
1372  Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1373
1374  \\[artist-select-fill-char]    Sets the character to use when filling
1375  \\[artist-select-line-char]    Sets the character to use when drawing
1376  \\[artist-select-erase-char]   Sets the character to use when erasing
1377  \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding]       Toggles rubber-banding
1378  \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings]    Toggles trimming of line-endings
1379  \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes]    Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1380
1381
1382 Arrows
1383
1384  \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow]          Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1385                 of the line/poly-line
1386
1387  \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow]         Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1388                 of the line/poly-line
1389
1390
1391 Selecting operation
1392
1393  There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1394
1395  \\[artist-select-op-line]      Selects drawing lines
1396  \\[artist-select-op-straight-line]     Selects drawing straight lines
1397  \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1398  \\[artist-select-op-square]    Selects drawing squares
1399  \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1400  \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line]        Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1401  \\[artist-select-op-ellipse]   Selects drawing ellipses
1402  \\[artist-select-op-circle]    Selects drawing circles
1403  \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru]     Selects rendering text (see thru)
1404  \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite]    Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1405  \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1406  \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size]    Set size for the spray-can
1407  \\[artist-select-op-erase-char]        Selects erasing characters
1408  \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle]   Selects erasing rectangles
1409  \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line]     Selects vaporizing single lines
1410  \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines]    Selects vaporizing connected lines
1411  \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle]     Selects cutting rectangles
1412  \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle]    Selects copying rectangles
1413  \\[artist-select-op-paste]     Selects pasting
1414  \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill]        Selects flood-filling
1415
1416
1417 Variables
1418
1419  This is a brief overview of the different variables.  For more info,
1420  see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1421
1422  artist-rubber-banding          Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1423  artist-first-char              What to set at first/second point...
1424  artist-second-char             ...when not rubber-banding
1425  artist-interface-with-rect     If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1426  artist-arrows                  The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1427  artist-aspect-ratio            Character height-to-width for squares
1428  artist-trim-line-endings       Trimming of line endings
1429  artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1430  artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally   Update display while filling
1431  artist-pointer-shape           Pointer shape to use while drawing
1432  artist-ellipse-left-char       Character to use for narrow ellipses
1433  artist-ellipse-right-char      Character to use for narrow ellipses
1434  artist-borderless-shapes       If shapes should have borders
1435  artist-picture-compatibility   Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1436  artist-vaporize-fuzziness      Tolerance when recognizing lines
1437  artist-spray-interval          Seconds between repeated sprayings
1438  artist-spray-radius            Size of the spray-area
1439  artist-spray-chars             The spray-``color''
1440  artist-spray-new-chars         Initial spray-``color''
1441
1442 Hooks
1443
1444  Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1445
1446
1447 Keymap summary
1448
1449 \\{artist-mode-map}
1450
1451 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1452
1453 ;;;***
1454 \f
1455 ;;;### (autoloads nil "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (21240 46395
1456 ;;;;;;  727291 0))
1457 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1458
1459 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1460 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1461 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1462
1463 \\[asm-colon]   outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1464 \\[tab-to-tab-stop]     tab to next tab stop.
1465 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1466 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1467
1468 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1469 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1470
1471 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1472 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1473
1474 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1475
1476 Special commands:
1477 \\{asm-mode-map}
1478
1479 \(fn)" t nil)
1480
1481 ;;;***
1482 \f
1483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el" (21342
1484 ;;;;;;  10917 902592 0))
1485 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1486
1487 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1488 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1489 expiring.  Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1490 let-binding.")
1491
1492 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1493
1494 ;;;***
1495 \f
1496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoarg" "autoarg.el" (21187 63826 213216
1497 ;;;;;;  0))
1498 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1499
1500 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1501 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1502 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1503
1504 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1505
1506 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1507 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1508 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1509 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
1510 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1511
1512 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1513 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1514 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1515 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1516 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1517 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1518 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1519 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1520
1521 For example:
1522 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1523 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1524 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1525 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1526 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1527
1528 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1529
1530 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1531
1532 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1533 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1534 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1535 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1536 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1537 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1538
1539 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1540
1541 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1542 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1543 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1544 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
1545 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1546
1547 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1548 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1549 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1550
1551 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1552
1553 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1554
1555 ;;;***
1556 \f
1557 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" (21187 63826
1558 ;;;;;;  213216 0))
1559 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1560
1561 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1562 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1563
1564 \(fn)" t nil)
1565
1566 ;;;***
1567 \f
1568 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (21240 46395 727291
1569 ;;;;;;  0))
1570 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1571
1572 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1573 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1574 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1575
1576 \(fn)" t nil)
1577
1578 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1579 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1580 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1581 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1582
1583 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1584
1585 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1586 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1587 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1588 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1589 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1590 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1591
1592 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1593
1594 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1595 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1596 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1597 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
1598 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1599
1600 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1601 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1602
1603 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1604
1605 ;;;***
1606 \f
1607 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" (21187
1608 ;;;;;;  63826 213216 0))
1609 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1610
1611 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1612
1613 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1614
1615 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1616 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1617 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1618
1619 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1620 autoloads are written into that file.  Otherwise, the autoloads
1621 file is determined by OUTFILE.  If called interactively, prompt
1622 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1623 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1624
1625 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1626
1627 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1628
1629 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1630 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1631 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1632 single directory.  In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1633 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1634
1635 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1636 directory or directories specified.
1637
1638 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1639 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1640 `generated-autoload-file' to this value.  When called from Lisp,
1641 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.  If any Lisp
1642 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1643 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1644
1645 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1646
1647 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1648 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1649 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1650 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1651 should be non-nil).
1652
1653 \(fn)" nil nil)
1654
1655 ;;;***
1656 \f
1657 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (21315 5521 187938
1658 ;;;;;;  0))
1659 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1660
1661 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1662 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1663 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1664 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
1665 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1666
1667 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1668 buffer.  When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1669 disk changes.
1670
1671 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1672 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1673 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1674
1675 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1676
1677 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1678 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1679
1680 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1681   (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1682
1683 \(fn)" nil nil)
1684
1685 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1686 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1687 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1688 is positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp,
1689 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1690
1691 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1692 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'.  This
1693 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1694 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1695 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1696
1697 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1698 you please.  But make sure the background process has stopped
1699 writing before you save the file!
1700
1701 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1702
1703 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1704
1705 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1706 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1707
1708 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1709   (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1710
1711 \(fn)" nil nil)
1712
1713 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1714 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1715 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1716 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1717 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1718 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1719
1720 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1721
1722 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1723 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1724 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1725 is positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp,
1726 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1727
1728 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1729 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk.  Use
1730 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1731
1732 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1733 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1734 documentation of that variable.  It ignores buffers with modes
1735 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1736 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1737
1738 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1739 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1740 specifies in the mode line.
1741
1742 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1743
1744 ;;;***
1745 \f
1746 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avoid" "avoid.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
1747 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1748
1749 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1750 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1751 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1752 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1753 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1754
1755 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1756
1757 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1758 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1759 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1760 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1761
1762 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1763 modes.  Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1764 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1765
1766 Effects of the different modes:
1767  * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1768  * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1769      and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1770  * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1771      a random distance & direction.
1772  * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1773  * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1774  * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1775
1776 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1777
1778 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1779 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1780 definition of \"random distance\".)
1781
1782 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1783
1784 ;;;***
1785 \f
1786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bat-mode" "progmodes/bat-mode.el" (21187 63826
1787 ;;;;;;  213216 0))
1788 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bat-mode.el
1789
1790 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(bat\\|cmd\\)\\'" . bat-mode))
1791
1792 (autoload 'bat-mode "bat-mode" "\
1793 Major mode for editing DOS/Windows batch files.
1794
1795 Start a new script from `bat-template'.  Read help pages for DOS commands
1796 with `bat-cmd-help'.  Navigate between sections using `imenu'.
1797 Run script using `bat-run' and `bat-run-args'.
1798
1799 \\{bat-mode-map}
1800
1801 \(fn)" t nil)
1802
1803 ;;;***
1804 \f
1805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "battery" "battery.el" (21346 7974 405729 0))
1806 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1807  (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1808
1809 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1810 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1811 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1812 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1813
1814 \(fn)" t nil)
1815
1816 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1817 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1818 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1819 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1820 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1821 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1822
1823 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1824
1825 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1826 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1827 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1828 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
1829 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1830
1831 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1832 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1833 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1834 seconds.
1835
1836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1837
1838 ;;;***
1839 \f
1840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (21187
1841 ;;;;;;  63826 213216 0))
1842 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1843
1844 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1845 Time execution of FORMS.
1846 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1847 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop.  Otherwise run
1848 FORMS once.
1849 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1850 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1851 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1852
1853 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1854
1855 (function-put 'benchmark-run 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1856
1857 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1858 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1859 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1860 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1861 result.  The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1862
1863 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1864
1865 (function-put 'benchmark-run-compiled 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1866
1867 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1868 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1869 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1870 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1871 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1872
1873 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1874
1875 ;;;***
1876 \f
1877 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (21264 28773
1878 ;;;;;;  629489 0))
1879 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1880
1881 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1882 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1883 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1884 of corresponding buffers.
1885 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1886 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil
1887 and the current buffer visits a file using `bibtex-mode'.
1888 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1889 already set.  If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1890
1891 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer
1892 visits a file using `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer
1893 does not use `bibtex-mode',
1894
1895 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1896
1897 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1898 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1899
1900 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1901
1902 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1903 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1904 to field.  After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1905 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1906
1907 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1908 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil.  However, then BibTeX mode
1909 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1910 entries.  This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1911 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1912
1913 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1914 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1915
1916
1917 Special information:
1918
1919 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1920
1921 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1922 by BibTeX.  The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1923 start with the string ALT.  The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1924 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1925 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1926 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1927 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1928 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1929 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1930 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1931 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1932
1933 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1934 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1935 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1936 of `bibtex-entry-format'.  Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1937 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1938 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1939 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1940 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1941
1942 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1943
1944 ----------------------------------------------------------
1945 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1946 if that value is non-nil.
1947
1948 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1949
1950 \(fn)" t nil)
1951
1952 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1953 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1954 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1955 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'.  Otherwise the search
1956 is limited to the current buffer.  Optional arg START is buffer position
1957 where the search starts.  If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1958 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1959 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1960 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1961 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1962 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1963 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1964
1965 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1966
1967 ;;;***
1968 \f
1969 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1970 ;;;;;;  (21187 63826 213216 0))
1971 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1972
1973 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1974 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1975
1976 \(fn)" t nil)
1977
1978 ;;;***
1979 \f
1980 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "mail/binhex.el" (21187 63826 213216
1981 ;;;;;;  0))
1982 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1983
1984 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
1985 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1986
1987 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1988 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1989 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1990
1991 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1992
1993 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1994 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1995
1996 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1997
1998 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
1999 Binhex decode region between START and END.
2000
2001 \(fn START END)" t nil)
2002
2003 ;;;***
2004 \f
2005 ;;;### (autoloads nil "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (21187 63826
2006 ;;;;;;  213216 0))
2007 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
2008
2009 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
2010 Play blackbox.
2011 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2012
2013 What is blackbox?
2014
2015 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2016 Blackbox).  Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2017 balls (usually 4) within this box.  By shooting rays into the box and
2018 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2019 the hidden balls.  The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2020 your score.
2021
2022 Overview of play:
2023
2024 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox].  An optional prefix argument
2025 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2026 four.
2027
2028 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2029 movement keys.
2030
2031 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2032 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2033
2034 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2035 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2036
2037 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2038 press \\[bb-done].  You will be informed whether you are correct or
2039 not, and be given your score.  Your score is the number of letters and
2040 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2041 placed ball.  If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2042 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2043
2044 Details:
2045
2046 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2047
2048         Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2049                 where you sent it in.  On the playfield, detours are
2050                 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2051                 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2052
2053         Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2054                 it was sent in.  On the playfield, reflections are
2055                 denoted by the letter `R'.
2056
2057         Hit:    the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed.  It does
2058                 not emerge from the box.  On the playfield, hits are
2059                 denoted by the letter `H'.
2060
2061 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2062 example.
2063
2064 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees.  Rays can
2065 be deflected multiple times.  In the diagrams below, the dashes
2066 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2067 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2068 described under \"Detour\" above.  Note that the entrance and exit
2069 points are always interchangeable.  `*' denotes the path taken by the
2070 ray.
2071
2072 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2073 degree deflection it causes.
2074
2075     1
2076   - * - - - - - -         - - - - - - - -         - - - - - - - -
2077   - * - - - - - -         - - - - - - - -         - - - - - - - -
2078 1 * * - - - - - -         - - - - - - - -         - O - - - - O -
2079   - - O - - - - -         - - O - - - - -         - - * * * * - -
2080   - - - - - - - -         - - - * * * * * 2     3 * * * - - * - -
2081   - - - - - - - -         - - - * - - - -         - - - O - * - -
2082   - - - - - - - -         - - - * - - - -         - - - - * * - -
2083   - - - - - - - -         - - - * - - - -         - - - - * - O -
2084                                 2                         3
2085
2086 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2087 it was sent in.  This can happen in several ways:
2088
2089
2090   - - - - - - - -         - - - - - - - -          - - - - - - - -
2091   - - - - O - - -         - - O - O - - -          - - - - - - - -
2092 R * * * * - - - -         - - - * - - - -          O - - - - - - -
2093   - - - - O - - -         - - - * - - - -        R - - - - - - - -
2094   - - - - - - - -         - - - * - - - -          - - - - - - - -
2095   - - - - - - - -         - - - * - - - -          - - - - - - - -
2096   - - - - - - - -       R * * * * - - - -          - - - - - - - -
2097   - - - - - - - -         - - - - O - - -          - - - - - - - -
2098
2099 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2100 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2101 its point of origin.  The second example is similar.  The third
2102 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2103 ray never gets a chance to get into the box.  Alternatively, the ray
2104 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2105 emerging from the box.
2106
2107 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2108
2109   - - - - - - - -         - - - - - - - -          - - - - - - - -
2110   - - - - - - - -         - - - - - - - -          - - - - O - - -
2111   - - - - - - - -         - - - - O - - -        H * * * * - - - -
2112   - - - - - - - -       H * * * * O - - -          - - - * - - - -
2113   - - - - - - - -         - - - - O - - -          - - - O - - - -
2114 H * * * O - - - -         - - - - - - - -          - - - - - - - -
2115   - - - - - - - -         - - - - - - - -          - - - - - - - -
2116   - - - - - - - -         - - - - - - - -          - - - - - - - -
2117
2118 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2119 a reflection.
2120
2121 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2122
2123 ;;;***
2124 \f
2125 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (21294 46247 414129
2126 ;;;;;;  0))
2127 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2128  (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2129  (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2130  (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2131
2132 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2133 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2134 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2135 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2136 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'.  All interactive bookmark
2137 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2138  (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2139
2140 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2141 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2142 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
2143
2144 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2145 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2146 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist.  The most recently set bookmark
2147 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2148 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2149 recent one.
2150
2151 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2152 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark.  Successive C-w's
2153 yank successive words.
2154
2155 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2156 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2157 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2158 large document.  If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2159 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2160
2161 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2162 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2163 the list of bookmarks.)
2164
2165 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2166
2167 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2168 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2169 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2170 `bookmark-alist' is nil.  If that happens, you need to load in some
2171 bookmarks.  See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2172 this.
2173
2174 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2175 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2176 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2177 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2178
2179 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string).  It can also be a
2180 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2181
2182 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2183 bookmark.  It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'.  A typical value for
2184 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2185
2186 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2187
2188 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2189 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window.  See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2190
2191 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2192
2193 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2194 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2195
2196 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2197 the one it used to point at.  Useful when a file has been renamed
2198 after a bookmark was set in it.
2199
2200 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2201
2202 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2203 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2204
2205 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2206 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2207
2208 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2209
2210 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2211
2212 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2213 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2214 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2215 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2216
2217 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2218 as an argument.  If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2219 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2220
2221 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2222 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2223 name.
2224
2225 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2226
2227 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2228 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2229 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2230
2231 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2232 `bookmark-alist' is nil.  If that happens, you need to load in some
2233 bookmarks.  See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2234 this.
2235
2236 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2237
2238 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2239 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2240
2241 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name.  If
2242 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2243 not be deleted.  Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2244 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2245 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2246 probably because we were called from there.
2247
2248 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2249
2250 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2251 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2252
2253 \(fn)" t nil)
2254
2255 (function-put 'bookmark-write 'interactive-only 'bookmark-save)
2256
2257 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2258 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2259 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2260 `bookmark-default-file'.  With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2261 \(second argument).
2262
2263 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2264 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2265 pass no arguments.  Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2266 instead.  If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2267 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2268
2269 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2270 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load].  That function will prompt you
2271 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2272 `bookmark-default-file'.
2273
2274 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2275
2276 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2277 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2278 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks.  If
2279 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2280 destroyed.  Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2281 while loading.
2282
2283 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2284 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list.  Generally, you should only load
2285 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2286 place.  Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2287 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2288 explicitly.
2289
2290 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2291 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2292 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2293 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2294
2295 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2296
2297 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2298 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2299 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2300 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2301 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2302
2303 \(fn)" t nil)
2304
2305 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2306
2307 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2308
2309 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2310 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2311
2312 \(fn)" t nil)
2313
2314 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2315
2316 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2317
2318 ;;;***
2319 \f
2320 ;;;### (autoloads nil "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (21240 46395
2321 ;;;;;;  727291 0))
2322 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2323
2324 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2325 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2326 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2327 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2328
2329 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2330 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION).  In this case the function called will be the one
2331 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL.  The
2332 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'.  The last
2333 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2334
2335 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2336
2337 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2338 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2339 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2340 interactively.  Turn the filename into a URL with function
2341 `browse-url-file-url'.  Pass the URL to a browser using the
2342 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2343
2344 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2345
2346 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2347 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2348 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.  Display only the
2349 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2350 narrowed.
2351
2352 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2353
2354 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2355 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2356
2357 \(fn)" t nil)
2358
2359 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2360 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2361
2362 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2363
2364 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2365 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2366 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point.  Variable
2367 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2368 If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2369 first, if that exists.
2370
2371 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2372
2373 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2374 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2375 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'.  Variable
2376 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2377
2378 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2379
2380 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2381 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2382 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2383 but point is not changed.  Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2384 `browse-url'.  Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2385 to use.
2386
2387 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2388
2389 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2390 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2391 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2392 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2393
2394 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2395
2396 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2397 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2398 Default to the URL around or before point.  The strings in variable
2399 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2400
2401 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2402 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2403 random existing one.  A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2404 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2405
2406 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2407 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2408 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2409
2410 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2411 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2412
2413 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2414
2415 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2416 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2417 Default to the URL around or before point.  The strings in variable
2418 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2419
2420 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2421 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2422 random existing one.  A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2423 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2424
2425 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2426 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2427 new tab in an existing window instead.
2428
2429 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2430 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2431
2432 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2433
2434 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2435 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2436 Default to the URL around or before point.  The strings in
2437 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2438 Firefox.
2439
2440 When called interactively, if variable
2441 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2442 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one.  A
2443 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2444 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2445
2446 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2447 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2448 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2449
2450 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2451 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2452
2453 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2454 ignored.  Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2455 command line parameter.  Therefore, the
2456 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2457 are ignored as well.  Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2458 URL in a new window.
2459
2460 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2461
2462 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2463 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2464 Default to the URL around or before point.  The strings in
2465 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2466 Chromium.
2467
2468 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2469
2470 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2471 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2472 Default to the URL around or before point.  The strings in variable
2473 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2474
2475 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2476 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2477 random existing one.  A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2478 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2479
2480 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2481 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2482 new tab in an existing window instead.
2483
2484 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2485 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2486
2487 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2488
2489 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2490 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2491
2492 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2493
2494 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2495 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2496 Default to the URL around or before point.  The strings in variable
2497 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2498
2499 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2500 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2501 existing one.  A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2502 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2503
2504 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2505 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2506
2507 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2508
2509 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2510 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2511
2512 Default to the URL around or before point.  The strings in variable
2513 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2514 program is invoked according to the variable
2515 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2516
2517 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2518 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2519 random existing one.  A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2520 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2521
2522 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2523 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2524
2525 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2526
2527 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2528 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2529 Default to the URL around or before point.
2530
2531 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later.  You must
2532 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2533 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2534
2535 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2536 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2537 random existing one.  A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2538 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2539
2540 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2541 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2542
2543 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2544
2545 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2546 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2547 Default to the URL around or before point.
2548
2549 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2550 non-nil, load the document in a new window.  A non-nil interactive
2551 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2552
2553 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2554 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2555
2556 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2557
2558 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2559 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2560 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2561 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'.  Default to the URL around or before point.
2562
2563 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2564
2565 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2566 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2567 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2568 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2569 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2570 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2571
2572 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2573
2574 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2575 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2576 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2577 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2578 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2579
2580 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2581 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2582 otherwise use any existing one.  A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2583 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2584
2585 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2586 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2587
2588 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2589
2590 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2591 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2592 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2593 recipient's address.  Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2594 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2595 current one.
2596
2597 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2598 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'.  A
2599 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2600 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2601
2602 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2603 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2604
2605 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2606
2607 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2608 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2609 Default to the URL around or before point.  A fresh copy of the
2610 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2611 `browse-url-generic-args'.  This is appropriate for browsers which
2612 don't offer a form of remote control.
2613
2614 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2615
2616 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2617 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2618 Default to the URL around or before point.
2619
2620 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2621
2622 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2623 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2624 Default to the URL around the point.
2625
2626 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2627 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2628
2629 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2630 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2631
2632 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2633
2634 ;;;***
2635 \f
2636 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bs" "bs.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
2637 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2638 (push (purecopy '(bs 1 17)) package--builtin-versions)
2639
2640 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2641 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2642 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2643 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2644
2645 \(fn)" t nil)
2646
2647 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2648 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2649 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2650 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2651
2652 \(fn)" t nil)
2653
2654 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2655 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2656
2657 \(fn)" t nil)
2658
2659 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2660 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2661 \\<bs-mode-map>
2662 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2663 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2664 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2665 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2666
2667 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2668 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2669 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list.  Function
2670 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2671 name of buffer configuration.
2672
2673 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2674
2675 ;;;***
2676 \f
2677 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (21202 31159 541460
2678 ;;;;;;  0))
2679 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2680
2681 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2682 Play Bubbles game.
2683 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2684 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2685 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2686 connected bubbles of the same color.  Unsupported bubbles fall
2687 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2688 columns on its right towards the left.
2689
2690 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2691 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2692 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2693 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2694
2695 \(fn)" t nil)
2696
2697 ;;;***
2698 \f
2699 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bug-reference" "progmodes/bug-reference.el"
2700 ;;;;;;  (21187 63826 213216 0))
2701 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2702
2703 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2704
2705 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2706 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2707 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2708 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
2709 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2710
2711 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2712
2713 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2714 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2715
2716 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2717
2718 ;;;***
2719 \f
2720 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (21334
2721 ;;;;;;  16805 699731 0))
2722 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2723 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2724 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2725 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2726
2727 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2728
2729 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2730 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2731 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2732 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2733 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2734 else the global value will be modified.
2735
2736 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2737
2738 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2739 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2740 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing.  Otherwise, if the
2741 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2742 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2743 else the global value will be modified.
2744
2745 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2746
2747 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2748 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2749 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2750
2751 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2752
2753 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2754 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2755 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2756 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2757
2758 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2759 compile the corresponding `.el' file.  However, if the prefix argument
2760 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files.  A nonzero
2761 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2762 compile it.  A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2763 before scanning it.
2764
2765 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2766 that already has a `.elc' file.
2767
2768 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2769 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2770
2771 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2772 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2773 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2774 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2775 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2776 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2777
2778 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2779
2780 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2781 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2782 Print the result in the echo area.
2783 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2784
2785 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2786
2787 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2788 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2789 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2790
2791 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2792
2793 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2794 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2795 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2796 them, and what functions they call.  The list includes all functions
2797 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2798 all functions called by those functions.
2799
2800 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2801 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2802 cons, etc.).
2803
2804 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2805 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2806 invoked interactively.
2807
2808 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2809
2810 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2811 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2812 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2813 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2814
2815 \(fn)" nil nil)
2816
2817 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2818 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2819 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2820 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2821 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2822 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2823 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2824 already up-to-date.
2825
2826 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2827
2828 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2829 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2830 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2831 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2832
2833 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2834 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2835 and corresponding effects.
2836
2837 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2838
2839 ;;;***
2840 \f
2841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (21187
2842 ;;;;;;  63826 213216 0))
2843 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2844
2845 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2846
2847 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2848
2849 ;;;***
2850 \f
2851 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (21187 63826
2852 ;;;;;;  213216 0))
2853 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2854
2855 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2856
2857 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2858
2859 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2860
2861 ;;;***
2862 \f
2863 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" (21187
2864 ;;;;;;  63826 213216 0))
2865 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2866
2867 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2868 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2869 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2870 from the cursor position.
2871
2872 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2873
2874 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2875
2876 ;;;***
2877 \f
2878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc" "calc/calc.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
2879 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2880  (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2881
2882 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2883 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator.  See \\[calc-dispatch-help] for details.
2884
2885 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2886
2887 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2888 The Emacs Calculator.  Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2889
2890 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2891
2892 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2893 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2894
2895 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2896
2897 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2898 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2899
2900 \(fn)" t nil)
2901
2902 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2903 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2904 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2905 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2906
2907 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2908
2909 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2910 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2911 This is most useful in the X window system.
2912 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2913 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2914
2915 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2916
2917 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2918 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2919 See calc-keypad for details.
2920
2921 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2922
2923 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2924 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2925
2926 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2927
2928 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2929 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2930
2931 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2932
2933 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2934 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2935
2936 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2937
2938 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2939 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2940 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2941
2942 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2943
2944 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2945 Define Calc function.
2946
2947 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2948 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2949 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2950
2951 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2952 actual Lisp function name.
2953
2954 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2955
2956 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
2957
2958 (function-put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2959
2960 ;;;***
2961 \f
2962 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (21187 63826
2963 ;;;;;;  213216 0))
2964 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
2965
2966 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
2967
2968
2969 \(fn N)" t nil)
2970
2971 ;;;***
2972 \f
2973 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calculator" "calculator.el" (21231 31415 579137
2974 ;;;;;;  0))
2975 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2976
2977 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2978 Run the Emacs calculator.
2979 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2980
2981 \(fn)" t nil)
2982
2983 ;;;***
2984 \f
2985 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (21288 7471
2986 ;;;;;;  924179 0))
2987 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2988
2989 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2990 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2991 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2992 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months.  The
2993 cursor is put on today's date.  If optional prefix argument ARG
2994 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2995
2996 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
2997 into view.  Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
2998 can be scrolled forward or backward.  The cursor can be moved
2999 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
3000 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
3001 cause movement in the opposite direction.  For convenience, the
3002 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes.  Use
3003 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
3004 window.
3005
3006 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3007 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3008
3009 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3010 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3011 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies).  This variable can be
3012 overridden by `calendar-setup'.  As well as being displayed,
3013 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3014 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3015
3016 Runs the following hooks:
3017
3018 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3019 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3020    generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3021 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3022
3023 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3024
3025 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3026
3027 ;;;***
3028 \f
3029 ;;;### (autoloads nil "canlock" "gnus/canlock.el" (21187 63826 213216
3030 ;;;;;;  0))
3031 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3032
3033 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3034 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3035
3036 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3037
3038 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3039 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3040 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed.  Signal an error if
3041 it fails.
3042
3043 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3044
3045 ;;;***
3046 \f
3047 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (21187
3048 ;;;;;;  63826 213216 0))
3049 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3050 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3051
3052 ;;;***
3053 \f
3054 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" (21231
3055 ;;;;;;  31415 579137 0))
3056 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3057
3058 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3059 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3060
3061 \(fn)" nil nil)
3062
3063 ;;;***
3064 \f
3065 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (21308 46599
3066 ;;;;;;  181916 0))
3067 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3068
3069 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3070 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3071
3072 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3073 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3074
3075 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3076 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3077
3078 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3079
3080 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3081 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3082 made from scratch.
3083
3084 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3085
3086 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3087 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3088
3089 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3090 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3091 made from scratch.
3092
3093 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3094
3095 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3096 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3097
3098 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3099
3100 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3101 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3102 made from scratch.
3103
3104 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3105
3106 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3107 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3108
3109 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3110 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3111 made from scratch.
3112
3113 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3114
3115 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3116 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3117
3118 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3119
3120 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3121 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3122 made from scratch.
3123
3124 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3125
3126 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3127 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3128
3129 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3130 variables are guessed:
3131
3132 * `c-basic-offset', and
3133 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3134   `c-offsets-alist'.
3135
3136 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3137 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3138
3139 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3140 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3141
3142 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3143 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3144 guess is made from scratch.
3145
3146 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3147 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3148
3149 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3150
3151 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3152 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3153 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3154 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3155
3156 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3157 `c-add-style'.  Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3158 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3159
3160 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3161
3162 ;;;***
3163 \f
3164 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" (21269 46645
3165 ;;;;;;  763684 0))
3166 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3167
3168 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3169 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3170 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3171 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done.  Otherwise
3172 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3173 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3174 control).  See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3175
3176 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3177  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3178  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3179  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3180  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3181  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3182  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3183  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3184  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3185
3186 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3187 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3188 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3189 c-mode buffer.  This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3190 information already added.  You just need to add a description of the
3191 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3192
3193 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3194
3195 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3196 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3197
3198 Key bindings:
3199 \\{c-mode-map}
3200
3201 \(fn)" t nil)
3202
3203 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3204 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3205 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3206 c++-mode buffer.  This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3207 version information already added.  You just need to add a description
3208 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3209 message.
3210
3211 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3212
3213 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3214 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3215
3216 Key bindings:
3217 \\{c++-mode-map}
3218
3219 \(fn)" t nil)
3220  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3221
3222 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3223 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3224 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3225 objc-mode buffer.  This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3226 version information already added.  You just need to add a description
3227 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3228 message.
3229
3230 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3231
3232 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3233 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3234
3235 Key bindings:
3236 \\{objc-mode-map}
3237
3238 \(fn)" t nil)
3239  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3240
3241 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3242 Major mode for editing Java code.
3243 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3244 java-mode buffer.  This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3245 version information already added.  You just need to add a description
3246 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3247 message.
3248
3249 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3250
3251 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3252 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3253
3254 Key bindings:
3255 \\{java-mode-map}
3256
3257 \(fn)" t nil)
3258  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3259
3260 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3261 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3262 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3263 idl-mode buffer.  This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3264 version information already added.  You just need to add a description
3265 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3266 message.
3267
3268 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3269
3270 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3271 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3272
3273 Key bindings:
3274 \\{idl-mode-map}
3275
3276 \(fn)" t nil)
3277  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(\\.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3278  (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3279
3280 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3281 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3282 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3283 pike-mode buffer.  This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3284 version information already added.  You just need to add a description
3285 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3286 message.
3287
3288 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3289
3290 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3291 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3292
3293 Key bindings:
3294 \\{pike-mode-map}
3295
3296 \(fn)" t nil)
3297  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3298  (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3299  (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3300  (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3301  (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3302
3303 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3304 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3305 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3306 awk-mode buffer.  This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3307 information already added.  You just need to add a description of the
3308 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3309
3310 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3311
3312 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3313 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3314
3315 Key bindings:
3316 \\{awk-mode-map}
3317
3318 \(fn)" t nil)
3319
3320 ;;;***
3321 \f
3322 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-styles" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (21187
3323 ;;;;;;  63826 213216 0))
3324 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3325
3326 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3327 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3328 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3329 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3330
3331 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3332
3333 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3334 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'.  Other variables
3335 might get set too.
3336
3337 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3338 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3339 `set-from-style') will not be changed.  This avoids overriding global settings
3340 done in your init file.  It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3341 in this way.
3342
3343 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3344 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden.  CC Mode
3345 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3346 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3347 a null operation.
3348
3349 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3350
3351 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3352 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3353 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update.  DESCRIPTION
3354 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3355
3356   ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3357
3358 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3359 VARIABLE and VALUE.  This function also sets the current style to
3360 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3361
3362 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3363
3364 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3365 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3366 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3367 offset for that syntactic element.  The optional argument is not used
3368 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3369
3370 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3371
3372 ;;;***
3373 \f
3374 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (21187 63826
3375 ;;;;;;  213216 0))
3376 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3377 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3378 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3379 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3380
3381 ;;;***
3382 \f
3383 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ccl" "international/ccl.el" (21187 63826 213216
3384 ;;;;;;  0))
3385 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3386
3387 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3388 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3389
3390 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3391
3392 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3393 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3394
3395 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3396
3397 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3398 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3399
3400 This macro exists for backward compatibility.  In the old version of
3401 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3402 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance.  But,
3403 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3404 execution.
3405
3406 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3407
3408 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
3409
3410 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3411 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3412
3413 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3414         (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3415          CCL_MAIN_CODE
3416          [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3417
3418 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3419 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3420 text.  It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3421 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3422 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3423 `write' commands.
3424
3425 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes.  CCL_MAIN_CODE
3426 executed at first.  If there's no more input data when `read' command
3427 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed.  If
3428 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3429
3430 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation.  The lines
3431 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3432 semantics.
3433
3434 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3435
3436 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3437
3438 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3439
3440 STATEMENT :=
3441         SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3442         | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3443
3444 SET :=  (REG = EXPRESSION)
3445         | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3446         ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3447         | integer
3448
3449 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3450
3451 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION.  If the result is nonzero, execute
3452 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0.  Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3453 IF :=   (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3454
3455 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION.  Provided that the result is N, execute
3456 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3457 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3458
3459 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3460 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3461
3462 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3463 BREAK := (break)
3464
3465 REPEAT :=
3466         ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3467         (repeat)
3468         ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3469         ;;           (repeat))
3470         | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3471         ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3472         ;;           (read REG)
3473         ;;           (repeat))
3474         | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3475         ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3476         ;;           (read REG)
3477         ;;           (repeat))
3478         | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3479
3480 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3481         ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3482         (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3483         ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3484         ;;           (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3485         | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3486         ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3487         ;;           (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3488         | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3489         ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3490         ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3491         ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3492         ;; character.  If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3493         ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3494         ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3495         | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3496
3497 WRITE :=
3498         ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer.  If REG_N is
3499         ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3500         ;; representation.
3501         (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3502         ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3503         ;;           (write r7))
3504         | (write EXPRESSION)
3505         ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer.  If it
3506         ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3507         ;; representation.
3508         | (write integer)
3509         ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3510         ;; buffer.
3511         | (write string)
3512         ;; Same as: (write string)
3513         | string
3514         ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3515         ;; ARRAY to the output buffer.  If it is a multibyte
3516         ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3517         ;; representation.
3518         | (write REG ARRAY)
3519         ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3520         ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1.  If the
3521         ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3522         ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3523         ;; is the second code point of the character.
3524         | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3525
3526 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3527 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3528
3529 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3530 END := (end)
3531
3532 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value.  As r7 is also
3533 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3534 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3535
3536 ARG := REG | integer
3537
3538 OPERATOR :=
3539         ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3540         + | - | * | / | %
3541
3542         ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3543         | & | `|' | ^
3544
3545         ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3546         | << | >>
3547
3548         ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3549         ;;      (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3550         | <8
3551
3552         ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3553         ;;      ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3554         ;;       (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3555         | >8
3556
3557         ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3558         ;;      ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3559         ;;       (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3560         | //
3561
3562         ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3563         | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3564
3565         ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3566         ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3567         ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3568         ;;      ((REG = CODE0)
3569         ;;       (r7 = CODE1))
3570         ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3571         ;; second code point of CHAR.
3572         | de-sjis
3573
3574         ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3575         ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3576         ;; Shift-JIS code,
3577         ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3578         ;;      ((REG = HIGH)
3579         ;;       (r7 = LOW))
3580         ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3581         ;; byte of SJIS.
3582         | en-sjis
3583
3584 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3585         ;; Same meaning as C code
3586         += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3587
3588         ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3589         ;;      ((REG <<= 8)
3590         ;;       (REG |= ARG))
3591         | <8=
3592
3593         ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3594         ;;      ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3595         ;;       (REG >>= 8))
3596
3597         ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3598         ;;      ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3599         ;;       (REG /= ARG))
3600         | //=
3601
3602 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3603
3604
3605 TRANSLATE :=
3606         (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3607         | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3608         ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3609 LOOKUP :=
3610         (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3611         | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3612         ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3613 MAP :=
3614      (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3615      | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3616      | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3617 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3618 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3619 MAP-ID := integer
3620
3621 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
3622
3623 (function-put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3624
3625 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3626 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3627 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3628 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3629 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3630 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3631
3632 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
3633
3634 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3635 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3636 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3637
3638 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3639
3640 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3641
3642 ;;;***
3643 \f
3644 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el" (21240 46395
3645 ;;;;;;  727291 0))
3646 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3647
3648 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3649 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3650 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3651 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3652
3653 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3654
3655 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3656
3657 (autoload 'cconv-warnings-only "cconv" "\
3658 Add the warnings that closure conversion would encounter.
3659
3660 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3661
3662 ;;;***
3663 \f
3664 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet" "cedet/cedet.el" (21187 63826 213216
3665 ;;;;;;  0))
3666 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet.el
3667 (push (purecopy '(cedet 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
3668
3669 ;;;***
3670 \f
3671 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (21226 13501
3672 ;;;;;;  706948 0))
3673 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3674 (push (purecopy '(cfengine 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
3675
3676 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3677 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3678 There are no special keybindings by default.
3679
3680 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3681 to the action header.
3682
3683 \(fn)" t nil)
3684
3685 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3686 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3687 There are no special keybindings by default.
3688
3689 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3690 to the action header.
3691
3692 \(fn)" t nil)
3693
3694 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3695 Choose between `cfengine2-mode' and `cfengine3-mode' depending
3696 on the buffer contents
3697
3698 \(fn)" nil nil)
3699
3700 ;;;***
3701 \f
3702 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chart" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" (21187 63826
3703 ;;;;;;  213216 0))
3704 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/chart.el
3705 (push (purecopy '(chart 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3706
3707 ;;;***
3708 \f
3709 ;;;### (autoloads nil "check-declare" "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el"
3710 ;;;;;;  (21187 63826 213216 0))
3711 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3712
3713 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3714 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3715 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3716
3717 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3718
3719 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3720 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3721 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3722
3723 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3724
3725 ;;;***
3726 \f
3727 ;;;### (autoloads nil "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (21187
3728 ;;;;;;  63826 213216 0))
3729 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3730 (push (purecopy '(checkdoc 0 6 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3731 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3732 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3733 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3734 (put 'checkdoc-spellcheck-documentation-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3735 (put 'checkdoc-ispell-list-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3736 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3737 (put 'checkdoc-verb-check-experimental-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3738 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3739
3740 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3741
3742
3743 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3744 (put 'checkdoc-proper-noun-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3745 (put 'checkdoc-common-verbs-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3746
3747 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3748 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3749 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3750 the users will view as each check is completed.
3751
3752 \(fn)" t nil)
3753
3754 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3755 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3756 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3757 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3758 buffer.  Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3759 errors.  Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3760 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3761 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3762
3763 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3764
3765 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3766 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3767 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3768 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3769 buffer.  Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3770 errors.  Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3771 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3772 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3773
3774 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3775
3776 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3777 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3778 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3779 doesn't work is just not useful.  Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3780 spacing are all verified.
3781
3782 \(fn)" t nil)
3783
3784 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3785 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3786 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3787 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3788 otherwise stop after the first error.
3789
3790 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3791
3792 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3793 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3794 Only documentation strings are checked.
3795 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3796 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3797 a separate buffer.
3798
3799 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3800
3801 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3802 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3803 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3804 save warnings in a separate buffer.  Second optional argument START-POINT
3805 is the starting location.  If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3806
3807 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3808
3809 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3810 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3811 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3812 separate buffer.  Otherwise print a message.  This returns the error
3813 if there is one.
3814
3815 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3816
3817 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3818 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3819 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3820 separate buffer.  Otherwise print a message.  This returns the error
3821 if there is one.
3822 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3823
3824 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3825
3826 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3827 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3828 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3829
3830 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3831
3832 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3833 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3834 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3835 documentation is checked.  If there is a documentation error, then the display
3836 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3837
3838 \(fn)" t nil)
3839
3840 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3841 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3842 Call `error' if the doc string has problems.  If NO-ERROR is
3843 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3844 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3845 space at the end of each line.
3846
3847 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3848
3849 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3850 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3851 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3852 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc'
3853
3854 \(fn)" t nil)
3855
3856 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3857 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3858 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3859 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3860
3861 \(fn)" t nil)
3862
3863 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3864 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3865 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3866 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3867
3868 \(fn)" t nil)
3869
3870 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3871 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3872 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3873 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3874
3875 \(fn)" t nil)
3876
3877 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3878 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3879 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3880 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3881
3882 \(fn)" t nil)
3883
3884 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3885 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3886 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3887 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3888
3889 \(fn)" t nil)
3890
3891 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3892 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3893 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3894 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3895
3896 \(fn)" t nil)
3897
3898 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3899 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3900 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3901 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3902
3903 \(fn)" t nil)
3904
3905 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3906 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3907 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3908 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3909
3910 \(fn)" t nil)
3911
3912 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3913 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
3914 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
3915 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
3916 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3917
3918 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3919 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3920 checking of documentation strings.
3921
3922 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3923
3924 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3925
3926 ;;;***
3927 \f
3928 ;;;### (autoloads nil "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (21197
3929 ;;;;;;  43194 200483 0))
3930 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3931
3932 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3933 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3934 Return the length of resulting text.
3935
3936 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3937
3938 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3939 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3940
3941 \(fn)" t nil)
3942
3943 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3944 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3945 Return the length of resulting text.
3946
3947 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3948
3949 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3950 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3951
3952 \(fn)" t nil)
3953
3954 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
3955
3956
3957 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
3958
3959 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
3960
3961
3962 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
3963
3964 ;;;***
3965 \f
3966 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chistory" "chistory.el" (21240 46395 727291
3967 ;;;;;;  0))
3968 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3969
3970 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
3971 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3972 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3973 a form for evaluation.  If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3974 command history is offered.  The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3975 editing and the result is evaluated.
3976
3977 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
3978
3979 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
3980 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3981 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3982 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3983 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3984
3985 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
3986
3987 \(fn)" t nil)
3988
3989 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
3990 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3991 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3992 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3993 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3994
3995 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3996 and digits provide prefix arguments.  Tab does not indent.
3997 \\{command-history-map}
3998
3999 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4000 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4001
4002 \(fn)" t nil)
4003
4004 ;;;***
4005 \f
4006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" (21318
4007 ;;;;;;  28582 821557 0))
4008 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4009
4010 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4011 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4012 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4013 `lisp-indent-function'.  INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4014 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4015 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position.  Browse the
4016 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4017 of this function.
4018
4019 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4020 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4021 this function should indent it.  Possible values for this
4022 property are:
4023
4024 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4025   i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4026
4027 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call.  The function should
4028   take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4029   PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4030   list-structure with respect to the containing lists.  For example, in
4031   ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1).  In other words,
4032   to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4033   the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4034   STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4035   `common-lisp-indent-function'.  SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4036   the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4037   NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4038   originally in.  This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4039
4040 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4041   function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4042   This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4043
4044 * a list.  The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4045   function argument.  If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4046   the last list element applies to all remaining arguments.  The accepted
4047   list elements are:
4048
4049   * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4050
4051   * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4052
4053   * &lambda.  Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4054
4055   * &rest.  When used, this must be the penultimate element.  The
4056     element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4057
4058   * &body.  This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4059     all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4060
4061   * &whole.  This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4062     function symbol.  This indentation is applied to the
4063     associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4064     arguments.  For example, an integer P means indent this
4065     argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4066     value specified by their associated list element.
4067
4068   * a symbol.  A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4069
4070   * a list, with elements as described above.  This applies when the
4071     associated function argument is itself a list.  Each element of the list
4072     specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4073
4074 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4075 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4076   * indent the first argument by 4.
4077   * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4078     of them.  The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4079     have an offset of 2+1=3.
4080
4081 If the current mode is actually `emacs-lisp-mode', look for a
4082 `common-lisp-indent-function-for-elisp' property before looking
4083 at `common-lisp-indent-function' and, if set, use its value
4084 instead.
4085
4086 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4087
4088 ;;;***
4089 \f
4090 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (21334 16805
4091 ;;;;;;  699731 0))
4092 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4093 (push (purecopy '(cl-lib 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4094
4095 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4096
4097 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4098 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4099 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4100 stream, and the print level (currently ignored).  If it is able to
4101 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4102 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4103
4104 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4105 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4106
4107 (define-error 'cl-assertion-failed (purecopy "Assertion failed"))
4108
4109 (autoload 'cl--defsubst-expand "cl-macs")
4110
4111 (put 'cl-defun 'doc-string-elt 3)
4112
4113 (put 'cl-defmacro 'doc-string-elt 3)
4114
4115 (put 'cl-defsubst 'doc-string-elt 3)
4116
4117 (put 'cl-defstruct 'doc-string-elt 2)
4118
4119 ;;;***
4120 \f
4121 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" (21187 63826
4122 ;;;;;;  213216 0))
4123 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4124
4125 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4126 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4127 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4128 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4129
4130 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4131 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4132 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4133 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4134
4135 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4136 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4137
4138 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4139
4140 ;;;***
4141 \f
4142 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (21240 46395 727291
4143 ;;;;;;  0))
4144 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4145
4146 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4147 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4148 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4149 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4150 of `scheme-program-name').
4151 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4152 it is given as initial input.
4153 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4154 discards input when it starts up.
4155 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4156 is run).
4157 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4158
4159 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4160
4161 ;;;***
4162 \f
4163 ;;;### (autoloads nil "color" "color.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
4164 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4165
4166 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4167 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4168 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4169 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4170
4171 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4172 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4173
4174 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4175 displayed.  If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4176 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4177
4178 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4179
4180 ;;;***
4181 \f
4182 ;;;### (autoloads nil "comint" "comint.el" (21339 34726 39547 0))
4183 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4184
4185 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4186 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4187 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4188 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4189 inserted.  Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4190 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4191 functions have already modified the buffer.
4192
4193 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4194
4195 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4196 either globally or locally.")
4197
4198 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4199 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4200 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4201 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4202
4203 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4204 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4205   `start-file-process'
4206 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4207   connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4208 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4209
4210 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4211 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4212
4213 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4214
4215 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4216
4217 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4218
4219 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4220 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4221 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4222 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4223 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4224 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'.  If there is already
4225 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.  Optional third arg
4226 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4227 process as its initial input.
4228
4229 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4230
4231 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4232
4233 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4234
4235 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4236 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4237 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4238 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4239 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4240 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4241
4242 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4243
4244 (function-put 'comint-run 'interactive-only 'make-comint)
4245
4246 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4247 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4248 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4249 directory tracking functions.")
4250
4251 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4252 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4253 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4254
4255 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4256
4257 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4258
4259 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4260 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4261 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4262
4263 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4264
4265 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4266
4267 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4268 Send COMMAND to current process.
4269 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4270 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4271
4272 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4273
4274 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4275 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4276 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4277 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4278
4279 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4280
4281 ;;;***
4282 \f
4283 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el" (21240 46395
4284 ;;;;;;  727291 0))
4285 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4286
4287 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4288 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4289 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4290 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4291
4292 This command pushes the mark in each window
4293 at the prior location of point in that window.
4294 If both windows display the same buffer,
4295 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4296 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4297
4298 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4299 `compare-ignore-whitespace'.  If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4300 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace.  If
4301 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4302 don't ignore changes in whitespace.  The variable
4303 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4304 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4305 ignored.
4306
4307 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4308 this command work in interlaced mode:
4309 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4310 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4311 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4312
4313 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4314
4315 ;;;***
4316 \f
4317 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (21240 46395
4318 ;;;;;;  727291 0))
4319 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4320
4321 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4322 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
4323
4324 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4325
4326 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4327 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
4328 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
4329
4330 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4331
4332 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4333 Number of lines in a compilation window.
4334 If nil, use Emacs default.")
4335
4336 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4337
4338 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4339 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4340 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4341 started.  It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4342 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4343
4344 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4345 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4346 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4347 compilation buffer.  It should return a string.
4348 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4349
4350 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4351 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4352 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4353 describing how the process finished.")
4354
4355 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4356 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4357 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4358 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4359 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4360
4361 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4362 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4363 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4364
4365 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4366
4367 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4368 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4369 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4370 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4371
4372 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4373
4374 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4375 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4376
4377 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4378 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4379
4380     (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4381        (lambda ()
4382          (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4383                      (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4384            (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4385                 (concat \"make -k \"
4386                         (if buffer-file-name
4387                           (shell-quote-argument
4388                             (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))))")
4389
4390 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4391 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4392
4393 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4394 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4395 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4396 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4397
4398 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4399
4400 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4401 Compile the program including the current buffer.  Default: run `make'.
4402 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4403 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4404
4405 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4406 and move to the source code that caused it.
4407
4408 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4409 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4410
4411 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
4412 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses`compile-command'.
4413 With prefix arg, always prompts.
4414 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4415 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4416
4417 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4418 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4419 \\[rename-buffer].  Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4420 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4421
4422 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4423 kills its subprocesses.
4424
4425 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4426 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4427 to a function that generates a unique name.
4428
4429 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4430
4431 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4432 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4433 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4434 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4435
4436 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer.  Mode
4437 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4438
4439 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4440 to determine the buffer name.  Otherwise, the default is to
4441 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4442 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4443
4444 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4445 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4446 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4447
4448 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4449
4450 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4451
4452 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4453 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4454 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4455 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4456 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4457
4458 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4459
4460 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4461
4462 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4463
4464 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
4465
4466 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4467 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4468 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4469 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from
4470 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4471
4472 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4473 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4474 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4475 See `compilation-mode'.
4476
4477 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4478
4479 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4480 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4481 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4482 is positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp,
4483 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4484
4485 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4486 commands of Compilation major mode are available.  See
4487 `compilation-mode'.
4488
4489 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4490
4491 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4492 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4493 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4494
4495 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4496
4497 ;;;***
4498 \f
4499 ;;;### (autoloads nil "completion" "completion.el" (21240 46395 727291
4500 ;;;;;;  0))
4501 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4502
4503 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4504 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4505 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4506 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4507 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4508 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4509
4510 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4511
4512 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4513 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4514 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4515 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4516 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4517
4518 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4519
4520 ;;;***
4521 \f
4522 ;;;### (autoloads nil "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (21187
4523 ;;;;;;  63826 213216 0))
4524 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4525
4526 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4527 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4528 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4529 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments.  Yet
4530 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4531 files.  See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4532 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4533
4534 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4535 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'.  If strings
4536 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4537
4538 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4539 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further).  These
4540 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4541
4542 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4543 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4544 quite right.  Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4545 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4546
4547 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4548 command, it will parse the buffer.  It will generally well
4549 identify the first four cases listed below.  If the buffer
4550 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4551 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4552 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4553 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4554
4555 \\{conf-mode-map}
4556
4557 \(fn)" t nil)
4558
4559 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4560 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4561 Comments start with `#'.
4562 For details see `conf-mode'.  Example:
4563
4564 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4565
4566 \[Desktop Entry]
4567          Encoding=UTF-8
4568          Name=The GIMP
4569          Name[ca]=El GIMP
4570          Name[cs]=GIMP
4571
4572 \(fn)" t nil)
4573
4574 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4575 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4576 Comments start with `;'.
4577 For details see `conf-mode'.  Example:
4578
4579 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4580
4581 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4582 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4583 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4584
4585 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4586 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4587
4588 \(fn)" t nil)
4589
4590 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4591 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4592 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4593 between `/*' and `*/'.
4594 For details see `conf-mode'.  Example:
4595
4596 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4597 // another kind of comment
4598 /* yet another */
4599
4600 name:value
4601 name=value
4602 name value
4603 x.1 =
4604 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4605 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4606
4607 \(fn)" t nil)
4608
4609 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4610 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4611 \"Assignments\" are with ` '.  Keywords before the parameters are
4612 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4613 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4614 `conf-space-keywords'.
4615 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4616 in an interactive fashion instead.
4617
4618 For details see `conf-mode'.  Example:
4619
4620 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4621
4622 image/jpeg                      jpeg jpg jpe
4623 image/png                       png
4624 image/tiff                      tiff tif
4625
4626 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4627 class desktop
4628 # Standard multimedia devices
4629 add /dev/audio          desktop
4630 add /dev/mixer          desktop
4631
4632 \(fn)" t nil)
4633
4634 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4635 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4636 See `conf-space-mode'.
4637
4638 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4639
4640 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4641 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4642 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4643 For details see `conf-mode'.  Example:
4644
4645 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4646
4647 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam>           : \"\\241\"     exclamdown
4648 <Multi_key> <c> <slash>                 : \"\\242\"     cent
4649
4650 \(fn)" t nil)
4651
4652 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4653 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4654 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4655 For details see `conf-mode'.  Example:
4656
4657 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4658
4659 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4660 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4661
4662 \(fn)" t nil)
4663
4664 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4665 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4666 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4667 For details see `conf-mode'.  Example:
4668
4669 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4670
4671 *background:                    gray99
4672 *foreground:                    black
4673
4674 \(fn)" t nil)
4675
4676 ;;;***
4677 \f
4678 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (21245 64312 799897
4679 ;;;;;;  0))
4680 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4681
4682 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4683 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4684 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4685 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4686 Interactively, PHRASE-FILE defaults to `cookie-file', unless that
4687 is nil or a prefix argument is used.
4688
4689 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" t nil)
4690
4691 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4692 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4693 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4694 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4695
4696 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4697
4698 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4699 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4700 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after.  Caches the result; second
4701 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4702
4703 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4704
4705 ;;;***
4706 \f
4707 ;;;### (autoloads nil "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (21187
4708 ;;;;;;  63826 213216 0))
4709 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4710 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4711 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4712 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4713
4714 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4715 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4716 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4717 the current year after them.  If necessary, and
4718 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4719 following the copyright are updated as well.
4720 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4721 interactively.
4722
4723 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4724
4725 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4726 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4727 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4728 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4729 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4730
4731 \(fn)" t nil)
4732
4733 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4734 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4735
4736 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4737
4738 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4739 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4740 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4741
4742 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4743
4744 ;;;***
4745 \f
4746 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (21207
4747 ;;;;;;  49087 974317 0))
4748 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4749 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4750 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4751 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4752 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4753 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4754 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4755 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4756
4757 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4758 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4759 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4760 Tab indents for Perl code.
4761 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4762 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4763
4764 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4765 sometimes <>.  When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4766 well, with optional special formatting done on {}.  (Disabled by
4767 default.)  You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4768 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion.  The processing of < is special,
4769 since most the time you mean \"less\".  CPerl mode tries to guess
4770 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4771 appropriate.  You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4772 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4773 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4774 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4775 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4776
4777 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4778
4779    if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4780    for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4781
4782 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4783
4784 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4785 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4786 she is most likely to want to be.  E.g., when the user types a space
4787 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4788 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses.  The user can then
4789 type some boolean expression within the parens.  Having done that,
4790 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4791 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4792 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4793
4794 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4795
4796             bite if angry;
4797
4798 it will not do any expansion.  See also help on variable
4799 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'.  (Note that one can switch the
4800 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4801 to nil.)
4802
4803 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4804 return.  It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4805 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4806
4807             foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4808
4809 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4810 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4811 appropriately indented blank line.  If you need a usual
4812 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4813 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4814
4815 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4816
4817             if (A) { B }
4818
4819 into
4820
4821             B if A;
4822
4823 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4824
4825 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4826 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4827 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4828 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4829 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4830 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4831 control structures in CPerl.  `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4832 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable.  You can enable all these
4833 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4834 `cperl-hairy' to t.  In this case you can switch separate options off
4835 by setting them to `null'.  Note that one may undo the extra
4836 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4837 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4838
4839 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4840 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4841 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4842 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4843 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4844 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4845
4846 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4847 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4848 man via menu.
4849
4850 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4851 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'.  Default with
4852 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4853 secs idle time .  It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4854 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp].  Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4855
4856 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4857 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4858 span the needed amount of lines.
4859
4860 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4861 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4862 here-docs sections.  With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4863 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4864
4865 Variables controlling indentation style:
4866  `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4867     Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4868     regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4869  `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4870     Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4871  `cperl-auto-newline'
4872     Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4873     and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code.  The following
4874     \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4875     Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4876     `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4877  `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4878     Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4879     Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4880  `cperl-indent-level'
4881     Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4882     The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4883     of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4884  `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4885     Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4886     then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4887  `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4888     Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4889     This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4890  `cperl-brace-offset'
4891     Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4892  `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4893     An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4894     this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4895  `cperl-label-offset'
4896     Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4897  `cperl-min-label-indent'
4898     Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4899
4900 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4901   `cperl-indent-level'                5   4       2   4
4902   `cperl-brace-offset'                0   0       0   0
4903   `cperl-continued-brace-offset'     -5  -4       0   0
4904   `cperl-label-offset'               -5  -4      -2  -4
4905   `cperl-continued-statement-offset'  5   4       2   4
4906
4907 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4908 corresponding variables.  Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this.  Use
4909 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4910 \(both available from menu).  See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4911
4912 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4913 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4914 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4915 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4916 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4917 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4918 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4919
4920 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4921 column 0 is indented on
4922 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4923
4924 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4925 with no args.
4926
4927 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4928 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4929 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4930
4931 \(fn)" t nil)
4932
4933 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4934 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4935
4936 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4937
4938 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4939 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4940
4941 \(fn)" t nil)
4942
4943 ;;;***
4944 \f
4945 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" (21187 63826 213216
4946 ;;;;;;  0))
4947 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4948
4949 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4950 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4951 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4952 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4953 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4954
4955 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4956
4957 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4958 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4959
4960 \(fn)" t nil)
4961
4962 ;;;***
4963 \f
4964 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el" (21187 63826 213216
4965 ;;;;;;  0))
4966 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4967
4968 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
4969 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
4970 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled.  A value of t
4971 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
4972
4973 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4974 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
4975
4976 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
4977
4978 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
4979 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation (CRiSP mode).
4980 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CRiSP mode if ARG is positive,
4981 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4982 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4983
4984 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4985
4986 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
4987
4988 ;;;***
4989 \f
4990 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" (21263 7861 493097
4991 ;;;;;;  0))
4992 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4993
4994 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
4995 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4996 The arguments are the same as those of `completing-read'.
4997 \\<crm-local-completion-map>
4998 Input multiple strings by separating each one with a string that
4999 matches the regexp `crm-separator'.  For example, if the separator
5000 regexp is \",\", entering \"alice,bob,eve\" specifies the strings
5001 \"alice\", \"bob\", and \"eve\".
5002
5003 We refer to contiguous strings of non-separator-characters as
5004 \"elements\".  In this example there are three elements.
5005
5006 Completion is available on a per-element basis.  For example, if the
5007 contents of the minibuffer are \"alice,bob,eve\" and point is between
5008 \"l\" and \"i\", pressing \\[minibuffer-complete] operates on the element \"alice\".
5009
5010 This function returns a list of the strings that were read,
5011 with empty strings removed.
5012
5013 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5014
5015 ;;;***
5016 \f
5017 ;;;### (autoloads nil "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (21285 31272
5018 ;;;;;;  331063 0))
5019 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5020
5021 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5022 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5023
5024 \(fn)" t nil)
5025
5026 ;;;***
5027 \f
5028 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (21319 49445
5029 ;;;;;;  508378 0))
5030 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5031
5032 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5033 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5034 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5035 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5036 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5037 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5038
5039 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5040
5041 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5042 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5043 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5044 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5045 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5046
5047 CUA mode is a global minor mode.  When enabled, typed text
5048 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5049 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5050 bindings.  The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5051 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5052 normal function of these prefix keys.
5053
5054 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5055 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5056 options:
5057 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5058 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5059 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5060
5061 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5062 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5063 the prefix fallback behavior.
5064
5065 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5066
5067 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5068 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5069
5070 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5071
5072 ;;;***
5073 \f
5074 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-rect" "emulation/cua-rect.el" (21187 63826
5075 ;;;;;;  213216 0))
5076 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-rect.el
5077
5078 (autoload 'cua-rectangle-mark-mode "cua-rect" "\
5079 Toggle the region as rectangular.
5080 Activates the region if needed.  Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
5081
5082 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5083
5084 ;;;***
5085 \f
5086 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (21240 46395 727291
5087 ;;;;;;  0))
5088 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5089
5090 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5091 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5092
5093 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5094
5095 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5096 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5097
5098 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5099
5100 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5101 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5102
5103 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5104
5105 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5106 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.  VALUE is a Lisp object.
5107
5108 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5109 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5110
5111 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5112 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5113
5114 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5115
5116 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5117
5118 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5119 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5120 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5121
5122 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5123 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5124
5125 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5126 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5127
5128 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5129 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5130
5131 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5132
5133 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5134
5135 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5136 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5137 Return VALUE.
5138
5139 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5140 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5141
5142 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5143 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5144
5145 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5146 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5147
5148 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5149
5150 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5151
5152 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5153 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5154 ELTS should be a list.  This function adds each entry to the
5155 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5156
5157 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5158 the resulting list value now.  Otherwise, add an entry to
5159 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5160
5161 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5162
5163 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5164 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5165 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5166 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5167 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5168
5169 \(fn)" t nil)
5170
5171 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5172 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5173 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5174 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5175
5176 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5177
5178 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5179 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5180 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5181
5182 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5183
5184 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5185 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5186
5187 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5188
5189 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5190
5191 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5192 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5193
5194 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5195
5196 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5197
5198 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5199 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5200 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5201
5202 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5203
5204 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5205 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5206 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5207 as part of Emacs itself.
5208
5209 Each elements looks like this:
5210
5211      (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5212
5213 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol.  After
5214 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5215 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5216 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5217 was first released.  Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5218 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5219 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5220 and `defface'.
5221
5222 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5223
5224      (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5225                   '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5226                          (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5227                          (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5228                          (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5229
5230 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5231 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword.  Since
5232 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5233 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5234
5235 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5236
5237 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5238 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5239 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
5240 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
5241 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
5242 release.
5243
5244 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5245 that were added or redefined since that version.
5246
5247 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5248
5249 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5250 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5251 If FACE is nil, customize all faces.  If FACE is actually a
5252 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5253
5254 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5255
5256 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5257 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5258
5259 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5260
5261 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5262 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5263 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5264
5265 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5266 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5267
5268 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5269
5270 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5271 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5272
5273 \(fn)" t nil)
5274
5275 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5276 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5277
5278 \(fn)" t nil)
5279
5280 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5281 Customize all saved options and faces.
5282
5283 \(fn)" t nil)
5284
5285 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5286 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5287 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5288 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters).  If it is a word,
5289 search for matches for that word as a substring.  If it is a list of
5290 words, search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5291
5292 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5293 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5294 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5295
5296 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5297
5298 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5299 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5300
5301 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
5302
5303 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5304 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5305
5306 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5307
5308 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5309 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5310
5311 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5312
5313 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5314 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5315 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5316 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5317 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5318 that option.
5319 DESCRIPTION is unused.
5320
5321 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5322
5323 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5324 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5325 The result includes selecting that window.
5326 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5327 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5328 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5329 that option.
5330
5331 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5332
5333 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5334 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5335
5336 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5337
5338 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5339 File used for storing customization information.
5340 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5341 as specified by `user-init-file'.  If the value is not nil,
5342 it should be an absolute file name.
5343
5344 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5345 last paragraph below.  However, usually it is simpler to write
5346 something like the following in your init file:
5347
5348 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5349 \(load custom-file)
5350
5351 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5352 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5353
5354 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5355 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5356 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)'  and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5357 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5358 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5359
5360 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5361 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5362 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5363 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5364 present in that file.  It will not delete any customizations from
5365 the old custom file.  You should do that manually if that is what you
5366 want.  You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5367 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5368 file.  Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5369 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5370
5371 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5372
5373 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5374 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5375
5376 \(fn)" nil nil)
5377
5378 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5379 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5380
5381 \(fn)" t nil)
5382
5383 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5384 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5385 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5386
5387 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5388
5389 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5390 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5391 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5392 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5393 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5394
5395 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5396
5397 ;;;***
5398 \f
5399 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (21240 46395 727291
5400 ;;;;;;  0))
5401 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5402
5403 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5404 Create or edit a custom theme.
5405 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit.  If THEME
5406 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5407 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5408 from the Custom save file.
5409 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5410 named *Custom Theme*.
5411
5412 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5413
5414 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5415 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5416
5417 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5418
5419 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5420 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5421
5422 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5423
5424 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5425 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5426 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5427 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5428
5429 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5430
5431 ;;;***
5432 \f
5433 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el" (21187 63826
5434 ;;;;;;  213216 0))
5435 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5436
5437 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5438 Mode used for cvs status output.
5439
5440 \(fn)" t nil)
5441
5442 ;;;***
5443 \f
5444 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (21187 63826 213216
5445 ;;;;;;  0))
5446 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5447 (push (purecopy '(cwarn 1 3 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5448
5449 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5450 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5451
5452 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5453
5454 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5455 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'.  By default C and
5456 C++ modes are included.
5457
5458 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5459 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5460 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5461
5462 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5463
5464 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
5465
5466 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5467 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5468 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5469 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5470 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5471 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5472
5473 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5474
5475 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5476 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5477 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5478 otherwise, disable it.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5479 ARG is omitted or nil.
5480
5481 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5482 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5483 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5484
5485 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5486
5487 ;;;***
5488 \f
5489 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (21193
5490 ;;;;;;  16180 875828 0))
5491 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5492
5493 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5494 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5495
5496 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5497
5498 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5499 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5500
5501 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5502
5503 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5504 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5505 For readability, the table is slightly
5506 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5507
5508 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5509 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5510 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5511 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5512 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5513
5514 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5515
5516 ;;;***
5517 \f
5518 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" (21187 63826 213216
5519 ;;;;;;  0))
5520 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5521 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5522 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5523  (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5524  (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5525
5526 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5527 Completion on current word.
5528 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5529 and presents suggestions for completion.
5530
5531 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5532 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5533 completions.
5534
5535 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5536 then it searches *all* buffers.
5537
5538 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5539
5540 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5541 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5542
5543 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5544 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5545 considered.  If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5546 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5547 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5548
5549 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5550 possibility.  A negative argument says search forward.
5551
5552 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5553 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5554 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5555
5556 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5557 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5558
5559 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5560
5561 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5562
5563 ;;;***
5564 \f
5565 ;;;### (autoloads nil "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el" (21197 43194
5566 ;;;;;;  200483 0))
5567 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5568
5569 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5570 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5571
5572 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5573
5574 ;;;***
5575 \f
5576 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (21263 60369 592555 0))
5577 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5578
5579 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5580 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5581 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'.  HANDLER, being
5582 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5583 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5584
5585 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5586
5587 ;;;***
5588 \f
5589 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (21187 63826
5590 ;;;;;;  213216 0))
5591 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5592
5593 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5594 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5595
5596 This mode indents command lines in blocks.  (A block is commands between
5597 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5598 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5599
5600 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5601 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5602 Data lines are not indented.
5603
5604 Key bindings:
5605
5606 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5607 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5608
5609 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options]         Save changed options
5610 \\[dcl-save-all-options]                Save all options
5611 \\[dcl-save-option]                     Save any option
5612 \\[dcl-save-mode]                       Save buffer mode
5613
5614 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5615
5616  dcl-basic-offset
5617     Extra indentation within blocks.
5618
5619  dcl-continuation-offset
5620     Extra indentation for continued lines.
5621
5622  dcl-margin-offset
5623     Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5624
5625  dcl-margin-label-offset
5626     Indentation for a label.
5627
5628  dcl-comment-line-regexp
5629     Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5630
5631  dcl-block-begin-regexp
5632  dcl-block-end-regexp
5633     Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5634     a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5635     Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5636     make it possible to define other places to indent.
5637     Set to nil to disable this feature.
5638
5639  dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5640     Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5641     Two such functions are included in the package:
5642         dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5643         dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5644
5645  dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5646     Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5647     One such function is included in the package:
5648         dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative    (set by default)
5649
5650  dcl-tab-always-indent
5651     If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5652     If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5653     margin.
5654
5655  dcl-electric-characters
5656     Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5657     typed.
5658
5659  dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5660     Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5661     which words trigger electric indentation.
5662
5663  dcl-tempo-comma
5664  dcl-tempo-left-paren
5665  dcl-tempo-right-paren
5666     These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5667
5668  dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5669     Default value for imenu-generic-expression.  The default includes
5670     SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5671     other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5672
5673  dcl-imenu-label-labels
5674  dcl-imenu-label-goto
5675  dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5676  dcl-imenu-label-call
5677     Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5678
5679 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5680 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5681 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5682 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5683
5684
5685 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5686
5687 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5688 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5689 $! Next follows the first command line.  It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5690 $       i = 1
5691 $       ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5692 $       ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5693 $ label:
5694 $       if i.eq.1
5695 $       then
5696 $           ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5697 $           ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5698 $           loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5699 $               ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5700 $               text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5701                        \"lined up with the command line\"
5702 $               type sys$input
5703 Data lines are not indented at all.
5704 $           endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5705 $       endif
5706 $
5707
5708
5709 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5710 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5711
5712 \(fn)" t nil)
5713
5714 ;;;***
5715 \f
5716 ;;;### (autoloads nil "debug" "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (21240 46395
5717 ;;;;;;  727291 0))
5718 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5719
5720 (setq debugger 'debug)
5721
5722 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5723 Enter debugger.  \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5724 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5725 of the evaluator.
5726
5727 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5728 any other args you like.  In that case, the list of args after the
5729 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5730
5731 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
5732
5733 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5734 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5735
5736 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5737
5738 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION.  If you tell the
5739 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.  If FUNCTION is a
5740 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5741 its execution.  FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5742 form, in which case stepping is not possible.  Break-on-entry for
5743 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5744
5745 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5746 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5747
5748 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5749
5750 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5751 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5752 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5753 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5754 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5755
5756 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5757
5758 ;;;***
5759 \f
5760 ;;;### (autoloads nil "decipher" "play/decipher.el" (21187 63826
5761 ;;;;;;  213216 0))
5762 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5763
5764 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5765 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5766
5767 \(fn)" t nil)
5768
5769 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5770 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5771 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5772 Upper-case letters are commands.
5773
5774 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5775 modify it.
5776
5777 The most useful commands are:
5778 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5779 \\[decipher-digram-list]  Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5780 \\[decipher-frequency-count]  Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5781 \\[decipher-adjacency-list]  Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5782 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint]  Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5783 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint]  Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5784
5785 \(fn)" t nil)
5786
5787 ;;;***
5788 \f
5789 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (21187 63826 213216
5790 ;;;;;;  0))
5791 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5792 (push (purecopy '(delim-col 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5793
5794 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5795 Customization of `columns' group.
5796
5797 \(fn)" t nil)
5798
5799 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5800 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5801
5802 START and END delimits the text region.
5803
5804 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5805
5806 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5807 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5808
5809 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5810
5811 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5812
5813 ;;;***
5814 \f
5815 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delsel" "delsel.el" (21251 41787 268999 0))
5816 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5817
5818 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5819
5820 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5821 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5822 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5823 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5824 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5825 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5826
5827 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5828
5829 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5830 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5831 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5832 is positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp,
5833 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5834
5835 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, typed text replaces the selection
5836 if the selection is active.  Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at
5837 point regardless of any selection.
5838
5839 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5840
5841 ;;;***
5842 \f
5843 ;;;### (autoloads nil "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (21240 46395
5844 ;;;;;;  727291 0))
5845 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5846
5847 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5848 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5849
5850 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5851
5852 CHILD:     the name of the command for the derived mode.
5853 PARENT:    the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5854            or nil if there is no parent.
5855 NAME:      a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5856 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5857            the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5858 BODY:      forms to execute just before running the
5859            hooks for the new mode.  Do not use `interactive' here.
5860
5861 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments.  The following keyword
5862   arguments are currently understood:
5863 :group GROUP
5864         Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5865         The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5866 :syntax-table TABLE
5867         Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
5868         A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5869 :abbrev-table TABLE
5870         Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
5871         A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5872
5873 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5874
5875   (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5876
5877 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5878 without changing regular LaTeX mode.  In this example, BODY is empty,
5879 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5880
5881 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5882 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5883
5884   (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5885     \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5886     (setq case-fold-search nil))
5887
5888 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5889 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5890
5891 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5892 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5893
5894 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5895
5896 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
5897
5898 (function-put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
5899
5900 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5901 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5902 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5903 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5904 the first time the mode is used.
5905
5906 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5907
5908 ;;;***
5909 \f
5910 ;;;### (autoloads nil "descr-text" "descr-text.el" (21240 46395 727291
5911 ;;;;;;  0))
5912 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5913
5914 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5915 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
5916 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
5917 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5918 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5919 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5920 otherwise.
5921
5922 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
5923
5924 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5925 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
5926 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
5927 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
5928
5929 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
5930 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
5931 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
5932
5933 The character information includes the character code; charset and
5934 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
5935 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
5936 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
5937 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
5938 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
5939 relevant to POS.
5940
5941 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5942
5943 ;;;***
5944 \f
5945 ;;;### (autoloads nil "desktop" "desktop.el" (21346 7974 405729 0))
5946 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5947
5948 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5949 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5950 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5951 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5952 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5953 or call the function `desktop-save-mode'.")
5954
5955 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
5956
5957 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
5958 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
5959 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is positive,
5960 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG
5961 is omitted or nil.
5962
5963 When Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
5964 one session to another.  In particular, Emacs will save the desktop when
5965 it exits (this may prompt you; see the option `desktop-save').  The next
5966 time Emacs starts, if this mode is active it will restore the desktop.
5967
5968 To manually save the desktop at any time, use the command `M-x desktop-save'.
5969 To load it, use `M-x desktop-read'.
5970
5971 Once a desktop file exists, Emacs will auto-save it according to the
5972 option `desktop-auto-save-timeout'.
5973
5974 To see all the options you can set, browse the `desktop' customization group.
5975
5976 For further details, see info node `(emacs)Saving Emacs Sessions'.
5977
5978 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5979
5980 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
5981 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
5982 The variables are saved only when they really are local.  Conventional minor
5983 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
5984
5985 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
5986
5987 (defvar-local desktop-save-buffer nil "\
5988 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
5989
5990 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
5991 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
5992 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
5993
5994 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
5995 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
5996
5997 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
5998 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
5999 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6000
6001 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6002 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6003 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6004 evaluates the desktop file.  List elements must have the form
6005
6006    (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6007
6008 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6009 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6010
6011 Handlers are called with argument list
6012
6013    (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6014
6015 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6016
6017    `desktop-file-version'
6018    `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6019    `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6020    `desktop-buffer-point'
6021    `desktop-buffer-mark'
6022    `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6023    `desktop-buffer-locals'
6024
6025 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6026 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6027
6028 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6029 code like
6030
6031    (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6032    ...
6033    (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6034                 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6035
6036 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6037
6038 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6039
6040 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6041 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6042 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6043 List elements must have the form
6044
6045    (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6046
6047 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6048 function.
6049
6050 Handlers are called with argument list
6051
6052    (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6053
6054 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6055
6056    `desktop-file-version'
6057    `desktop-buffer-file-name'
6058    `desktop-buffer-name'
6059    `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6060    `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6061    `desktop-buffer-point'
6062    `desktop-buffer-mark'
6063    `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6064    `desktop-buffer-misc'
6065
6066 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6067 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6068 created and set.
6069
6070 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6071 code like
6072
6073    (defun foo-desktop-restore
6074    ...
6075    (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6076                 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6077
6078 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6079
6080 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6081
6082 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6083
6084 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6085 Empty the Desktop.
6086 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6087 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6088 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6089 When called interactively and `desktop-restore-frames' is non-nil, it also
6090 deletes all frames except the selected one (and its minibuffer frame,
6091 if different).
6092
6093 \(fn)" t nil)
6094
6095 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6096 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6097 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6098 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6099 If AUTO-SAVE is non-nil, compare the saved contents to the one last saved,
6100 and don't save the buffer if they are the same.
6101
6102 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE AUTO-SAVE)" t nil)
6103
6104 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6105 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6106 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6107
6108 \(fn)" t nil)
6109
6110 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6111 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6112 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6113 directories listed in `desktop-path'.  If a desktop file is found, it
6114 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run.  If no desktop file
6115 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6116 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6117 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6118
6119 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6120
6121 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6122 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6123 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6124
6125 \(fn)" nil nil)
6126
6127 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode '"22.1")
6128
6129 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6130 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6131 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6132 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6133 directory DIRNAME.
6134
6135 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6136
6137 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6138 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6139
6140 \(fn)" t nil)
6141
6142 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6143 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6144
6145 \(fn)" t nil)
6146
6147 ;;;***
6148 \f
6149 ;;;### (autoloads nil "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (21187 63826
6150 ;;;;;;  213216 0))
6151 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6152
6153 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6154 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6155 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6156 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6157 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line.  If
6158 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6159
6160 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6161
6162 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6163 Repair a broken attribution line.
6164 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6165
6166 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6167
6168 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6169 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6170 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation.  If
6171 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6172
6173 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6174
6175 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6176 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6177
6178 \(fn)" t nil)
6179
6180 ;;;***
6181 \f
6182 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" (21187
6183 ;;;;;;  63826 213216 0))
6184 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6185
6186 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6187 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6188 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6189 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'.  A value of ARG less than 1
6190 does nothing.  This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
6191
6192 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6193
6194 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6195 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6196 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6197 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6198
6199 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6200 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at).  Note that
6201 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
6202 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6203
6204 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6205 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6206
6207 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6208       diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6209       calendar-date-style 'european
6210       diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6211
6212 \(diary-mail-entries)
6213
6214 # diary-rem.el ends here
6215
6216 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6217
6218 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6219 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6220
6221 \(fn)" t nil)
6222
6223 ;;;***
6224 \f
6225 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff" "vc/diff.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
6226 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6227
6228 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
6229 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6230
6231 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6232
6233 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6234 The command to use to run diff.")
6235
6236 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6237
6238 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6239 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6240 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6241 minibuffer.  The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6242 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6243 exists.  If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6244
6245 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6246 interactively for diff switches.  Otherwise, the switches
6247 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6248
6249 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6250
6251 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6252 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6253 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6254 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6255 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6256 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6257
6258 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6259
6260 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
6261 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
6262
6263 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
6264
6265 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6266 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6267 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6268
6269 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6270
6271 ;;;***
6272 \f
6273 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el" (21187 63826
6274 ;;;;;;  213216 0))
6275 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6276
6277 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6278 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6279 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6280 normal diffs.
6281
6282 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6283 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6284 headers for you on-the-fly.
6285
6286 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6287 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6288 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6289
6290    \\{diff-mode-map}
6291
6292 \(fn)" t nil)
6293
6294 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6295 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6296 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6297 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
6298 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6299
6300 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6301
6302 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6303
6304 ;;;***
6305 \f
6306 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dig" "net/dig.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
6307 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6308
6309 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6310 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6311 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6312
6313 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6314
6315 ;;;***
6316 \f
6317 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dired" "dired.el" (21346 7974 405729 0))
6318 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6319
6320 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6321 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired.  MUST contain the `l' option.
6322 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6323 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'.  See also the variable
6324 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6325 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6326 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6327 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6328
6329 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6330
6331 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6332 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
6333 Local to each Dired buffer.  May be a list, in which case the car is the
6334 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6335 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6336  (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6337
6338 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6339 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6340 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6341 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6342 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6343 shell wildcards appended to select certain files).  If DIRNAME is a cons,
6344 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6345 list of files to make directory entries for.
6346 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6347 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6348 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6349
6350 If DIRNAME is already in a Dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6351
6352 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6353  (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6354
6355 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6356 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME.  Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6357
6358 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6359  (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6360
6361 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6362 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME.  Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6363
6364 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6365
6366 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6367 Like `dired' but returns the Dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6368
6369 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6370
6371 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6372 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6373 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6374   (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6375   Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6376 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6377   compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6378   and insert subdirectories into the same buffer.  You can \"mark\"
6379   files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6380   by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6381 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6382 The buffer is read-only.  Digits are prefix arguments.
6383 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6384 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6385   Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6386   if no files are marked.  Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6387   the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6388   to operate on the current file only.  Prefix arguments override marks.
6389   Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards.  Type \\[dired-summary]
6390   to see why something went wrong.
6391 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6392 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6393 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXpunge) the files flagged `D'.
6394 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6395   (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6396 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or Dired directory in Other window.
6397 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6398 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6399 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6400 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6401 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6402   This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6403 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6404
6405 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6406 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6407 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6408 again for the directory tree.
6409
6410 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6411 for more info):
6412
6413   `dired-listing-switches'
6414   `dired-trivial-filenames'
6415   `dired-marker-char'
6416   `dired-del-marker'
6417   `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6418   `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6419   `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6420   `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6421
6422 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6423
6424   `dired-before-readin-hook'
6425   `dired-after-readin-hook'
6426   `dired-mode-hook'
6427   `dired-load-hook'
6428
6429 Keybindings:
6430 \\{dired-mode-map}
6431
6432 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6433  (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6434
6435 ;;;***
6436 \f
6437 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (21187 63826 213216
6438 ;;;;;;  0))
6439 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6440
6441 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6442 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6443 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6444 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
6445 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6446
6447 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6448 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6449 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6450
6451 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6452 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6453 directory.
6454
6455 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6456
6457 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6458 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6459 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'.  It looks for
6460 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6461 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6462 from `default-directory'.
6463
6464 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6465
6466 ;;;***
6467 \f
6468 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (21240 46395
6469 ;;;;;;  727291 0))
6470 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6471
6472 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6473 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6474 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6475 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6476 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6477 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6478
6479 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6480
6481 ;;;***
6482 \f
6483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (21240 46395 727291
6484 ;;;;;;  0))
6485 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6486
6487 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6488 Return a new, empty display table.
6489
6490 \(fn)" nil nil)
6491
6492 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6493 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6494 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6495 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6496 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6497
6498 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6499
6500 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6501 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6502 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6503 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6504 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6505
6506 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6507
6508 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6509 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6510
6511 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6512
6513 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6514 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6515
6516 \(fn)" t nil)
6517
6518 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6519 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6520
6521 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6522 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6523
6524 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6525 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6526 byte.
6527
6528 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6529 in the default way after this call.
6530
6531 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6532
6533 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6534 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6535
6536 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6537
6538 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6539 Display character C using printable string S.
6540
6541 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6542
6543 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6544 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6545 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6546 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6547
6548 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6549
6550 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6551 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6552 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6553 X frame.
6554
6555 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6556
6557 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6558 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6559
6560 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6561
6562 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6563 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6564
6565 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6566
6567 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6568 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6569
6570 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6571
6572 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6573 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6574
6575 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6576
6577 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6578 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6579
6580 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6581
6582 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6583 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6584
6585 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6586 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6587
6588 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6589 disables it if negative.  Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6590
6591 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6592 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters.  Codes 146
6593 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6594 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6595
6596 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6597 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6598 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6599 in `.emacs'.
6600
6601 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6602
6603 ;;;***
6604 \f
6605 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" (21240 46395
6606 ;;;;;;  727291 0))
6607 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6608
6609 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6610 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6611 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6612 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6613 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6614 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6615 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6616 Default is 2.
6617
6618 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6619
6620 ;;;***
6621 \f
6622 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dnd" "dnd.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
6623 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6624
6625 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6626 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6627 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6628 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6629 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6630 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6631 private or ask).
6632 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6633 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6634 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6635 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6636 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6637
6638 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6639
6640 ;;;***
6641 \f
6642 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns-mode" "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (21187 63826
6643 ;;;;;;  213216 0))
6644 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6645
6646 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6647 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6648 This mode is inherited from text mode.  It add syntax
6649 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6650 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6651 variables for customizing indentation.  It has its own abbrev
6652 table and its own syntax table.
6653
6654 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6655
6656 \(fn)" t nil)
6657  (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6658
6659 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6660 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6661
6662 \(fn)" t nil)
6663
6664 ;;;***
6665 \f
6666 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (21327 43559 923043
6667 ;;;;;;  0))
6668 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6669
6670 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6671 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6672 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6673 OpenDocument format).
6674
6675 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6676
6677 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6678 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6679
6680 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer.  It displays PDF, PS
6681 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6682
6683 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6684 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6685 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6686
6687 \(fn)" t nil)
6688
6689 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6690 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6691 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6692 to the next best mode.
6693
6694 \(fn)" nil nil)
6695
6696 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6697 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6698 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6699 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
6700 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6701
6702 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6703
6704 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6705
6706 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6707
6708
6709 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6710
6711 ;;;***
6712 \f
6713 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (21240 46395 727291
6714 ;;;;;;  0))
6715 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6716
6717 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6718 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6719
6720 \(fn)" t nil)
6721
6722 ;;;***
6723 \f
6724 ;;;### (autoloads nil "double" "double.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
6725 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6726
6727 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6728 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6729 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6730 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
6731 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6732
6733 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6734 strings when pressed twice.  See `double-map' for details.
6735
6736 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6737
6738 ;;;***
6739 \f
6740 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (21187 63826 213216
6741 ;;;;;;  0))
6742 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6743 (push (purecopy '(dunnet 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
6744
6745 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6746 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6747
6748 \(fn)" t nil)
6749
6750 ;;;***
6751 \f
6752 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (21259
6753 ;;;;;;  10807 217062 0))
6754 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6755
6756 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6757
6758 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6759 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6760 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6761 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6762 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6763
6764 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6765 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
6766 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
6767 and disables it otherwise.
6768
6769 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
6770 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
6771 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
6772 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6773
6774 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
6775 documenting what its argument does.
6776
6777 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6778 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
6779 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6780   If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6781   or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6782   arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.  If you supply a KEYMAP
6783   argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6784   MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6785
6786 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6787   It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6788   Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6789   alternating keywords and values.  These following special keywords
6790   are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if the minor
6791   mode is global):
6792
6793 :group GROUP    Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6794                 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6795                 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6796                 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6797 :global GLOBAL  If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6798                 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6799                 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6800 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6801                 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6802 :lighter SPEC   Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6803 :keymap MAP     Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6804 :require SYM    Same as in `defcustom'.
6805 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6806                 the state of the mode.  This can be simply a different
6807                 named variable, or a generalized variable.
6808                 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
6809                 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
6810                 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
6811                 sets it.  If you specify a :variable, this function does
6812                 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
6813                 in :variable).
6814
6815 :after-hook     A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
6816                 have been run.  It should not be quoted.
6817
6818 For example, you could write
6819   (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6820     :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6821     ...BODY CODE...)
6822
6823 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
6824
6825 (function-put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6826
6827 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6828
6829 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6830
6831 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6832 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6833 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6834   and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6835 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments.  As the minor mode
6836   defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6837   ignored.  Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6838   which see.  In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6839   The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6840   `defcustom'.  It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6841   or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6842   are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6843
6844 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6845 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6846 correctly with the current major mode.  This is important to
6847 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6848 call another major mode in their body.
6849
6850 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
6851 after running the major mode's hook.  However, MODE is not turned
6852 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
6853
6854 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
6855
6856 (function-put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6857
6858 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6859 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6860 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6861 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6862 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6863 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6864 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6865
6866 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6867
6868   :name      Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6869   :dense     Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6870   :inherit   Parent keymap.
6871   :group     Ignored.
6872   :suppress  Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6873              'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6874
6875 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6876
6877 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6878 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6879 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function.  DOC is
6880 the constant's documentation.
6881
6882 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6883
6884 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6885 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6886 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6887
6888 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6889
6890 ;;;***
6891 \f
6892 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (21187
6893 ;;;;;;  63826 213216 0))
6894 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6895
6896 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6897 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
6898 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
6899 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
6900
6901 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
6902 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
6903 as a top-level menu bar item.
6904
6905 The first element of MENU must be a string.  It is the menu bar
6906 item name.  It may be followed by the following keyword argument
6907 pairs:
6908
6909  :filter FUNCTION
6910     FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
6911     argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
6912     items to actually display.
6913
6914  :visible INCLUDE
6915     INCLUDE is an expression.  The menu is visible if the
6916     expression evaluates to a non-nil value.  `:included' is an
6917     alias for `:visible'.
6918
6919  :active ENABLE
6920     ENABLE is an expression.  The menu is enabled for selection
6921     if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value.  `:enable' is
6922     an alias for `:active'.
6923
6924 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
6925 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
6926
6927   [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6928
6929 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6930
6931 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
6932 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6933
6934 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
6935 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
6936
6937 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6938
6939    [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
6940
6941 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
6942 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
6943
6944  :keys KEYS
6945     KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
6946     This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
6947     usually computed automatically.  KEYS is expanded with
6948     `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6949
6950  :key-sequence KEYS
6951     KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
6952     menu.  It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
6953     keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
6954     vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
6955
6956  :active ENABLE
6957     ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6958     whenever this expression's value is non-nil.  `:enable' is an
6959     alias for `:active'.
6960
6961  :visible INCLUDE
6962     INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
6963     expression has a non-nil value.  `:included' is an alias for
6964     `:visible'.
6965
6966  :label FORM
6967     FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
6968     value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
6969
6970  :suffix FORM
6971     FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
6972     value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
6973
6974  :style STYLE
6975     STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
6976     be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
6977     other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
6978
6979  :selected SELECTED
6980     SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
6981     selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
6982
6983  :help HELP
6984     HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
6985
6986 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string.  Then that string
6987 appears in the menu as unselectable text.  A string consisting
6988 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
6989
6990 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
6991 MENU.  This is a submenu.
6992
6993 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
6994
6995 (function-put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
6996
6997 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
6998
6999
7000 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7001
7002 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7003 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7004 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu.  MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7005 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7006
7007 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7008
7009 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7010 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7011 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7012 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7013 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7014 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7015
7016 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7017 menu-bar keymap.  It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7018 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7019
7020 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7021 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7022 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7023
7024 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7025 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7026
7027 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7028
7029 ;;;***
7030 \f
7031 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (21187 63826
7032 ;;;;;;  213216 0))
7033 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7034 (push (purecopy '(ebnf2ps 4 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7035
7036 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7037 Customization for ebnf group.
7038
7039 \(fn)" t nil)
7040
7041 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7042 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7043
7044 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7045
7046 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7047 processed.
7048
7049 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7050
7051 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7052
7053 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7054 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7055
7056 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7057 killed after process termination.
7058
7059 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7060
7061 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7062
7063 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7064 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7065
7066 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7067 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7068 it to the printer.
7069
7070 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7071 is nil, send the image to the printer.  If FILENAME is a string, save
7072 the PostScript image in a file with that name.  If FILENAME is a
7073 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7074
7075 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7076
7077 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7078 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7079 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7080
7081 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7082
7083 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7084 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7085
7086 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7087
7088 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7089 processed.
7090
7091 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7092
7093 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7094
7095 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7096 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7097
7098 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7099 killed after process termination.
7100
7101 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7102
7103 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7104
7105 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7106 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7107 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7108 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7109
7110 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7111
7112 \(fn)" t nil)
7113
7114 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7115 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7116 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7117
7118 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7119
7120 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7121
7122 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7123 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7124
7125 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7126
7127 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7128 processed.
7129
7130 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7131
7132 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7133
7134 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7135 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7136
7137 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7138 killed after EPS generation.
7139
7140 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7141
7142 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7143
7144 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7145 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7146
7147 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7148 The EPS file name has the following form:
7149
7150    <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7151
7152 <PREFIX>     is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7153              The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7154
7155 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7156              Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7157              produce a valid file name.  For example, the production name
7158              \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7159              file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7160
7161 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7162          files.
7163
7164 \(fn)" t nil)
7165
7166 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7167 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7168
7169 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7170 The EPS file name has the following form:
7171
7172    <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7173
7174 <PREFIX>     is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7175              The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7176
7177 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7178              Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7179              produce a valid file name.  For example, the production name
7180              \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7181              file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7182
7183 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7184          files.
7185
7186 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7187
7188 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7189
7190 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7191 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7192
7193 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7194
7195 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7196 are processed.
7197
7198 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7199
7200 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7201
7202 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7203 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7204
7205 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7206 killed after syntax checking.
7207
7208 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7209
7210 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7211
7212 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7213 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7214
7215 \(fn)" t nil)
7216
7217 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7218 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7219
7220 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7221
7222 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7223 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7224
7225 \(fn)" nil nil)
7226
7227 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7228 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7229
7230 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7231
7232 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7233
7234 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7235 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7236
7237 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7238
7239 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7240
7241 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7242 Delete style NAME.
7243
7244 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7245
7246 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7247
7248 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7249 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7250
7251 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7252
7253 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7254
7255 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7256 Set STYLE as the current style.
7257
7258 Returns the old style symbol.
7259
7260 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7261
7262 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7263
7264 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7265 Reset current style.
7266
7267 Returns the old style symbol.
7268
7269 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7270
7271 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7272
7273 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7274 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7275
7276 Returns the old style symbol.
7277
7278 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7279
7280 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7281
7282 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7283
7284 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7285 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7286
7287 Returns the old style symbol.
7288
7289 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7290
7291 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7292
7293 \(fn)" t nil)
7294
7295 ;;;***
7296 \f
7297 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (21240 46395
7298 ;;;;;;  727291 0))
7299 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7300
7301 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7302 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7303 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7304 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7305 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7306 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7307
7308 Tree mode key bindings:
7309 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7310
7311 \(fn)" t nil)
7312
7313 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7314 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7315
7316 \(fn)" t nil)
7317
7318 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7319 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7320
7321 \(fn)" t nil)
7322
7323 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7324 View declaration of member at point.
7325
7326 \(fn)" t nil)
7327
7328 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7329 Find declaration of member at point.
7330
7331 \(fn)" t nil)
7332
7333 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7334 View definition of member at point.
7335
7336 \(fn)" t nil)
7337
7338 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7339 Find definition of member at point.
7340
7341 \(fn)" t nil)
7342
7343 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7344 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7345
7346 \(fn)" t nil)
7347
7348 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7349 View definition of member at point in other window.
7350
7351 \(fn)" t nil)
7352
7353 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7354 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7355
7356 \(fn)" t nil)
7357
7358 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7359 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7360
7361 \(fn)" t nil)
7362
7363 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7364 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7365
7366 \(fn)" t nil)
7367
7368 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7369 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7370
7371 \(fn)" t nil)
7372
7373 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7374 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7375 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7376 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7377 completion.
7378
7379 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7380
7381 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7382 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7383 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7384 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7385
7386 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7387
7388 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7389 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7390 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7391 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7392
7393 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7394
7395 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7396 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7397 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7398
7399 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7400
7401 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7402 Search for call sites of a member.
7403 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7404 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7405 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7406 looks like a function call to the member.
7407
7408 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7409
7410 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7411 Move backward in the position stack.
7412 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7413
7414 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7415
7416 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7417 Move forward in the position stack.
7418 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7419
7420 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7421
7422 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7423 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7424
7425 \(fn)" t nil)
7426
7427 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7428 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7429
7430 \(fn)" t nil)
7431
7432 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7433 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7434 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7435 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7436
7437 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7438
7439 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7440 Display statistics for a class tree.
7441
7442 \(fn)" t nil)
7443
7444 ;;;***
7445 \f
7446 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" (21240 46395 727291
7447 ;;;;;;  0))
7448 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7449
7450 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7451 Pop up the Buffer Menu in an \"electric\" window.
7452 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
7453 selects the buffer at point and quits the \"electric\" window.
7454 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
7455 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
7456 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7457
7458 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7459
7460 \\<electric-buffer-menu-mode-map>
7461 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
7462   configuration.  If the very first character typed is a space, it
7463   also has this effect.
7464 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-select] -- select buffer of line point is on.
7465   Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
7466   deletes buffers marked with \"D\", and saves those marked with \"S\".
7467 \\[Buffer-menu-mark] -- mark buffer to be displayed.
7468 \\[Buffer-menu-not-modified] -- clear modified-flag on that buffer.
7469 \\[Buffer-menu-save] -- mark that buffer to be saved.
7470 \\[Buffer-menu-delete] or \\[Buffer-menu-delete-backwards] -- mark that buffer to be deleted.
7471 \\[Buffer-menu-unmark] -- remove all kinds of marks from current line.
7472 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-mode-view-buffer] -- view buffer, returning when done.
7473 \\[Buffer-menu-backup-unmark] -- back up a line and remove marks.
7474
7475 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7476
7477 ;;;***
7478 \f
7479 ;;;### (autoloads nil "echistory" "echistory.el" (21240 46395 727291
7480 ;;;;;;  0))
7481 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7482
7483 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7484 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7485 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7486
7487 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7488
7489 ;;;***
7490 \f
7491 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el" (21187 63826
7492 ;;;;;;  213216 0))
7493 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7494
7495 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7496
7497
7498 \(fn)" nil nil)
7499
7500 ;;;***
7501 \f
7502 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (21302 40357 421344 0))
7503 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7504 (push (purecopy '(ede 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
7505
7506 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7507 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7508 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7509 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7510 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7511 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7512
7513 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7514
7515 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7516 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7517 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7518 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
7519 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7520
7521 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7522 an EDE controlled project.
7523
7524 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7525
7526 ;;;***
7527 \f
7528 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (21261 4402
7529 ;;;;;;  232258 508000))
7530 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7531
7532 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7533 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7534 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7535 `eval-current-buffer'.  `eval-region' is also called by
7536 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7537
7538 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7539 variable.  You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7540 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7541 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7542
7543 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7544
7545 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7546 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7547 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7548 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7549
7550 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7551
7552 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7553 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7554 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7555 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7556
7557 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7558
7559 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7560
7561 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7562 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7563 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7564 before evaluating it.  It displays the value in the echo area
7565 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7566
7567 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7568 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7569 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later.  It displays
7570 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7571 instrumented for Edebug.
7572
7573 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7574 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7575 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7576 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7577 already is one.)
7578
7579 \(fn)" t nil)
7580
7581 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7582 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7583
7584 \(fn)" t nil)
7585
7586 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7587 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7588
7589 \(fn)" t nil)
7590
7591 ;;;***
7592 \f
7593 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (21308 46599 181916 0))
7594 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7595 (push (purecopy '(ediff 2 81 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7596
7597 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7598 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7599
7600 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7601
7602 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7603 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7604
7605 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7606
7607 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7608
7609 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7610
7611 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7612 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7613 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'.  If there is
7614 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7615
7616 \(fn)" t nil)
7617
7618 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7619 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7620 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7621 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7622
7623 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7624
7625 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7626 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7627
7628 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7629
7630 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7631
7632 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7633 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7634
7635 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7636
7637 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7638
7639 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7640 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7641 the same name in both.  The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7642 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7643
7644 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7645
7646 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7647
7648 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7649 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7650 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7651 names.  Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7652
7653 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7654
7655 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7656
7657 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7658 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7659 have the same name in all three.  The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7660 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7661
7662 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7663
7664 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7665
7666 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7667 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7668 the same name in both.  The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7669 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7670
7671 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7672
7673 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7674
7675 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7676 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7677 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2.  If a pair of files
7678 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7679 without ancestor.  The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7680 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7681
7682 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7683
7684 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7685 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7686 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7687 names.  Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7688
7689 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7690
7691 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7692
7693 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7694 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7695 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7696 names.  Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7697
7698 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7699
7700 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7701
7702 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7703
7704 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7705 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7706 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7707 follows:
7708 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7709 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7710
7711 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7712
7713 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7714 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7715 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7716 follows:
7717 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7718 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7719
7720 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7721
7722 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7723 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7724 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7725 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7726 lines.  For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7727
7728 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7729
7730 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7731 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7732 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7733 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7734 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7735 lines.  For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7736
7737 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7738
7739 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7740
7741 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7742 Merge two files without ancestor.
7743
7744 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7745
7746 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7747 Merge two files with ancestor.
7748
7749 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7750
7751 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7752
7753 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7754 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7755
7756 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7757
7758 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7759 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7760
7761 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7762
7763 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7764 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7765 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7766 buffer.
7767
7768 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7769
7770 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7771 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7772 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7773 buffer.
7774
7775 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7776
7777 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7778 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7779 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7780 and don't ask the user.
7781 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7782 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7783
7784 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7785
7786 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7787 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7788 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7789 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7790 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7791 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7792 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7793 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7794
7795 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7796
7797 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7798
7799 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7800
7801 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7802 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7803 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7804 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7805 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7806
7807 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7808
7809 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7810
7811 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7812 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7813 When called interactively, displays the version.
7814
7815 \(fn)" t nil)
7816
7817 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7818 Display Ediff's manual.
7819 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7820
7821 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7822
7823 (autoload 'ediff-files-command "ediff" "\
7824
7825
7826 \(fn)" nil nil)
7827
7828 (autoload 'ediff3-files-command "ediff" "\
7829
7830
7831 \(fn)" nil nil)
7832
7833 (autoload 'ediff-merge-command "ediff" "\
7834
7835
7836 \(fn)" nil nil)
7837
7838 (autoload 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7839
7840
7841 \(fn)" nil nil)
7842
7843 (autoload 'ediff-directories-command "ediff" "\
7844
7845
7846 \(fn)" nil nil)
7847
7848 (autoload 'ediff-directories3-command "ediff" "\
7849
7850
7851 \(fn)" nil nil)
7852
7853 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-command "ediff" "\
7854
7855
7856 \(fn)" nil nil)
7857
7858 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7859
7860
7861 \(fn)" nil nil)
7862
7863 ;;;***
7864 \f
7865 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el" (21187 63826
7866 ;;;;;;  213216 0))
7867 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7868
7869 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7870
7871
7872 \(fn)" t nil)
7873
7874 ;;;***
7875 \f
7876 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el" (21187 63826
7877 ;;;;;;  213216 0))
7878 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7879
7880 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7881 Display Ediff's registry.
7882
7883 \(fn)" t nil)
7884
7885 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7886
7887 ;;;***
7888 \f
7889 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (21319 49445
7890 ;;;;;;  508378 0))
7891 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
7892
7893 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7894 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7895 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7896 which see.
7897
7898 \(fn)" t nil)
7899
7900 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7901 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7902 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7903 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7904
7905 \(fn)" t nil)
7906
7907 ;;;***
7908 \f
7909 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edmacro" "edmacro.el" (21187 63826 213216
7910 ;;;;;;  0))
7911 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7912 (push (purecopy '(edmacro 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
7913
7914 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7915 Edit a keyboard macro.
7916 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7917 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7918 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7919 its command name.
7920 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7921
7922 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7923
7924 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7925 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7926
7927 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7928
7929 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7930 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7931
7932 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7933
7934 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7935 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7936 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7937 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7938 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7939 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7940
7941 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7942 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7943 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7944 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7945
7946 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7947
7948 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7949 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7950 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7951 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7952 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line.  If VERBOSE is omitted
7953 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7954
7955 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
7956
7957 ;;;***
7958 \f
7959 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (21260 31670 94248
7960 ;;;;;;  0))
7961 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
7962
7963 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
7964 Set scroll margins.
7965 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7966 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7967
7968 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
7969
7970 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
7971 Turn on EDT Emulation.
7972
7973 \(fn)" t nil)
7974
7975 ;;;***
7976 \f
7977 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ehelp" "ehelp.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
7978 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
7979
7980 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
7981 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
7982 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
7983 contents of BUFFER.  BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'.  BUFFER will be
7984 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil.  THUNK will
7985 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
7986 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
7987
7988 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
7989 the window to fit.  If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7990
7991 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
7992 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
7993 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'.  The window's height will
7994 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
7995
7996 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
7997 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
7998 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7999
8000 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8001 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8002 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
8003
8004 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8005
8006 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8007
8008
8009 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8010
8011 ;;;***
8012 \f
8013 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" (21280 51108
8014 ;;;;;;  920078 0))
8015 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio.el
8016 (push (purecopy '(eieio 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8017
8018 ;;;***
8019 \f
8020 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-core" "emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el" (21187
8021 ;;;;;;  63826 213216 0))
8022 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el
8023 (push (purecopy '(eieio-core 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8024
8025 (autoload 'eieio-defclass-autoload "eieio-core" "\
8026 Create autoload symbols for the EIEIO class CNAME.
8027 SUPERCLASSES are the superclasses that CNAME inherits from.
8028 DOC is the docstring for CNAME.
8029 This function creates a mock-class for CNAME and adds it into
8030 SUPERCLASSES as children.
8031 It creates an autoload function for CNAME's constructor.
8032
8033 \(fn CNAME SUPERCLASSES FILENAME DOC)" nil nil)
8034
8035 ;;;***
8036 \f
8037 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (21305 16557
8038 ;;;;;;  836987 0))
8039 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8040
8041 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string (purecopy " ElDoc") "\
8042 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8043
8044 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
8045
8046 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8047 Toggle echo area display of Lisp objects at point (ElDoc mode).
8048 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ElDoc mode if ARG is positive,
8049 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable ElDoc mode
8050 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8051
8052 ElDoc mode is a buffer-local minor mode.  When enabled, the echo
8053 area displays information about a function or variable in the
8054 text where point is.  If point is on a documented variable, it
8055 displays the first line of that variable's doc string.  Otherwise
8056 it displays the argument list of the function called in the
8057 expression point is on.
8058
8059 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8060
8061 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-eldoc-mode 'eldoc-mode "24.4")
8062
8063 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function #'eldoc-documentation-function-default "\
8064 Function to call to return doc string.
8065 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8066 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8067 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8068 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8069 arg list.
8070
8071 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
8072 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
8073 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
8074 effect.
8075
8076 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8077 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
8078
8079 ;;;***
8080 \f
8081 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elec-pair" "elec-pair.el" (21327 43559 923043
8082 ;;;;;;  0))
8083 ;;; Generated autoloads from elec-pair.el
8084
8085 (defvar electric-pair-text-pairs '((34 . 34)) "\
8086 Alist of pairs that should always be used in comments and strings.
8087
8088 Pairs of delimiters in this list are a fallback in case they have
8089 no syntax relevant to `electric-pair-mode' in the syntax table
8090 defined in `electric-pair-text-syntax-table'")
8091
8092 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-text-pairs "elec-pair" t)
8093
8094 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8095 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8096 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8097 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8098 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8099 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8100
8101 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" nil)
8102
8103 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" "\
8104 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8105 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8106 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
8107 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8108
8109 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode.  When enabled, typing
8110 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8111 closing parenthesis.  (Likewise for brackets, etc.).
8112
8113 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8114
8115 ;;;***
8116 \f
8117 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (21187 63826 213216
8118 ;;;;;;  0))
8119 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8120
8121 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8122 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8123
8124 The header is made invisible with an overlay.  With a prefix arg, show
8125 an elided material again.
8126
8127 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8128
8129 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8130
8131 ;;;***
8132 \f
8133 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" (21195 23530
8134 ;;;;;;  495420 0))
8135 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8136
8137 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8138 Lint the file FILE.
8139
8140 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8141
8142 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8143 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8144 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8145
8146 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8147
8148 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8149 Lint the current buffer.
8150 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8151
8152 \(fn)" t nil)
8153
8154 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8155 Lint the function at point.
8156 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8157
8158 \(fn)" t nil)
8159
8160 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8161 Initialize elint.
8162 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8163 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8164
8165 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8166
8167 ;;;***
8168 \f
8169 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (21240 46395 727291
8170 ;;;;;;  0))
8171 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8172
8173 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8174 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8175 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8176
8177 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8178
8179 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8180 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8181 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8182 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8183
8184 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8185
8186 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8187 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8188 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8189
8190     \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8191
8192 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8193
8194 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8195 Display current profiling results.
8196 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8197 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8198 displayed.
8199
8200 \(fn)" t nil)
8201
8202 ;;;***
8203 \f
8204 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el" (21240 46395 727291
8205 ;;;;;;  0))
8206 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8207
8208 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8209 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8210 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8211 to be used.  With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8212 positive, off otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8213 ARG is omitted or nil.
8214
8215 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8216 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8217 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8218 used instead.
8219
8220 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8221
8222  exit   -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8223  kill   -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8224  all    -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8225
8226 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8227
8228 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8229
8230 ;;;***
8231 \f
8232 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (21302 89 140834
8233 ;;;;;;  615000))
8234 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8235
8236 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8237 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8238 Prompts for bug subject.  Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8239
8240 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8241
8242 ;;;***
8243 \f
8244 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emerge" "vc/emerge.el" (21231 31415 579137
8245 ;;;;;;  0))
8246 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8247
8248 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8249 Run Emerge on two files.
8250
8251 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8252
8253 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8254 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8255
8256 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8257
8258 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8259 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8260
8261 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8262
8263 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8264 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8265
8266 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8267
8268 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8269
8270
8271 \(fn)" nil nil)
8272
8273 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8274
8275
8276 \(fn)" nil nil)
8277
8278 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8279
8280
8281 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8282
8283 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8284
8285
8286 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8287
8288 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8289 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8290
8291 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8292
8293 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8294 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8295
8296 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8297
8298 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8299
8300
8301 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8302
8303 ;;;***
8304 \f
8305 ;;;### (autoloads nil "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (21187 63826
8306 ;;;;;;  213216 0))
8307 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8308
8309 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8310 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8311 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8312 text/enriched format.
8313
8314 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8315 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8316 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8317
8318 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8319
8320 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8321 \"enriched.txt\" in `data-directory'.
8322
8323 Commands:
8324
8325 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8326
8327 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8328
8329 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8330
8331
8332 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8333
8334 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8335
8336
8337 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8338
8339 ;;;***
8340 \f
8341 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa" "epa.el" (21294 46247 414129 0))
8342 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8343
8344 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8345 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8346
8347 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8348
8349 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8350 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8351
8352 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8353
8354 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8355 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8356 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8357 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8358 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys.  If it is nil, all
8359 the keys are listed.
8360 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8361
8362 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8363
8364 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8365 Decrypt DECRYPT-FILE into PLAIN-FILE.
8366 If you do not specify PLAIN-FILE, this functions prompts for the value to use.
8367
8368 \(fn DECRYPT-FILE &optional PLAIN-FILE)" t nil)
8369
8370 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8371 Verify FILE.
8372
8373 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8374
8375 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8376 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8377
8378 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8379
8380 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8381 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8382
8383 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8384
8385 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8386 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8387
8388 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8389 It should return that buffer.  If it copies the input, it should
8390 delete the text now being decrypted.  It should leave point at the
8391 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8392
8393 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8394 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8395 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion.  If
8396 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8397 should consider using the string based counterpart
8398 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8399 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8400
8401 For example:
8402
8403 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8404   (decode-coding-string
8405     (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8406     'utf-8))
8407
8408 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8409
8410 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8411 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8412
8413 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8414 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8415
8416 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8417
8418 (function-put 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
8419
8420 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8421 Verify the current region between START and END.
8422
8423 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8424 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8425 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion.  If
8426 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8427 should consider using the string based counterpart
8428 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8429 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8430
8431 For example:
8432
8433 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8434   (decode-coding-string
8435     (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8436     'utf-8))
8437
8438 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8439
8440 (function-put 'epa-verify-region 'interactive-only 't)
8441
8442 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8443 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8444 between START and END.
8445
8446 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8447 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8448
8449 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8450
8451 (function-put 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
8452
8453 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8454 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8455
8456 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8457 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8458 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion.  If
8459 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8460 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8461 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8462
8463 For example:
8464
8465 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8466   (epg-sign-string
8467     context
8468     (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8469
8470 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8471
8472 (function-put 'epa-sign-region 'interactive-only 't)
8473
8474 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8475 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8476
8477 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8478 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8479 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion.  If
8480 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8481 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8482 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8483
8484 For example:
8485
8486 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8487   (epg-encrypt-string
8488     context
8489     (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8490     nil))
8491
8492 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8493
8494 (function-put 'epa-encrypt-region 'interactive-only 't)
8495
8496 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8497 Delete selected KEYS.
8498
8499 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8500
8501 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8502 Import keys from FILE.
8503
8504 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8505
8506 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8507 Import keys from the region.
8508
8509 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8510
8511 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8512 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8513 between START and END.
8514
8515 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8516
8517 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8518 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8519
8520 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8521
8522 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8523 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8524
8525 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8526
8527 ;;;***
8528 \f
8529 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (21187 63826 213216
8530 ;;;;;;  0))
8531 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8532
8533 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8534 Decrypt marked files.
8535
8536 \(fn)" t nil)
8537
8538 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8539 Verify marked files.
8540
8541 \(fn)" t nil)
8542
8543 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8544 Sign marked files.
8545
8546 \(fn)" t nil)
8547
8548 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8549 Encrypt marked files.
8550
8551 \(fn)" t nil)
8552
8553 ;;;***
8554 \f
8555 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (21205 7349 58947
8556 ;;;;;;  0))
8557 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8558
8559 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8560
8561
8562 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8563
8564 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8565
8566
8567 \(fn)" t nil)
8568
8569 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8570
8571
8572 \(fn)" t nil)
8573
8574 ;;;***
8575 \f
8576 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (21294 46247 414129
8577 ;;;;;;  0))
8578 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8579
8580 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8581 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8582 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8583 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8584 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8585
8586 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8587
8588 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8589 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8590 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8591
8592 \(fn)" t nil)
8593
8594 (function-put 'epa-mail-decrypt 'interactive-only 't)
8595
8596 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8597 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8598 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8599
8600 \(fn)" t nil)
8601
8602 (function-put 'epa-mail-verify 'interactive-only 't)
8603
8604 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8605 Sign the current buffer.
8606 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8607
8608 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8609
8610 (function-put 'epa-mail-sign 'interactive-only 't)
8611
8612 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8613 Encrypt the outgoing mail message in the current buffer.
8614 Takes the recipients from the text in the header in the buffer
8615 and translates them through `epa-mail-aliases'.
8616 With prefix argument, asks you to select among them interactively
8617 and also whether and how to sign.
8618
8619 Called from Lisp, the optional argument RECIPIENTS is a list
8620 of recipient addresses, t to perform symmetric encryption,
8621 or nil meaning use the defaults.
8622
8623 SIGNERS is a list of keys to sign the message with.
8624
8625 \(fn &optional RECIPIENTS SIGNERS)" t nil)
8626
8627 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8628 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8629 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8630
8631 \(fn)" t nil)
8632
8633 (function-put 'epa-mail-import-keys 'interactive-only 't)
8634
8635 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8636 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8637 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8638 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8639 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8640 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8641
8642 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8643
8644 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8645 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8646 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8647 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8648 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8649
8650 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8651
8652 ;;;***
8653 \f
8654 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg" "epg.el" (21194 37048 599945 0))
8655 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8656 (push (purecopy '(epg 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
8657
8658 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8659 Return a context object.
8660
8661 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8662
8663 ;;;***
8664 \f
8665 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (21187 63826 213216
8666 ;;;;;;  0))
8667 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8668
8669 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8670 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8671
8672 \(fn)" nil nil)
8673
8674 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8675 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8676
8677 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8678
8679 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8680 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8681
8682 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8683
8684 ;;;***
8685 \f
8686 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc" "erc/erc.el" (21311 55332 986627 0))
8687 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8688 (push (purecopy '(erc 5 3)) package--builtin-versions)
8689
8690 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8691 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8692
8693 \(fn)" nil nil)
8694
8695 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8696 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8697 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8698
8699 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8700
8701 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8702    (server (erc-compute-server))
8703    (port   (erc-compute-port))
8704    (nick   (erc-compute-nick))
8705    password
8706    (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8707
8708 That is, if called with
8709
8710    (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8711
8712 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8713 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8714 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8715
8716 \(fn &key (server (erc-compute-server)) (port (erc-compute-port)) (nick (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8717
8718 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8719
8720 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8721 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8722 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8723
8724 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8725
8726 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8727 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8728 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8729 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8730
8731 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8732
8733 ;;;***
8734 \f
8735 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (21240
8736 ;;;;;;  46395 727291 0))
8737 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8738  (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8739
8740 ;;;***
8741 \f
8742 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (21240 46395
8743 ;;;;;;  727291 0))
8744 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8745  (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8746
8747 ;;;***
8748 \f
8749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (21240 46395
8750 ;;;;;;  727291 0))
8751 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8752  (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8753
8754 ;;;***
8755 \f
8756 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (21240 46395
8757 ;;;;;;  727291 0))
8758 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8759  (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8760
8761 ;;;***
8762 \f
8763 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (21240 46395 727291
8764 ;;;;;;  0))
8765 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8766  (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8767
8768 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8769 Parser for /dcc command.
8770 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8771 handle it.  The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8772 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8773
8774 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8775
8776 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8777 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8778
8779 \(fn)" nil nil)
8780
8781 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8782 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
8783
8784 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8785 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8786 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8787 that subcommand.
8788
8789 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8790
8791 ;;;***
8792 \f
8793 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
8794 ;;;;;;  (21187 63826 213216 0))
8795 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
8796 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
8797
8798 ;;;***
8799 \f
8800 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el" (21240
8801 ;;;;;;  46395 727291 0))
8802 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8803
8804 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8805 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8806
8807 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8808
8809 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8810 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8811 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8812 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8813
8814 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8815
8816 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8817
8818
8819 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8820
8821 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8822 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8823
8824 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8825
8826 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8827 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8828
8829 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8830
8831 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8832 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8833
8834 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8835
8836 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8837 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8838
8839 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8840
8841 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8842 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8843
8844 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8845
8846 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8847 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8848
8849 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8850
8851 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8852 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8853
8854 \(fn)" nil nil)
8855
8856 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8857 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8858
8859 \(fn)" nil nil)
8860
8861 ;;;***
8862 \f
8863 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (21240 46395 727291
8864 ;;;;;;  0))
8865 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8866  (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8867
8868 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8869 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8870 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8871
8872 \(fn)" nil nil)
8873
8874 ;;;***
8875 \f
8876 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-identd" "erc/erc-identd.el" (21240 46395
8877 ;;;;;;  727291 0))
8878 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8879  (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8880
8881 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8882 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8883 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8884 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8885 run from inetd.  The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8886 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8887 system.
8888
8889 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8890
8891 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8892
8893
8894 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8895
8896 ;;;***
8897 \f
8898 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el" (21240 46395
8899 ;;;;;;  727291 0))
8900 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
8901
8902 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
8903
8904
8905 \(fn)" nil nil)
8906
8907 ;;;***
8908 \f
8909 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (21240 46395 727291
8910 ;;;;;;  0))
8911 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
8912  (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
8913
8914 ;;;***
8915 \f
8916 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (21308 46599 181916
8917 ;;;;;;  0))
8918 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
8919  (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
8920
8921 ;;;***
8922 \f
8923 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-log" "erc/erc-log.el" (21240 46395 727291
8924 ;;;;;;  0))
8925 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
8926  (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
8927
8928 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
8929 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
8930 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
8931 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
8932 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
8933 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
8934
8935 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8936
8937 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
8938 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
8939 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
8940 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8941
8942 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
8943 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
8944 automatically.
8945
8946 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
8947 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8948
8949 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
8950
8951 ;;;***
8952 \f
8953 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el" (21240 46395
8954 ;;;;;;  727291 0))
8955 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
8956  (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
8957
8958 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
8959 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8960
8961 \(fn)" t nil)
8962
8963 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
8964 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8965
8966 \(fn)" t nil)
8967
8968 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
8969 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8970
8971 \(fn)" t nil)
8972
8973 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
8974 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8975
8976 \(fn)" t nil)
8977
8978 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
8979 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8980
8981 \(fn)" t nil)
8982
8983 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
8984 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
8985
8986 \(fn)" t nil)
8987
8988 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8989 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8990
8991 \(fn)" t nil)
8992
8993 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
8994 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
8995
8996 \(fn)" t nil)
8997
8998 ;;;***
8999 \f
9000 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (21240 46395 727291
9001 ;;;;;;  0))
9002 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9003  (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9004
9005 ;;;***
9006 \f
9007 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el" (21240
9008 ;;;;;;  46395 727291 0))
9009 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9010  (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9011
9012 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9013 Show who's gone.
9014
9015 \(fn)" nil nil)
9016
9017 ;;;***
9018 \f
9019 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-networks" "erc/erc-networks.el" (21260
9020 ;;;;;;  55795 711190 0))
9021 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9022
9023 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9024 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol.  Use the
9025 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9026 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9027
9028 \(fn)" nil nil)
9029
9030 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9031 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9032
9033 \(fn)" t nil)
9034
9035 ;;;***
9036 \f
9037 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-notify" "erc/erc-notify.el" (21240 46395
9038 ;;;;;;  727291 0))
9039 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9040  (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9041
9042 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9043 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9044 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9045 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9046
9047 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9048
9049 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9050
9051
9052 \(fn)" nil nil)
9053
9054 ;;;***
9055 \f
9056 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (21240 46395 727291
9057 ;;;;;;  0))
9058 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9059  (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9060
9061 ;;;***
9062 \f
9063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (21240
9064 ;;;;;;  46395 727291 0))
9065 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9066  (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9067
9068 ;;;***
9069 \f
9070 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (21240 46395
9071 ;;;;;;  727291 0))
9072 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9073  (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9074
9075 ;;;***
9076 \f
9077 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (21240 46395 727291
9078 ;;;;;;  0))
9079 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9080  (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9081
9082 ;;;***
9083 \f
9084 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (21240
9085 ;;;;;;  46395 727291 0))
9086 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9087  (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9088
9089 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9090 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9091
9092 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9093
9094 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9095 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9096 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9097
9098 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9099
9100 ;;;***
9101 \f
9102 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (21240 46395
9103 ;;;;;;  727291 0))
9104 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9105  (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9106
9107 ;;;***
9108 \f
9109 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el" (21240
9110 ;;;;;;  46395 727291 0))
9111 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9112
9113 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9114 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9115 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9116
9117 \(fn)" t nil)
9118
9119 ;;;***
9120 \f
9121 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (21240
9122 ;;;;;;  46395 727291 0))
9123 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9124  (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9125
9126 ;;;***
9127 \f
9128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (21240 46395
9129 ;;;;;;  727291 0))
9130 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9131  (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9132
9133 ;;;***
9134 \f
9135 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (21240 46395
9136 ;;;;;;  727291 0))
9137 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9138
9139 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9140 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9141 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9142
9143 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9144
9145 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9146 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9147 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9148 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
9149 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9150
9151 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode.  It exists for the
9152 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9153 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9154 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9155
9156 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9157  (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9158
9159 ;;;***
9160 \f
9161 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (21240
9162 ;;;;;;  46395 727291 0))
9163 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9164  (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9165
9166 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9167 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9168 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed.  The deleted
9169 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9170
9171 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9172
9173 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9174 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9175 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9176
9177 \(fn)" t nil)
9178
9179 ;;;***
9180 \f
9181 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el" (21240 46395 727291
9182 ;;;;;;  0))
9183 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9184  (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9185
9186 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9187 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9188
9189 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9190
9191 ;;;***
9192 \f
9193 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (21261 52533 628241
9194 ;;;;;;  0))
9195 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9196
9197 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9198 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9199
9200 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run.  It should
9201 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9202
9203 `should', `should-not', `should-error' and `skip-unless' are
9204 useful for assertions in BODY.
9205
9206 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9207
9208 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9209 using :expected-result.  See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9210 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9211
9212 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags '(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil (quote macro))
9213
9214 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9215
9216 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9217
9218 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9219 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9220
9221 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9222 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9223 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9224 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9225
9226 Returns the stats object.
9227
9228 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9229
9230 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9231 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9232
9233 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9234 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9235 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9236 the tests).
9237
9238 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9239
9240 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9241 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9242
9243 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9244 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9245 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9246 and how to display message.
9247
9248 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9249
9250 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9251
9252 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9253 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9254
9255 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9256
9257 ;;;***
9258 \f
9259 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el" (21187 63826
9260 ;;;;;;  213216 0))
9261 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9262
9263 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9264
9265 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9266 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9267
9268 \(fn)" t nil)
9269
9270 ;;;***
9271 \f
9272 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (21213 1461
9273 ;;;;;;  513511 0))
9274 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9275
9276 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9277 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9278
9279 \(fn)" t nil)
9280
9281 ;;;***
9282 \f
9283 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (21187 63826 213216
9284 ;;;;;;  0))
9285 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9286 (push (purecopy '(eshell 2 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
9287
9288 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9289 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9290 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9291 `eshell-buffer-name'.  If there is already an Eshell session active in
9292 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it.  Otherwise, a new session
9293 will begin.  A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9294 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary.  A
9295 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session.  Returns the
9296 buffer selected (or created).
9297
9298 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9299
9300 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9301 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9302 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9303
9304 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9305
9306 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9307 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9308 The result might be any Lisp object.
9309 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9310 command.  This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9311 corresponding to a successful execution.
9312
9313 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9314
9315 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9316
9317 ;;;***
9318 \f
9319 ;;;### (autoloads nil "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (21240 46395 727291
9320 ;;;;;;  0))
9321 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9322
9323 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9324 File name of tags table.
9325 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9326 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9327 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9328  (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9329  (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9330
9331 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9332 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9333 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9334 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9335
9336 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9337
9338 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9339 List of file names of tags tables to search.
9340 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9341 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9342 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9343 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9344
9345 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9346
9347 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9348 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
9349 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
9350
9351 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9352
9353 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9354 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9355 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9356 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9357 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9358
9359 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9360
9361 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9362 Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag.  See `run-hooks'.
9363 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9364 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9365
9366 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9367
9368 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9369 A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9370 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9371 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9372 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9373
9374 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9375
9376 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9377 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9378
9379 \(fn)" t nil)
9380
9381 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9382 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9383 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9384 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9385
9386 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9387 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9388 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9389 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9390 file the tag was in.
9391
9392 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9393
9394 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9395 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9396 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9397 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9398 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9399  just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9400 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9401  `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9402 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9403
9404 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9405
9406 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9407 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9408 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer.  The file names are returned
9409 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9410 without directory names.
9411
9412 \(fn)" nil nil)
9413  (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9414   (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9415       (progn
9416         (load "etags")
9417         (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9418
9419 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9420 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9421 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9422 but does not select the buffer.
9423 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9424
9425 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9426 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used.  When there are
9427 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first.  If NEXT-P
9428 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9429 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9430
9431 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9432
9433 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9434 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9435 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9436
9437 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9438
9439 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9440
9441 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9442 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9443 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9444 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9445
9446 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9447 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used.  When there are
9448 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first.  If NEXT-P
9449 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9450 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9451
9452 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9453
9454 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9455 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9456 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9457
9458 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9459
9460 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9461  (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9462
9463 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9464 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9465 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9466 move point there.  The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9467 around or before point.
9468
9469 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9470 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used.  When there are
9471 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first.  If NEXT-P
9472 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9473 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9474
9475 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9476
9477 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9478 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9479 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9480
9481 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9482
9483 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9484  (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9485
9486 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9487 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9488 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9489 move point there.  The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9490 around or before point.
9491
9492 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9493 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used.  When there are
9494 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first.  If NEXT-P
9495 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9496 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9497
9498 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9499
9500 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9501 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9502 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9503
9504 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9505
9506 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9507  (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9508
9509 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9510 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9511 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9512
9513 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9514 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used.  When there are
9515 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first.  If NEXT-P
9516 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9517 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9518
9519 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9520
9521 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9522 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9523 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9524
9525 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9526
9527 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9528  (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9529  (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9530
9531 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9532 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9533
9534 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9535 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9536 where they were found.
9537
9538 \(fn)" t nil)
9539
9540 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9541 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9542
9543 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9544 beginning of the list of files in the tags table.  If the argument is
9545 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9546
9547 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9548  to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9549
9550 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9551 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9552
9553 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9554
9555 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9556 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9557 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9558 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9559
9560 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9561 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9562 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9563 evaluate to operate on an interesting file.  If the latter evaluates to
9564 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9565
9566 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9567  (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9568
9569 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9570 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9571 Stops when a match is found.
9572 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9573
9574 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9575 evaluated, will return a list of file names.  The search will be
9576 restricted to these files.
9577
9578 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9579
9580 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9581
9582 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9583 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9584 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9585 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9586 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9587 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9588 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9589 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9590
9591 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9592 produce the list of files to search.
9593
9594 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9595
9596 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9597
9598 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9599 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9600 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9601 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9602 directory specification.
9603
9604 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9605
9606 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9607 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9608
9609 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9610
9611 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9612 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9613 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9614 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9615
9616 \(fn)" t nil)
9617
9618 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9619 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9620 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9621 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9622 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9623
9624 \(fn)" t nil)
9625
9626 ;;;***
9627 \f
9628 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (21187
9629 ;;;;;;  63826 213216 0))
9630 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9631
9632 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9633
9634
9635 \(fn)" nil nil)
9636
9637 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9638 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9639
9640 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9641 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9642
9643 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9644 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9645 primary language.
9646
9647 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9648 even if the buffer is read-only.
9649
9650 See also the descriptions of the variables
9651 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9652
9653 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9654
9655 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9656 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9657
9658 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9659 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9660
9661 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9662 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9663 primary language.
9664
9665 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9666 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9667
9668 See also the descriptions of the variables
9669 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9670
9671 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9672
9673 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9674 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9675 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9676 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9677
9678 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9679
9680 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9681 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9682 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9683 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9684
9685 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9686 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9687 primary language.
9688
9689 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9690 buffer is read-only.
9691
9692 See also the descriptions of the variables
9693 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9694 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9695
9696 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9697
9698 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9699 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9700
9701 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9702 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9703
9704 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9705 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9706 the primary language.
9707
9708 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9709 buffer is read-only.
9710
9711 See also the descriptions of the variables
9712 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9713 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9714
9715 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9716
9717 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9718 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9719 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9720
9721 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9722
9723 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9724 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9725
9726 \(fn)" t nil)
9727
9728 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9729 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9730
9731 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9732 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9733 be 1, 2, or 3.
9734
9735 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9736 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9737 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9738
9739 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9740
9741 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9742
9743 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9744 This function is deprecated.
9745
9746 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9747
9748 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9749 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9750
9751 \(fn)" t nil)
9752
9753 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9754 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9755
9756 \(fn)" t nil)
9757
9758 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9759 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9760
9761 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9762 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9763
9764 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9765 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9766
9767 \(fn)" nil nil)
9768
9769 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9770 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9771
9772 \(fn)" nil nil)
9773
9774 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9775 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9776
9777 \(fn)" nil nil)
9778
9779 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9780 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9781
9782 \(fn)" nil nil)
9783
9784 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9785 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9786 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9787
9788 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9789
9790 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9791
9792
9793 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9794
9795 ;;;***
9796 \f
9797 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc" "net/eudc.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
9798 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9799
9800 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9801 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9802 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9803 server for future sessions.
9804
9805 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9806
9807 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9808 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9809 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9810
9811 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9812
9813 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9814 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9815 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9816
9817 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9818
9819 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9820 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9821 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9822 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9823 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9824 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9825 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9826 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9827 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9828 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9829 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9830 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9831
9832 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9833
9834 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9835 Display a form to query the directory server.
9836 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9837 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9838
9839 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9840
9841 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9842 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9843 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9844
9845 \(fn)" t nil)
9846
9847 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9848
9849 ;;;***
9850 \f
9851 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (21187 63826 213216
9852 ;;;;;;  0))
9853 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9854
9855 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
9856 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9857
9858 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9859
9860 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
9861 Display URL and make it clickable.
9862
9863 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
9864
9865 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
9866 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9867
9868 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
9869
9870 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
9871 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9872
9873 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9874
9875 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
9876 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9877
9878 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9879
9880 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
9881 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9882
9883 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9884
9885 ;;;***
9886 \f
9887 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (21187 63826
9888 ;;;;;;  213216 0))
9889 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9890
9891 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
9892 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9893 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9894
9895 \(fn)" t nil)
9896
9897 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
9898 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9899
9900 \(fn)" t nil)
9901
9902 ;;;***
9903 \f
9904 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" (21187
9905 ;;;;;;  63826 213216 0))
9906 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
9907
9908 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
9909 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
9910
9911 \(fn)" t nil)
9912
9913 ;;;***
9914 \f
9915 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (21187 63826 213216
9916 ;;;;;;  0))
9917 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
9918
9919 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
9920 Create an empty ewoc.
9921
9922 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
9923
9924 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
9925 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
9926 point).  The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
9927 several lines.  The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
9928 `insert-before-markers'.
9929
9930 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
9931 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
9932 respectively, of the ewoc.
9933
9934 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
9935 the footer and every node's printed representation.  Optional
9936 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
9937
9938 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
9939
9940 ;;;***
9941 \f
9942 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eww" "net/eww.el" (21271 29460 497806 0))
9943 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eww.el
9944
9945 (autoload 'eww "eww" "\
9946 Fetch URL and render the page.
9947 If the input doesn't look like an URL or a domain name, the
9948 word(s) will be searched for via `eww-search-prefix'.
9949
9950 \(fn URL)" t nil)
9951  (defalias 'browse-web 'eww)
9952
9953 (autoload 'eww-open-file "eww" "\
9954 Render a file using EWW.
9955
9956 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9957
9958 (autoload 'eww-browse-url "eww" "\
9959
9960
9961 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" nil nil)
9962
9963 ;;;***
9964 \f
9965 ;;;### (autoloads nil "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (21187
9966 ;;;;;;  63826 213216 0))
9967 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
9968
9969 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
9970 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
9971 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
9972
9973 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
9974
9975 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
9976 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
9977 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
9978 command to find the next error.  The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
9979 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
9980
9981 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
9982
9983 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
9984 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
9985 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
9986 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
9987 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
9988 executable.
9989
9990 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
9991
9992 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
9993 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
9994 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
9995
9996 \(fn)" t nil)
9997
9998 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
9999 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10000 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10001 file modes.
10002
10003 \(fn)" nil nil)
10004
10005 ;;;***
10006 \f
10007 ;;;### (autoloads nil "expand" "expand.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
10008 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10009
10010 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10011 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
10012 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10013 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10014
10015 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10016
10017 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10018 expansion.  For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10019 to generate such functions.
10020
10021 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10022 numbers.  If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10023 beginning of the expanded text.
10024
10025 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10026 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10027 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10028 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10029
10030 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10031
10032 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10033
10034 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10035 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10036 See `expand-add-abbrevs'.  Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10037
10038 \(fn)" nil nil)
10039
10040 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10041 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10042 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10043
10044 \(fn)" t nil)
10045
10046 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10047 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10048 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10049
10050 \(fn)" t nil)
10051  (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10052  (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10053
10054 ;;;***
10055 \f
10056 ;;;### (autoloads nil "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (21187 63826 213216
10057 ;;;;;;  0))
10058 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10059
10060 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10061 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10062 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10063
10064 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10065 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10066 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10067
10068 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10069
10070 Key definitions:
10071 \\{f90-mode-map}
10072
10073 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10074
10075 `f90-do-indent'
10076   Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10077 `f90-if-indent'
10078   Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10079 `f90-type-indent'
10080   Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10081 `f90-program-indent'
10082   Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10083   (default 2).
10084 `f90-associate-indent'
10085   Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10086 `f90-critical-indent'
10087   Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10088 `f90-continuation-indent'
10089   Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10090 `f90-comment-region'
10091   String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10092   line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10093 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10094   Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10095   (default \"!\").
10096 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10097   Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10098   (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10099 `f90-break-delimiters'
10100   Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10101   (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10102 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10103   Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10104   (default t).
10105 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10106   Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10107 `f90-smart-end'
10108   From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10109   Allowed values are `blink', `no-blink', and nil, which determine
10110   whether to blink the matching beginning (default `blink').
10111 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10112   Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10113   The possibilities are `downcase-word', `upcase-word', `capitalize-word'.
10114 `f90-leave-line-no'
10115   Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10116
10117 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10118 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10119
10120 \(fn)" t nil)
10121
10122 ;;;***
10123 \f
10124 ;;;### (autoloads nil "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (21241 18251 378509
10125 ;;;;;;  0))
10126 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10127
10128 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10129 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10130 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10131 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10132
10133 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10134 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10135 of face attribute/value pairs.  If more than one face is listed,
10136 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
10137 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
10138
10139 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10140 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
10141 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
10142 priority).  This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
10143 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
10144 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
10145 attributes.
10146
10147 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10148 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10149
10150 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10151
10152 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10153 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10154 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10155 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10156
10157 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10158
10159 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10160 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10161 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10162 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
10163
10164 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10165 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10166 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
10167
10168 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10169 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10170 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which means
10171 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10172
10173 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10174
10175 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
10176 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10177 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10178
10179 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10180 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10181 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10182 the same amount).
10183
10184 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
10185
10186 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10187 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10188 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10189
10190 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10191 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10192 height by the same amount).  As a special case, an argument of 0
10193 will remove any scaling currently active.
10194
10195 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10196
10197 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10198 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10199 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10200
10201 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
10202  (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10203  (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10204  (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10205  (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10206
10207 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10208 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
10209
10210 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
10211
10212 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10213 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10214
10215    +, =   Increase the default face height by one step
10216    -      Decrease the default face height by one step
10217    0      Reset the default face height to the global default
10218
10219 After adjusting, continue to read input events and further adjust
10220 the face height as long as the input event read
10221 \(with all modifiers removed) is one of the above characters.
10222
10223 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10224 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10225 height by the same amount).  As a special case, an argument of 0
10226 will remove any scaling currently active.
10227
10228 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10229 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10230 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap.  For binding in
10231 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10232 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10233
10234 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10235
10236 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10237 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10238 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10239 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10240 if ARG is omitted or nil.  When enabled, the face specified by the
10241 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10242
10243 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10244
10245 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10246 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10247 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10248 or a property list of face attributes and values.  If more than
10249 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10250 `face' text property.  If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
10251 `buffer-face-mode'.
10252
10253 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
10254 local, and sets it to FACE.
10255
10256 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10257
10258 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10259 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10260 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10261 or a property list of face attributes and values.  If more than
10262 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10263 `face' text property.
10264
10265 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10266 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if `buffer-face-mode'
10267 is disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other
10268 face, then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10269
10270 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10271 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10272
10273 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10274
10275 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10276 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10277 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10278 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10279
10280 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10281
10282 ;;;***
10283 \f
10284 ;;;### (autoloads nil "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (21002 1963 769129
10285 ;;;;;;  0))
10286 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10287 (push (purecopy '(feedmail 11)) package--builtin-versions)
10288
10289 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10290 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10291 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'.  It can be used
10292 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10293
10294 \(fn)" nil nil)
10295
10296 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10297 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10298
10299 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10300
10301 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10302 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10303 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10304 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10305
10306 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10307
10308 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10309 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10310 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10311 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10312 backup file names and the like).
10313
10314 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10315
10316 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10317 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10318 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10319 is triggering the reminder activity.  The default is 'on-demand, which
10320 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10321 or mail hook code.  Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10322 internally by feedmail):
10323
10324    after-immediate      (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10325    after-queue          (a message has just been queued)
10326    after-draft          (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10327    after-run            (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10328
10329 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'.  If
10330 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10331 to perform the reminder activity.  You can supply your own reminder functions
10332 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'.  If you don't want any reminders,
10333 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10334
10335 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10336
10337 ;;;***
10338 \f
10339 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ffap" "ffap.el" (21293 25385 120083 0))
10340 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10341
10342 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10343 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10344 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10345 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10346 Interactively: use a single prefix \\[universal-argument] to search backwards,
10347 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10348 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
10349
10350 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10351
10352 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10353 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10354 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10355 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10356 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10357 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10358 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10359
10360 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10361
10362 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10363
10364 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10365 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10366 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it.  The menu is
10367 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10368 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10369 a rebuild.  Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10370
10371 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10372
10373 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10374 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10375 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10376 Return value:
10377   * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10378   * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10379   * otherwise, nil
10380
10381 \(fn E)" t nil)
10382
10383 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10384 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point.  See `ffap'.
10385 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10386
10387 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10388
10389 (autoload 'ffap-guess-file-name-at-point "ffap" "\
10390 Try to get a file name at point.
10391 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
10392
10393 \(fn)" nil nil)
10394
10395 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10396 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10397
10398 \(fn)" t nil)
10399
10400 ;;;***
10401 \f
10402 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filecache" "filecache.el" (21265 49588 918402
10403 ;;;;;;  0))
10404 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10405
10406 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10407 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10408 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
10409 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
10410
10411 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10412
10413 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10414 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10415 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
10416 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10417 will be added to the cache.  Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10418 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10419
10420 \(fn DIRECTORIES &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10421
10422 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10423 Add FILE to the file cache.
10424
10425 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10426
10427 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10428 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10429 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10430
10431 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10432
10433 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10434 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10435 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10436
10437 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10438
10439 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10440 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10441 This function does not use any external programs.
10442 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10443 will be added to the cache.  Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10444 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10445
10446 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10447
10448 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10449 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10450 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10451 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10452 the directories that the name is available in.  With a prefix argument,
10453 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10454 \(directories) is done.
10455
10456 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10457
10458 ;;;***
10459 \f
10460 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filenotify" "filenotify.el" (21187 63826 213216
10461 ;;;;;;  0))
10462 ;;; Generated autoloads from filenotify.el
10463
10464 (autoload 'file-notify-handle-event "filenotify" "\
10465 Handle file system monitoring event.
10466 If EVENT is a filewatch event, call its callback.
10467 Otherwise, signal a `file-notify-error'.
10468
10469 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10470
10471 ;;;***
10472 \f
10473 ;;;### (autoloads nil "files-x" "files-x.el" (21240 46395 727291
10474 ;;;;;;  0))
10475 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10476
10477 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10478 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10479
10480 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10481 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10482 Local Variables list.
10483
10484 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10485 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10486 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10487
10488 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10489
10490 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10491 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10492
10493 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10494
10495 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10496 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10497
10498 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10499 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10500 the -*- line.
10501
10502 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10503 then this function adds it.
10504
10505 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10506
10507 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10508 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10509
10510 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10511
10512 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10513 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10514
10515 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10516
10517 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10518 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10519
10520 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10521
10522 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10523 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10524
10525 \(fn)" t nil)
10526
10527 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10528 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10529
10530 \(fn)" t nil)
10531
10532 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10533 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10534
10535 \(fn)" t nil)
10536
10537 ;;;***
10538 \f
10539 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filesets" "filesets.el" (21240 46395 727291
10540 ;;;;;;  0))
10541 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10542
10543 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10544 Filesets initialization.
10545 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10546
10547 \(fn)" nil nil)
10548
10549 ;;;***
10550 \f
10551 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (21187 63826 213216
10552 ;;;;;;  0))
10553 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10554 (push (purecopy '(find-cmd 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
10555
10556 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10557 Initiate the building of a find command.
10558 For example:
10559
10560 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10561           '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10562                     (mtime \"+1\"))
10563                 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10564
10565 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path.  The
10566 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10567
10568 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10569
10570 ;;;***
10571 \f
10572 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (21264 57319 597552
10573 ;;;;;;  0))
10574 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10575
10576 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10577 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10578 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10579
10580     find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10581
10582 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10583 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10584
10585 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10586
10587 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10588 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10589 and run Dired on those files.
10590 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10591 The default command run (after changing into DIR) is
10592
10593     find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10594
10595 See `find-name-arg' to customize the arguments.
10596
10597 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10598
10599 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10600 Find files in DIR matching a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10601 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10602
10603   find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10604     -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10605
10606 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10607 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10608
10609 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10610
10611 ;;;***
10612 \f
10613 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-file" "find-file.el" (21240 46395 727291
10614 ;;;;;;  0))
10615 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10616
10617 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10618 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
10619 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10620 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10621 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10622 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying.  Otherwise, return the
10623 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10624
10625 (custom-autoload 'ff-special-constructs "find-file" t)
10626
10627 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10628 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10629 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10630
10631 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10632
10633 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10634
10635 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10636
10637 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10638 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10639 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10640
10641 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10642 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10643
10644 Variables of interest include:
10645
10646  - `ff-case-fold-search'
10647    Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10648    If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10649
10650  - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10651    If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10652    argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10653
10654  - `ff-ignore-include'
10655    If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10656
10657  - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10658    If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10659
10660  - `ff-quiet-mode'
10661    If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10662
10663  - `ff-special-constructs'
10664    A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10665    constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10666    extracting the filename from that construct.
10667
10668  - `ff-other-file-alist'
10669    Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10670
10671  - `ff-search-directories'
10672    List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10673    `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10674
10675  - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10676    List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10677
10678  - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10679    List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10680
10681  - `ff-post-load-hook'
10682    List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10683
10684  - `ff-not-found-hook'
10685    List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10686
10687  - `ff-file-created-hook'
10688    List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10689
10690 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10691
10692 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10693 Visit the file you click on.
10694
10695 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10696
10697 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10698 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10699
10700 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10701
10702 ;;;***
10703 \f
10704 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (21230
10705 ;;;;;;  10550 983182 0))
10706 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10707
10708 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10709 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10710 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10711
10712 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10713
10714 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10715 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10716 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10717 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10718
10719 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10720 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10721 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10722 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10723
10724 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10725
10726 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10727 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10728
10729 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10730 in a buffer and the point of the definition.  The buffer is
10731 not selected.  If the function definition can't be found in
10732 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10733
10734 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10735 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10736 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10737
10738 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10739 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10740 in `load-path'.
10741
10742 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil)
10743
10744 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10745 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10746
10747 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10748 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10749 places point before the definition.
10750 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10751
10752 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10753 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10754 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10755
10756 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10757
10758 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10759 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10760
10761 See `find-function' for more details.
10762
10763 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10764
10765 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10766 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10767
10768 See `find-function' for more details.
10769
10770 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10771
10772 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10773 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10774
10775 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10776 the point of the definition.  The buffer is not selected.
10777 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10778
10779 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10780 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10781
10782 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10783
10784 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10785 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10786
10787 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10788 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10789 places point before the definition.
10790
10791 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10792
10793 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10794 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10795 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10796
10797 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10798
10799 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10800 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10801
10802 See `find-variable' for more details.
10803
10804 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10805
10806 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10807 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10808
10809 See `find-variable' for more details.
10810
10811 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10812
10813 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10814 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10815 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10816 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10817 variable, `defface' for a face.  This function does not switch to the
10818 buffer nor display it.
10819
10820 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10821 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10822
10823 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10824
10825 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10826 Find the definition of FACE.  FACE defaults to the name near point.
10827
10828 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10829 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10830 places point before the definition.
10831
10832 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10833
10834 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10835 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10836 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10837
10838 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10839
10840 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10841 Find the function that KEY invokes.  KEY is a string.
10842 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10843
10844 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10845
10846 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10847 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10848
10849 \(fn)" t nil)
10850
10851 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10852 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10853
10854 \(fn)" t nil)
10855
10856 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10857 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10858
10859 \(fn)" nil nil)
10860
10861 ;;;***
10862 \f
10863 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (21187 63826 213216
10864 ;;;;;;  0))
10865 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10866
10867 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10868 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10869
10870 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10871
10872 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
10873 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10874
10875 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
10876
10877 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
10878 Change the filter on a `find-lisp-find-dired' buffer to REGEXP.
10879
10880 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10881
10882 ;;;***
10883 \f
10884 ;;;### (autoloads nil "finder" "finder.el" (21283 26898 123687 848000))
10885 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10886 (push (purecopy '(finder 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
10887
10888 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
10889 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10890
10891 \(fn)" t nil)
10892
10893 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
10894 Display FILE's commentary section.
10895 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10896
10897 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10898
10899 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
10900 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10901
10902 \(fn)" t nil)
10903
10904 ;;;***
10905 \f
10906 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-ctrl" "flow-ctrl.el" (21240 46395 727291
10907 ;;;;;;  0))
10908 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10909
10910 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
10911 Toggle flow control handling.
10912 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10913 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10914
10915 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
10916
10917 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
10918 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10919 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10920 on VT-100 and H19 terminals.  When flow control is enabled,
10921 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10922 to get the effect of a C-q.
10923
10924 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
10925
10926 ;;;***
10927 \f
10928 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el" (21187 63826
10929 ;;;;;;  213216 0))
10930 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
10931
10932 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
10933
10934
10935 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10936
10937 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
10938
10939
10940 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
10941
10942 ;;;***
10943 \f
10944 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (21245 64312
10945 ;;;;;;  799897 0))
10946 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
10947 (push (purecopy '(flymake 0 3)) package--builtin-versions)
10948
10949 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
10950 Toggle Flymake mode on or off.
10951 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flymake mode if ARG is
10952 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
10953 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
10954 \\{flymake-mode-map}
10955
10956 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10957
10958 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
10959 Turn flymake mode on.
10960
10961 \(fn)" nil nil)
10962
10963 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
10964 Turn flymake mode off.
10965
10966 \(fn)" nil nil)
10967
10968 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook "flymake" "\
10969
10970
10971 \(fn)" nil nil)
10972
10973 ;;;***
10974 \f
10975 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (21240 46395
10976 ;;;;;;  727291 0))
10977 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
10978
10979 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
10980 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
10981
10982 \(fn)" t nil)
10983 (defvar flyspell-mode nil "Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
10984
10985 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
10986 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
10987 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
10988 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
10989 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
10990
10991 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode.  When enabled, it
10992 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.  The default
10993 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
10994
10995 Bindings:
10996 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
10997 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
10998 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
10999 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11000
11001 Hooks:
11002 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
11003
11004 Remark:
11005 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'.  Thus all Ispell options are
11006 valid.  For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
11007 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11008
11009 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text.  For instance
11010 consider adding:
11011 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11012 in your init file.
11013
11014 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11015 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11016
11017 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11018
11019 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11020 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11021
11022 \(fn)" nil nil)
11023
11024 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11025 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11026
11027 \(fn)" nil nil)
11028
11029 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11030 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11031
11032 \(fn)" nil nil)
11033
11034 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11035 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11036
11037 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11038
11039 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11040 Flyspell whole buffer.
11041
11042 \(fn)" t nil)
11043
11044 ;;;***
11045 \f
11046 ;;;### (autoloads nil "foldout" "foldout.el" (21240 46395 727291
11047 ;;;;;;  0))
11048 ;;; Generated autoloads from foldout.el
11049 (push (purecopy '(foldout 1 10)) package--builtin-versions)
11050
11051 ;;;***
11052 \f
11053 ;;;### (autoloads nil "follow" "follow.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
11054 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11055
11056 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11057 Turn on Follow mode.  Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11058
11059 \(fn)" nil nil)
11060
11061 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11062 Turn off Follow mode.  Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11063
11064 \(fn)" nil nil)
11065
11066 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11067 Toggle Follow mode.
11068 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11069 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
11070 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11071
11072 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11073 virtual window.  This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11074
11075 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11076   This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11077   others will follow.  (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11078
11079 * Should point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11080   window displaying that point is selected, if possible.  This
11081   makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11082   movement commands.
11083
11084 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11085 side-by-side windows are used.  The user can, with the help of Follow
11086 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11087 one.  Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11088 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11089 mileage may vary).
11090
11091 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11092 `\\[split-window-right]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11093
11094 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11095
11096 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11097
11098 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11099 \\{follow-mode-map}
11100
11101 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11102
11103 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11104 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11105
11106 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11107 in the selected window.  All other windows, in the current
11108 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11109 side-by-side windows.  Follow mode is activated, hence the
11110 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11111 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11112
11113 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected.  If negative,
11114 the rightmost is selected.  If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11115 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11116
11117 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11118
11119 ;;;***
11120 \f
11121 ;;;### (autoloads nil "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (21187 63826
11122 ;;;;;;  213216 0))
11123 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11124 (push (purecopy '(footnote 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
11125
11126 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11127 Toggle Footnote mode.
11128 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11129 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
11130 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11131
11132 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode.  If enabled, it
11133 provides footnote support for `message-mode'.  To get started,
11134 play around with the following keys:
11135 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11136
11137 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11138
11139 ;;;***
11140 \f
11141 ;;;### (autoloads nil "forms" "forms.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
11142 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11143
11144 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11145 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11146
11147 Commands:                        Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11148  TAB            forms-next-field          TAB
11149  C-c TAB        forms-next-field
11150  C-c <          forms-first-record         <
11151  C-c >          forms-last-record          >
11152  C-c ?          describe-mode              ?
11153  C-c C-k        forms-delete-record
11154  C-c C-q        forms-toggle-read-only     q
11155  C-c C-o        forms-insert-record
11156  C-c C-l        forms-jump-record          l
11157  C-c C-n        forms-next-record          n
11158  C-c C-p        forms-prev-record          p
11159  C-c C-r        forms-search-reverse       r
11160  C-c C-s        forms-search-forward       s
11161  C-c C-x        forms-exit                 x
11162
11163 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11164
11165 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11166 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11167
11168 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11169
11170 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11171 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11172
11173 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11174
11175 ;;;***
11176 \f
11177 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el" (21187 63826
11178 ;;;;;;  213216 0))
11179 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11180
11181 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11182 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11183 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11184
11185 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11186 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11187
11188 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11189
11190 Key definitions:
11191 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11192
11193 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11194
11195 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11196   To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11197 `fortran-do-indent'
11198   Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11199 `fortran-if-indent'
11200   Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11201 `fortran-structure-indent'
11202   Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11203   (default 3)
11204 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11205   Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11206 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11207   Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11208 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11209   How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11210   nil       don't change the indentation
11211   fixed     indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11212               value of either
11213                 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11214                 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11215               depending on the continuation format in use.
11216   relative  indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11217               indentation for a line of code.
11218   (default 'fixed)
11219 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11220   Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11221   full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11222 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11223   Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11224 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11225   Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11226 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11227   Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1).  A line number will
11228   get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11229   column 5.
11230 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11231   Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11232   statements (default nil).
11233 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11234   Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11235   to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]).  (default nil)
11236 `fortran-continuation-string'
11237   Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11238   line (default \"$\").
11239 `fortran-comment-region'
11240   String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11241   the region (default \"c$$$\").
11242 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11243   Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11244   as typed (default t).
11245 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11246   Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11247
11248 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11249 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11250
11251 \(fn)" t nil)
11252
11253 ;;;***
11254 \f
11255 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (21187 63826 213216
11256 ;;;;;;  0))
11257 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11258
11259 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11260 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11261
11262 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11263 read the file name to use.  Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11264
11265 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11266
11267 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11268 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11269
11270 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11271 read the file name to use.  Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11272
11273 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11274
11275 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11276 Compile fortune file.
11277
11278 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11279 the value of `fortune-file'.  This currently cannot handle directories.
11280
11281 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11282
11283 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11284 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11285
11286 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11287 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'.  If you want to have fortune
11288 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11289 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11290
11291 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11292
11293 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11294 Display a fortune cookie.
11295 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11296 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'.  If you want to have fortune
11297 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11298 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11299
11300 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11301
11302 ;;;***
11303 \f
11304 ;;;### (autoloads nil "frameset" "frameset.el" (21300 27302 473448
11305 ;;;;;;  0))
11306 ;;; Generated autoloads from frameset.el
11307
11308 (defvar frameset-session-filter-alist '((name . :never) (left . frameset-filter-iconified) (minibuffer . frameset-filter-minibuffer) (top . frameset-filter-iconified)) "\
11309 Minimum set of parameters to filter for live (on-session) framesets.
11310 DO NOT MODIFY.  See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11311
11312 (defvar frameset-persistent-filter-alist (nconc '((background-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (buffer-list . :never) (buffer-predicate . :never) (buried-buffer-list . :never) (font . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (foreground-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (fullscreen . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (GUI:font . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:fullscreen . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:height . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:width . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (height . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (outer-window-id . :never) (parent-id . :never) (tty . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (tty-type . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (width . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (window-id . :never) (window-system . :never)) frameset-session-filter-alist) "\
11313 Parameters to filter for persistent framesets.
11314 DO NOT MODIFY.  See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11315
11316 (defvar frameset-filter-alist frameset-persistent-filter-alist "\
11317 Alist of frame parameters and filtering functions.
11318
11319 This alist is the default value of the FILTERS argument of
11320 `frameset-save' and `frameset-restore' (which see).
11321
11322 Initially, `frameset-filter-alist' is set to, and shares the value of,
11323 `frameset-persistent-filter-alist'.  You can override any item in
11324 this alist by `push'ing a new item onto it.  If, for some reason, you
11325 intend to modify existing values, do
11326
11327   (setq frameset-filter-alist (copy-tree frameset-filter-alist))
11328
11329 before changing anything.
11330
11331 On saving, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist of each frame processed,
11332 and FILTERED is the parameter alist that gets saved to the frameset.
11333
11334 On restoring, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist extracted from the
11335 frameset, and FILTERED is the resulting frame parameter alist used
11336 to restore the frame.
11337
11338 Elements of `frameset-filter-alist' are conses (PARAM . ACTION),
11339 where PARAM is a parameter name (a symbol identifying a frame
11340 parameter), and ACTION can be:
11341
11342  nil       The parameter is copied to FILTERED.
11343  :never    The parameter is never copied to FILTERED.
11344  :save     The parameter is copied only when saving the frame.
11345  :restore  The parameter is copied only when restoring the frame.
11346  FILTER    A filter function.
11347
11348 FILTER can be a symbol FILTER-FUN, or a list (FILTER-FUN ARGS...).
11349 FILTER-FUN is invoked with
11350
11351   (apply FILTER-FUN CURRENT FILTERED PARAMETERS SAVING ARGS)
11352
11353 where
11354
11355  CURRENT     A cons (PARAM . VALUE), where PARAM is the one being
11356              filtered and VALUE is its current value.
11357  FILTERED    The resulting alist (so far).
11358  PARAMETERS  The complete alist of parameters being filtered,
11359  SAVING      Non-nil if filtering before saving state, nil if filtering
11360                before restoring it.
11361  ARGS        Any additional arguments specified in the ACTION.
11362
11363 FILTER-FUN is allowed to modify items in FILTERED, but no other arguments.
11364 It must return:
11365  nil                      Skip CURRENT (do not add it to FILTERED).
11366  t                        Add CURRENT to FILTERED as is.
11367  (NEW-PARAM . NEW-VALUE)  Add this to FILTERED instead of CURRENT.
11368
11369 Frame parameters not on this alist are passed intact, as if they were
11370 defined with ACTION = nil.")
11371
11372 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id "frameset" "\
11373 Return the frame id of FRAME, if it has one; else, return nil.
11374 A frame id is a string that uniquely identifies a frame.
11375 It is persistent across `frameset-save' / `frameset-restore'
11376 invocations, and once assigned is never changed unless the same
11377 frame is duplicated (via `frameset-restore'), in which case the
11378 newest frame keeps the id and the old frame's is set to nil.
11379
11380 \(fn FRAME)" nil nil)
11381
11382 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id-equal-p "frameset" "\
11383 Return non-nil if FRAME's id matches ID.
11384
11385 \(fn FRAME ID)" nil nil)
11386
11387 (autoload 'frameset-frame-with-id "frameset" "\
11388 Return the live frame with id ID, if exists; else nil.
11389 If FRAME-LIST is a list of frames, check these frames only.
11390 If nil, check all live frames.
11391
11392 \(fn ID &optional FRAME-LIST)" nil nil)
11393
11394 (autoload 'frameset-save "frameset" "\
11395 Return a frameset for FRAME-LIST, a list of frames.
11396 Dead frames and non-frame objects are silently removed from the list.
11397 If nil, FRAME-LIST defaults to the output of `frame-list' (all live frames).
11398 APP, NAME and DESCRIPTION are optional data; see the docstring of the
11399 `frameset' defstruct for details.
11400 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of the variable
11401 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11402 PREDICATE is a predicate function, which must return non-nil for frames that
11403 should be saved; if PREDICATE is nil, all frames from FRAME-LIST are saved.
11404 PROPERTIES is a user-defined property list to add to the frameset.
11405
11406 \(fn FRAME-LIST &key APP NAME DESCRIPTION FILTERS PREDICATE PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
11407
11408 (autoload 'frameset-restore "frameset" "\
11409 Restore a FRAMESET into the current display(s).
11410
11411 PREDICATE is a function called with two arguments, the parameter alist
11412 and the window-state of the frame being restored, in that order (see
11413 the docstring of the `frameset' defstruct for additional details).
11414 If PREDICATE returns nil, the frame described by that parameter alist
11415 and window-state is not restored.
11416
11417 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of
11418 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11419
11420 REUSE-FRAMES selects the policy to reuse frames when restoring:
11421   t        All existing frames can be reused.
11422   nil      No existing frame can be reused.
11423   match    Only frames with matching frame ids can be reused.
11424   PRED     A predicate function; it receives as argument a live frame,
11425              and must return non-nil to allow reusing it, nil otherwise.
11426
11427 FORCE-DISPLAY can be:
11428   t        Frames are restored in the current display.
11429   nil      Frames are restored, if possible, in their original displays.
11430   delete   Frames in other displays are deleted instead of restored.
11431   PRED     A function called with two arguments, the parameter alist and
11432              the window state (in that order).  It must return t, nil or
11433              `delete', as above but affecting only the frame that will
11434              be created from that parameter alist.
11435
11436 FORCE-ONSCREEN can be:
11437   t        Force onscreen only those frames that are fully offscreen.
11438   nil      Do not force any frame back onscreen.
11439   all      Force onscreen any frame fully or partially offscreen.
11440   PRED     A function called with three arguments,
11441            - the live frame just restored,
11442            - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the frame,
11443            - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the workarea.
11444            It must return non-nil to force the frame onscreen, nil otherwise.
11445
11446 CLEANUP-FRAMES allows to \"clean up\" the frame list after restoring a frameset:
11447   t        Delete all frames that were not created or restored upon.
11448   nil      Keep all frames.
11449   FUNC     A function called with two arguments:
11450            - FRAME, a live frame.
11451            - ACTION, which can be one of
11452              :rejected  Frame existed, but was not a candidate for reuse.
11453              :ignored   Frame existed, was a candidate, but wasn't reused.
11454              :reused    Frame existed, was a candidate, and restored upon.
11455              :created   Frame didn't exist, was created and restored upon.
11456            Return value is ignored.
11457
11458 Note the timing and scope of the operations described above: REUSE-FRAMES
11459 affects existing frames; PREDICATE, FILTERS and FORCE-DISPLAY affect the frame
11460 being restored before that happens; FORCE-ONSCREEN affects the frame once
11461 it has been restored; and CLEANUP-FRAMES affects all frames alive after the
11462 restoration, including those that have been reused or created anew.
11463
11464 All keyword parameters default to nil.
11465
11466 \(fn FRAMESET &key PREDICATE FILTERS REUSE-FRAMES FORCE-DISPLAY FORCE-ONSCREEN CLEANUP-FRAMES)" nil nil)
11467
11468 (autoload 'frameset--jump-to-register "frameset" "\
11469 Restore frameset from DATA stored in register.
11470 Called from `jump-to-register'.  Internal use only.
11471
11472 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11473
11474 (autoload 'frameset--print-register "frameset" "\
11475 Print basic info about frameset stored in DATA.
11476 Called from `list-registers' and `view-register'.  Internal use only.
11477
11478 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11479
11480 (autoload 'frameset-to-register "frameset" "\
11481 Store the current frameset in register REGISTER.
11482 Use \\[jump-to-register] to restore the frameset.
11483 Argument is a character, naming the register.
11484
11485 Interactively, reads the register using `register-read-with-preview'.
11486
11487 \(fn REGISTER)" t nil)
11488
11489 ;;;***
11490 \f
11491 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gamegrid" "play/gamegrid.el" (21187 63826
11492 ;;;;;;  213216 0))
11493 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gamegrid.el
11494 (push (purecopy '(gamegrid 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
11495
11496 ;;;***
11497 \f
11498 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el" (21240 46395
11499 ;;;;;;  727291 0))
11500 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11501
11502 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11503 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
11504 See the command `gdb-enable-debug' for a description of this minor mode.")
11505
11506 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" nil)
11507
11508 (autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" "\
11509 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
11510 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
11511 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
11512 being transferred.  This list may grow up to a size of
11513 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
11514 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
11515
11516 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11517
11518 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
11519 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11520 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11521 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11522
11523 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11524 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11525 executable followed by command line options.  The command line
11526 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11527 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11528
11529 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11530 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t.  In this case
11531 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11532 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11533
11534 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11535 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear.  Keybindings are
11536 shown in some of the buffers.
11537
11538 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11539
11540 The following commands help control operation :
11541
11542 `gdb-many-windows'    - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11543 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11544
11545 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11546 detailed description of this mode.
11547
11548
11549 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11550 |                               GDB Toolbar                            |
11551 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11552 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB)           | Locals buffer                    |
11553 |                                   |                                  |
11554 |                                   |                                  |
11555 |                                   |                                  |
11556 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11557 | Source buffer                     | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11558 |                                   | (comint-mode)                    |
11559 |                                   |                                  |
11560 |                                   |                                  |
11561 |                                   |                                  |
11562 |                                   |                                  |
11563 |                                   |                                  |
11564 |                                   |                                  |
11565 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11566 | Stack buffer                      | Breakpoints buffer               |
11567 | RET      gdb-select-frame         | SPC    gdb-toggle-breakpoint     |
11568 |                                   | RET    gdb-goto-breakpoint       |
11569 |                                   | D      gdb-delete-breakpoint     |
11570 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11571
11572 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11573
11574 ;;;***
11575 \f
11576 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (21202 31159
11577 ;;;;;;  541460 0))
11578 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11579
11580 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11581 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11582 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11583 instead (which see).")
11584
11585 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11586 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11587
11588 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11589 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command.  If
11590 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11591 documentation string instead.
11592
11593 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11594 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell.  A character or a
11595 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11596 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11597 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\".  (Use nil for the
11598 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.)  Note that
11599 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11600 enders are actually possible.
11601
11602 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11603 `font-lock-keyword-face'.  Each keyword should be a string.
11604
11605 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight.  Each
11606 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11607 `font-lock-keywords'.
11608
11609 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11610 `auto-mode-alist'.  These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11611 runs the macro expansion.
11612
11613 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11614 setup.  The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11615 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11616
11617 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11618
11619 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
11620
11621 (function-put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11622
11623 (function-put 'define-generic-mode 'doc-string-elt '7)
11624
11625 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11626 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11627
11628 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11629
11630 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11631 Enter generic mode MODE.
11632
11633 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11634 for \"generic\" files.  (Files which are too small to warrant their
11635 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11636
11637 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11638 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11639
11640 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11641
11642 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11643 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11644 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11645 highlighted with face FACE.  This function calculates a regular
11646 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11647 PREFIX and SUFFIX.  Then it returns a construct based on this
11648 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11649 `font-lock-keywords'.
11650
11651 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11652
11653 (make-obsolete 'generic-make-keywords-list 'regexp-opt '"24.4")
11654
11655 ;;;***
11656 \f
11657 ;;;### (autoloads nil "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" (21187 63826
11658 ;;;;;;  213216 0))
11659 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11660
11661 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11662 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11663 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11664 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11665 if ARG is omitted or nil.  When this mode is active, it tries to
11666 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11667
11668 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11669
11670 ;;;***
11671 \f
11672 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (21326 22692
11673 ;;;;;;  123234 0))
11674 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11675
11676 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11677 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11678 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11679
11680 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11681
11682 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11683 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11684
11685 Guideline for numbers:
11686 1 - error messages
11687 3 - non-serious error messages
11688 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11689 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11690 9 - messages inside loops.
11691
11692 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11693
11694 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11695 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11696 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11697
11698 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11699
11700 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11701 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11702
11703 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11704
11705 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11706 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11707
11708 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11709 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11710 element is a test function.  You can use \\[describe-key]
11711 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command.  The fourth
11712 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11713 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11714
11715 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11716 `tool-bar-map'.  If it is t, start with a new sparse map.  You
11717 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11718 item.  When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11719 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11720
11721 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11722
11723 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11724
11725 ;;;***
11726 \f
11727 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (21296 1575 438327 0))
11728 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11729 (push (purecopy '(gnus 5 13)) package--builtin-versions)
11730 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11731  (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11732
11733 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11734 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11735
11736 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11737
11738 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11739 Read network news.
11740 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11741 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.  If ARG is
11742 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11743 name of an NNTP server to use.
11744 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11745 server.
11746
11747 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11748
11749 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11750 Read news as a slave.
11751
11752 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11753
11754 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11755 Pop up a frame to read news.
11756 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11757 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11758 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
11759 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
11760 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11761 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame.  If DISPLAY is
11762 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11763 current display is used.
11764
11765 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11766
11767 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11768 Read network news.
11769 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11770 startup level.  If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11771 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11772
11773 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11774
11775 ;;;***
11776 \f
11777 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (21274 64565
11778 ;;;;;;  737222 0))
11779 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11780
11781 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11782 Start Gnus unplugged.
11783
11784 \(fn)" t nil)
11785
11786 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11787 Start Gnus plugged.
11788
11789 \(fn)" t nil)
11790
11791 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11792 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11793
11794 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11795
11796 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11797 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11798
11799 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11800 gnus-agent is set.  If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11801 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11802
11803 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11804 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11805 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11806
11807 \(fn)" t nil)
11808
11809 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11810 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11811
11812 \(fn)" nil nil)
11813
11814 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11815 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11816 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11817 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11818 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11819 supported.
11820
11821 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11822
11823 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11824 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11825 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11826 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11827 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11828 supported.
11829
11830 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11831
11832 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11833 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11834
11835 \(fn)" nil nil)
11836
11837 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11838 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11839 downloaded into the agent.
11840
11841 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11842
11843 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11844 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11845 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11846 variables.  Returns the first non-nil value found.
11847
11848 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11849
11850 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11851 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11852
11853 \(fn)" t nil)
11854
11855 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11856 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11857
11858 \(fn)" t nil)
11859
11860 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11861 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11862 CLEAN is obsolete and ignored.
11863
11864 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11865
11866 ;;;***
11867 \f
11868 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" (21346 7974 405729
11869 ;;;;;;  0))
11870 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11871
11872 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11873 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11874
11875 \(fn)" nil nil)
11876
11877 ;;;***
11878 \f
11879 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (21187
11880 ;;;;;;  63826 213216 0))
11881 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11882
11883 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11884 Set a bookmark for this article.
11885
11886 \(fn)" t nil)
11887
11888 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11889 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11890
11891 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11892
11893 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11894 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11895 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11896 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11897 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11898
11899 \(fn)" t nil)
11900
11901 ;;;***
11902 \f
11903 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (21296 1575
11904 ;;;;;;  438327 0))
11905 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11906
11907 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11908 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11909
11910 Usage:
11911 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11912
11913 \(fn)" t nil)
11914
11915 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11916 Generate the cache active file.
11917
11918 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11919
11920 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11921 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11922
11923 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11924
11925 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11926 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11927 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11928 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled.  It
11929 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11930 supported.
11931
11932 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11933
11934 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11935 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11936 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11937 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11938 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11939 supported.
11940
11941 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11942
11943 ;;;***
11944 \f
11945 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (21187 63826
11946 ;;;;;;  213216 0))
11947 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11948
11949 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11950 Delay this article by some time.
11951 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time.  Possible values are:
11952
11953 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11954   weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11955
11956 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date.  The time of day is given by the
11957   variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11958
11959 * hh:mm for a specific time.  Use 24h format.  If it is later than this
11960   time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11961
11962 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11963
11964 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
11965 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11966
11967 \(fn)" t nil)
11968
11969 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
11970 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11971 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11972 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11973
11974 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11975 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11976
11977 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11978
11979 ;;;***
11980 \f
11981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (21187 63826
11982 ;;;;;;  213216 0))
11983 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11984
11985 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
11986
11987
11988 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11989
11990 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
11991
11992
11993 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11994
11995 ;;;***
11996 \f
11997 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" (21187 63826
11998 ;;;;;;  213216 0))
11999 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
12000
12001 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
12002 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12003
12004 \(fn)" t nil)
12005
12006 ;;;***
12007 \f
12008 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" (21187 63826
12009 ;;;;;;  213216 0))
12010 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12011
12012 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
12013 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12014
12015 \(fn)" t nil)
12016
12017 ;;;***
12018 \f
12019 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (21296 1575 438327
12020 ;;;;;;  0))
12021 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12022
12023 (autoload 'gnus--random-face-with-type "gnus-fun" "\
12024 Return file from DIR with extension EXT, omitting matches of OMIT, processed by FUN.
12025
12026 \(fn DIR EXT OMIT FUN)" nil nil)
12027
12028 (autoload 'message-goto-eoh "message" nil t)
12029
12030 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
12031 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12032
12033 Files matching `gnus-x-face-omit-files' are not considered.
12034
12035 \(fn)" t nil)
12036
12037 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12038 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12039
12040 \(fn)" t nil)
12041
12042 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12043 Insert an X-Face header based on an image FILE.
12044
12045 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
12046 different input formats.
12047
12048 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12049
12050 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12051 Return a Face header based on an image FILE.
12052
12053 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
12054 different input formats.
12055
12056 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12057
12058 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
12059 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12060 The PNG is returned as a string.
12061
12062 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12063
12064 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
12065 Convert FILE to a Face.
12066 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12067 726 bytes.
12068
12069 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12070
12071 (autoload 'gnus-random-face "gnus-fun" "\
12072 Return randomly chosen Face from `gnus-face-directory'.
12073
12074 Files matching `gnus-face-omit-files' are not considered.
12075
12076 \(fn)" t nil)
12077
12078 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12079 Insert a randome Face header from `gnus-face-directory'.
12080
12081 \(fn)" nil nil)
12082
12083 ;;;***
12084 \f
12085 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (21187
12086 ;;;;;;  63826 213216 0))
12087 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
12088
12089 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12090 Display gravatar in the From header.
12091 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
12092
12093 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12094
12095 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12096 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
12097 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
12098
12099 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12100
12101 ;;;***
12102 \f
12103 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (21296 1575
12104 ;;;;;;  438327 0))
12105 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12106
12107 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
12108 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12109 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12110 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12111
12112 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12113
12114 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
12115 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12116
12117 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12118
12119 ;;;***
12120 \f
12121 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-html" "gnus/gnus-html.el" (21296 1575
12122 ;;;;;;  438327 0))
12123 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
12124
12125 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
12126
12127
12128 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
12129
12130 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
12131
12132
12133 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
12134
12135 ;;;***
12136 \f
12137 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" (21187 63826
12138 ;;;;;;  213216 0))
12139 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12140
12141 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12142
12143 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12144 Run batched scoring.
12145 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12146
12147 \(fn)" t nil)
12148
12149 ;;;***
12150 \f
12151 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (21187 63826 213216
12152 ;;;;;;  0))
12153 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12154
12155 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12156
12157
12158 \(fn)" nil nil)
12159
12160 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12161 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12162 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12163
12164 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12165
12166 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12167 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12168
12169 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12170
12171 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12172
12173 ;;;***
12174 \f
12175 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" (21296 1575
12176 ;;;;;;  438327 0))
12177 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12178
12179 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12180 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12181 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12182 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12183 group parameters.
12184
12185 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12186 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12187 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12188 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12189
12190 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12191 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'.  This variable is only used
12192 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12193 nil.  This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12194 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12195 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group.  Typical
12196 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12197 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12198 match any of the group-specified splitting rules.  See
12199 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12200
12201 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12202
12203 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12204 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12205 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12206 nil CATCH-ALL).
12207
12208 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12209 instead.  This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12210
12211 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12212
12213 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12214 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12215 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12216
12217 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12218
12219 \(fn)" nil nil)
12220
12221 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12222 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12223 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12224
12225 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12226
12227 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12228 be used to select candidate groups.  If it is omitted or nil, all
12229 existing groups are considered.
12230
12231 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12232 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12233 returned.
12234
12235 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12236 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12237 case, the group is ignored).  Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12238 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12239 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list).  Additionally, if
12240 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12241 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12242 clauses will be generated.
12243
12244 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12245 catch-all marks in group parameters.  Otherwise, if there is no
12246 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12247 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12248 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12249 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12250
12251 For example, given the following group parameters:
12252
12253 nnml:mail.bar:
12254 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12255  (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12256 nnml:mail.foo:
12257 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12258  (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12259  (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12260  (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12261 nnml:mail.others:
12262 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12263
12264 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12265
12266 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12267            \"mail.bar\")
12268       (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12269            - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12270    \"mail.others\")
12271
12272 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12273
12274 ;;;***
12275 \f
12276 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (21235 28473
12277 ;;;;;;  29431 0))
12278 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12279
12280 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12281 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12282 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12283 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12284 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12285 instead.
12286
12287 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
12288
12289 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12290 Mail to ADDRESS.
12291
12292 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12293
12294 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12295 Like `message-reply'.
12296
12297 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12298
12299 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12300
12301 ;;;***
12302 \f
12303 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
12304 ;;;;;;  (21296 1575 438327 0))
12305 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
12306
12307 (autoload 'gnus-notifications "gnus-notifications" "\
12308 Send a notification on new message.
12309 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
12310 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
12311 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
12312
12313 This is typically a function to add in
12314 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
12315
12316 \(fn)" nil nil)
12317
12318 ;;;***
12319 \f
12320 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el" (21296 1575
12321 ;;;;;;  438327 0))
12322 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12323
12324 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12325 Display picons in the From header.
12326 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12327
12328 \(fn)" t nil)
12329
12330 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12331 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12332 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12333
12334 \(fn)" t nil)
12335
12336 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12337 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12338 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12339
12340 \(fn)" t nil)
12341
12342 ;;;***
12343 \f
12344 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-range" "gnus/gnus-range.el" (21187 63826
12345 ;;;;;;  213216 0))
12346 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12347
12348 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12349 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12350 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12351 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12352
12353 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12354
12355 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12356 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12357 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12358 LIST1 is modified.
12359
12360 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12361
12362 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12363 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12364 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12365
12366 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12367
12368 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12369
12370
12371 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12372
12373 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12374 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12375 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12376
12377 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12378
12379 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12380 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12381 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12382
12383 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12384
12385 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12386
12387 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12388 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12389 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12390
12391 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12392
12393 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12394 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12395 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12396
12397 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12398
12399 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12400 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12401 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12402
12403 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12404
12405 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12406 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12407
12408 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12409
12410 ;;;***
12411 \f
12412 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (21187
12413 ;;;;;;  63826 213216 0))
12414 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12415
12416 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12417 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12418
12419 \(fn)" t nil)
12420
12421 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12422 Install the registry hooks.
12423
12424 \(fn)" t nil)
12425
12426 ;;;***
12427 \f
12428 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (21187 63826
12429 ;;;;;;  213216 0))
12430 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12431
12432 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12433 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12434 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12435 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12436 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12437 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12438
12439 \(fn)" t nil)
12440
12441 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12442 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12443 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12444 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12445 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12446
12447 \(fn)" t nil)
12448
12449 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12450
12451
12452 \(fn)" t nil)
12453
12454 ;;;***
12455 \f
12456 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" (21296 1575
12457 ;;;;;;  438327 0))
12458 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12459
12460 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12461 Update the format specification near point.
12462
12463 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12464
12465 ;;;***
12466 \f
12467 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (21296 1575
12468 ;;;;;;  438327 0))
12469 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12470
12471 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12472 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12473
12474 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12475
12476 ;;;***
12477 \f
12478 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" (21296 1575 438327
12479 ;;;;;;  0))
12480 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12481
12482 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
12483 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12484 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12485
12486 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
12487
12488 ;;;***
12489 \f
12490 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (21187 63826
12491 ;;;;;;  213216 0))
12492 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12493
12494 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
12495 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12496
12497 \(fn)" t nil)
12498
12499 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
12500 Install the sync hooks.
12501
12502 \(fn)" t nil)
12503
12504 ;;;***
12505 \f
12506 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" (21187 63826
12507 ;;;;;;  213216 0))
12508 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12509
12510 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12511 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12512
12513 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12514
12515 ;;;***
12516 \f
12517 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el" (21187 63826 213216
12518 ;;;;;;  0))
12519 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12520
12521 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits 256 "\
12522 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
12523 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
12524 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
12525 rejected.  (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
12526 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
12527
12528 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.")
12529
12530 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits "gnutls" t)
12531
12532 ;;;***
12533 \f
12534 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (21240 46395 727291
12535 ;;;;;;  0))
12536 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12537
12538 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12539 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12540
12541 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12542 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12543 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12544
12545 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square.  You mark it with X
12546 and Emacs marks it with O.  The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12547 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12548
12549 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12550 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12551
12552 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12553 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12554
12555 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12556
12557 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12558
12559 ;;;***
12560 \f
12561 ;;;### (autoloads nil "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (21240 46395
12562 ;;;;;;  727291 0))
12563 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12564
12565 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12566
12567 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12568 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12569 Send mail to address at point.  See documentation for
12570 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'.  If no address is found
12571 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12572
12573 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12574
12575 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12576 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12577 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12578 or to send e-mail.
12579 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12580 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12581
12582 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12583 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12584
12585 \(fn)" t nil)
12586 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12587
12588 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12589 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12590 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12591 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12592 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12593
12594 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12595
12596 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12597 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12598
12599 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12600
12601 ;;;***
12602 \f
12603 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (21296 1575 438327
12604 ;;;;;;  0))
12605 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12606
12607 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12608 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12609 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12610
12611 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12612
12613 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12614 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12615
12616 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12617
12618 ;;;***
12619 \f
12620 ;;;### (autoloads nil "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (21322 25639 363230
12621 ;;;;;;  0))
12622 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12623
12624 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12625 Number of lines in a grep window.  If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12626
12627 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12628
12629 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12630 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12631 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12632 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12633 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12634
12635 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12636 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12637 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12638
12639 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12640
12641 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12642 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12643 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12644 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12645 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12646
12647 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12648
12649 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12650 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12651
12652 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12653
12654 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[         ]*\\)\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)\\2" 1 3 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12655 Regexp used to match grep hits.  See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12656
12657 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12658 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12659 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12660
12661 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12662 The default find program.
12663 This is used by commands like `grep-find-command', `find-dired'
12664 and others.")
12665
12666 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12667 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12668 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12669 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12670
12671 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12672 How to invoke find and grep.
12673 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12674 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12675 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12676 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12677
12678 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12679
12680 (defvar grep-history nil "\
12681 History list for grep.")
12682
12683 (defvar grep-find-history nil "\
12684 History list for grep-find.")
12685
12686 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12687 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12688 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12689
12690 \(fn)" nil nil)
12691
12692 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12693
12694
12695 \(fn)" nil nil)
12696
12697 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12698 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12699
12700 \(fn)" nil nil)
12701
12702 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12703 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12704 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12705 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where grep found
12706 matches.  To kill the grep job before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12707
12708 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command.  For running
12709 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12710
12711 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12712 can easily repeat a grep command.
12713
12714 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12715 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12716 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12717 list is empty).
12718
12719 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12720
12721 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12722 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12723 Collect output in a buffer.
12724 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12725 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12726
12727 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12728 easily repeat a find command.
12729
12730 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12731
12732 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12733
12734 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12735 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12736 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12737 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12738 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12739
12740 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12741 before it is executed.
12742 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12743
12744 Collect output in a buffer.  While grep runs asynchronously, you
12745 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12746 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12747
12748 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12749
12750 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12751
12752 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12753 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12754 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12755 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12756 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12757
12758 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12759 before it is executed.
12760 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12761
12762 Collect output in a buffer.  While the recursive grep is running,
12763 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12764 to visit the lines where matches were found.  To kill the job
12765 before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12766
12767 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12768
12769 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
12770 to specify a command to run.
12771
12772 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12773
12774 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
12775 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12776 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12777 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12778
12779 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM TEMPLATE)" t nil)
12780
12781 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
12782
12783 ;;;***
12784 \f
12785 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gs" "gs.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
12786 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12787
12788 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12789 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12790 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12791 and height of the image in pixels.  WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12792 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\".  Value is non-nil if successful.
12793
12794 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12795
12796 ;;;***
12797 \f
12798 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (21240 46395 727291
12799 ;;;;;;  0))
12800 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12801
12802 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12803 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12804 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12805 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12806
12807 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12808
12809 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12810 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12811 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12812 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12813
12814 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12815
12816 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12817 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12818 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12819 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12820
12821 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12822
12823 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12824 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12825 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12826 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12827
12828 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12829 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12830
12831 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12832
12833 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12834 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12835 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12836 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12837
12838 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12839
12840 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12841 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12842 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12843 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12844
12845 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12846
12847 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12848 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12849 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12850 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is.  If the \"-classpath\"
12851 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12852
12853 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12854 information on how jdb accesses source files.  Alternatively (if
12855 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12856 original source file access method.
12857
12858 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12859 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12860
12861 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12862
12863 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12864 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12865
12866 \(fn)" t nil)
12867
12868 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
12869 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12870 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12871 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12872 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12873 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12874
12875 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
12876
12877 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
12878 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12879 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
12880 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
12881 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
12882
12883 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12884
12885 ;;;***
12886 \f
12887 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (21255 45558 780901
12888 ;;;;;;  0))
12889 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
12890
12891 (autoload 'gv-get "gv" "\
12892 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
12893 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
12894 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
12895 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
12896 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
12897 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
12898 set it to.
12899 DO must return an Elisp expression.
12900
12901 \(fn PLACE DO)" nil nil)
12902
12903 (autoload 'gv-letplace "gv" "\
12904 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
12905 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
12906 of PLACE.
12907 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
12908 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
12909 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
12910 and SETTER.
12911 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
12912 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
12913
12914 \(fn (GETTER SETTER) PLACE &rest BODY)" nil t)
12915
12916 (function-put 'gv-letplace 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12917
12918 (autoload 'gv-define-expander "gv" "\
12919 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
12920 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
12921 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
12922 arguments as NAME.  DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
12923
12924 \(fn NAME HANDLER)" nil t)
12925
12926 (function-put 'gv-define-expander 'lisp-indent-function '1)
12927
12928 (autoload 'gv--defun-declaration "gv" "\
12929
12930
12931 \(fn SYMBOL NAME ARGS HANDLER &optional FIX)" nil nil)
12932
12933 (or (assq 'gv-expander defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)) defun-declarations-alist))
12934
12935 (or (assq 'gv-setter defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist))
12936
12937 (autoload 'gv-define-setter "gv" "\
12938 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12939 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12940 well for simple place forms.
12941 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
12942 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
12943 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
12944 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
12945 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
12946 to be pure and copyable.  Example use:
12947   (gv-define-setter aref (v a i) `(aset ,a ,i ,v))
12948
12949 \(fn NAME ARGLIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
12950
12951 (function-put 'gv-define-setter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12952
12953 (autoload 'gv-define-simple-setter "gv" "\
12954 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12955 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12956 well for simple place forms.  Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
12957 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
12958
12959 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
12960 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
12961   (let ((temp VAL))
12962     (SETTER ARGS... temp)
12963     temp)
12964 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
12965
12966 \(fn NAME SETTER &optional FIX-RETURN)" nil t)
12967
12968 (autoload 'setf "gv" "\
12969 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
12970 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
12971 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
12972 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
12973 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
12974
12975 \(fn PLACE VAL PLACE VAL ...)" nil t)
12976
12977 (put 'gv-place 'edebug-form-spec 'edebug-match-form)
12978
12979 (autoload 'gv-ref "gv" "\
12980 Return a reference to PLACE.
12981 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
12982 Note: this only works reliably with lexical binding mode, except for very
12983 simple PLACEs such as (function-symbol 'foo) which will also work in dynamic
12984 binding mode.
12985
12986 \(fn PLACE)" nil t)
12987
12988 ;;;***
12989 \f
12990 ;;;### (autoloads nil "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (21207 49087
12991 ;;;;;;  974317 0))
12992 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12993
12994 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
12995 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12996 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12997 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12998
12999 Variables: `handwrite-linespace'     (default 12)
13000            `handwrite-fontsize'      (default 11)
13001            `handwrite-numlines'      (default 60)
13002            `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
13003
13004 \(fn)" t nil)
13005
13006 ;;;***
13007 \f
13008 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" (21240 46395 727291
13009 ;;;;;;  0))
13010 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
13011
13012 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
13013 Towers of Hanoi diversion.  Use NRINGS rings.
13014
13015 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
13016
13017 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
13018 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
13019 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
13020 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
13021
13022 Repent before ring 31 moves.
13023
13024 \(fn)" t nil)
13025
13026 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
13027 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
13028 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock.  When the
13029 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
13030 to be updated.
13031
13032 \(fn)" t nil)
13033
13034 ;;;***
13035 \f
13036 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (21296 1575 438327
13037 ;;;;;;  0))
13038 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
13039
13040 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
13041 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13042
13043 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13044
13045 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13046 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13047 Only start calculation.  Results are inserted when ready.
13048
13049 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13050
13051 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
13052 Verify a hashcash payment
13053
13054 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
13055
13056 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
13057 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13058 for each recipient address.  Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13059 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation.  (See
13060 `mail-add-payment-async').
13061
13062 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
13063
13064 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13065 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13066 for each recipient address.  Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13067 Calculation is asynchronous.
13068
13069 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13070
13071 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
13072 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
13073 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
13074
13075 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13076
13077 ;;;***
13078 \f
13079 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (21231 31415 579137
13080 ;;;;;;  0))
13081 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13082
13083 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
13084 Return the help-echo string at point.
13085 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13086 property, or nil, is returned.
13087 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13088 `help-echo' property is ignored.  In this case, the return value
13089 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13090
13091 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
13092
13093 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
13094 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13095 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13096 string, return it.  Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
13097 If this produces no string either, return nil.
13098
13099 \(fn)" nil nil)
13100
13101 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
13102 Display local help in the echo area.
13103 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13104 the `kbd-help' property at point.  If `kbd-help' does not produce
13105 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13106 printed instead.
13107
13108 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13109 there is no help.  While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13110 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13111
13112 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13113
13114 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13115 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13116 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13117
13118 \(fn)" t nil)
13119
13120 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13121 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13122 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13123
13124 \(fn)" t nil)
13125
13126 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
13127 Automatically show local help on point-over.
13128 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13129 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13130 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13131 quit.  If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13132 `kbd-help' is used.  If the value is a list, the help only gets
13133 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13134 included in this list.  Suggested properties are `keymap',
13135 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'.  Any value other than t or
13136 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13137
13138 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13139 `help-at-pt-set-timer'.  The help gets printed after Emacs has
13140 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds.  You can call
13141 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13142 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13143
13144 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13145 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13146 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called.  Specifying an empty
13147 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13148 enabling buffer local values.  It sets the actual value to nil.
13149 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13150 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13151 The default is `never'.")
13152
13153 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
13154
13155 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
13156 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13157 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13158 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13159 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13160 considered different regions.
13161
13162 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13163 such region, then run HOOK.  If ARG is negative, move backward.
13164 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13165 toward ARG.  If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13166 the start of that region.  If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13167 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13168 do not run HOOK.  If there are not enough regions to move over,
13169 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13170 in the error message.  Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13171
13172 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13173
13174 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
13175 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13176 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'.  Adjacent
13177 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13178 different regions.
13179
13180 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13181 help-echo region.  If ARG is negative, move backward.  If point
13182 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13183 toward ARG.  If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13184 move to the start of that region.  If ARG is 0 and point is not
13185 in such a region, just print a message to that effect.  If there
13186 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13187 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13188
13189 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13190 help-echo region without any local help being available.  This is
13191 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil.  This
13192 rarely happens in practice.
13193
13194 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13195
13196 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
13197 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13198 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'.  Adjacent
13199 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13200 different regions.  With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13201 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
13202
13203 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13204
13205 ;;;***
13206 \f
13207 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (21294 46247 414129
13208 ;;;;;;  0))
13209 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13210
13211 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
13212 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13213
13214 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13215
13216 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
13217 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13218 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13219
13220 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13221
13222 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
13223 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
13224 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
13225   alternatively, it can be a function definition.
13226 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
13227 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
13228 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
13229  search for a function definition.
13230
13231 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
13232 defined.  If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
13233 found via `load-path'.  The return value can also be `C-source', which
13234 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C.  If no
13235 suitable file is found, return nil.
13236
13237 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
13238
13239 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
13240
13241
13242 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13243
13244 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
13245 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13246 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13247 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13248
13249 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13250
13251 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
13252 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13253 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13254 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13255 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13256 it is displayed along with the global value.
13257
13258 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13259
13260 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13261 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13262 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13263 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13264
13265 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13266
13267 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13268 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13269 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13270 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13271 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13272
13273 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13274
13275 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
13276 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13277
13278 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13279
13280 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
13281 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13282
13283 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13284
13285 ;;;***
13286 \f
13287 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-macro" "help-macro.el" (21240 46395 727291
13288 ;;;;;;  0))
13289 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13290
13291 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13292 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13293 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13294 window listing and describing the options.
13295 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
13296 gives the window that lists the options.")
13297
13298 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13299
13300 ;;;***
13301 \f
13302 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (21240 46395 727291
13303 ;;;;;;  0))
13304 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13305
13306 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13307 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13308 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13309 Commands:
13310 \\{help-mode-map}
13311
13312 \(fn)" t nil)
13313
13314 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13315
13316
13317 \(fn)" nil nil)
13318
13319 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13320
13321
13322 \(fn)" nil nil)
13323
13324 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13325 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13326
13327 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13328 buffer after following a reference.  INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13329 calling command was invoked interactively.  In this case the stack of
13330 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13331
13332 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13333 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13334 restore it properly when going back.
13335
13336 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13337
13338 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13339 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13340 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13341 current buffer.  Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13342 from `help-mode'.
13343 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13344 it does not already exist.
13345
13346 \(fn)" nil nil)
13347
13348 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13349 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13350
13351 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13352 references for selection with `help-follow'.  Cross-references have
13353 the canonical form `...'  and the type of reference may be
13354 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13355 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.  Faces only get cross-referenced if
13356 preceded or followed by the word `face'.  Variables without
13357 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13358 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13359
13360 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13361 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13362 \(e.g., coding-systems).  This variable is also used to disambiguate
13363 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13364
13365 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13366 help buffers.  Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13367 that.
13368
13369 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13370
13371 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13372 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13373 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13374 regexp.  TYPE is the type of button to use.  Any remaining arguments are
13375 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13376 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13377
13378 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13379
13380 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13381 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13382 TYPE is the type of button to use.  Any remaining arguments are passed
13383 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13384 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13385
13386 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13387
13388 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13389 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13390
13391 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13392
13393 (autoload 'help-bookmark-jump "help-mode" "\
13394 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
13395 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
13396 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
13397
13398 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
13399
13400 ;;;***
13401 \f
13402 ;;;### (autoloads nil "helper" "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (21240 46395
13403 ;;;;;;  727291 0))
13404 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13405
13406 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13407 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13408
13409 \(fn)" t nil)
13410
13411 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13412 Provide help for current mode.
13413
13414 \(fn)" t nil)
13415
13416 ;;;***
13417 \f
13418 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hexl" "hexl.el" (21271 1974 113743 0))
13419 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13420
13421 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13422 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13423 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13424 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13425 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13426
13427 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13428 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13429
13430 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13431 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13432 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13433 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits, and as their ASCII values).
13434
13435 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13436 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced by
13437 periods.
13438
13439 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13440 in hexl format.
13441
13442 A sample format:
13443
13444   HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f     ASCII-TEXT
13445   --------  ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----  ----------------
13446   00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64  This is hexl-mod
13447   00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265  e.  Each line re
13448   00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465  presents 16 byte
13449   00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c  s as hexadecimal
13450   00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74   ASCII.and print
13451   00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261  able ASCII chara
13452   00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74  cters.  Any cont
13453   00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949  rol or non-ASCII
13454   00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520   characters.are
13455   00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572  displayed as per
13456   000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e  iods in the prin
13457   000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220  table character
13458   000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a                      region..
13459
13460 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer.
13461 Most cursor movement bindings are the same: use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13462 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up.
13463
13464 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13465 also supported.
13466
13467 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13468
13469 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13470 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13471 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13472
13473 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13474 it isn't bound to self-insert.  An octal number can be supplied in place
13475 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13476
13477 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13478 into the buffer at the current point.
13479
13480 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13481 into the buffer at the current point.
13482
13483 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13484 into the buffer at the current point.
13485
13486 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit `hexl-mode'.
13487
13488 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13489 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13490
13491 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13492
13493 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13494
13495 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13496
13497 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13498 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13499 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13500 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13501
13502 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13503
13504 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13505 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13506 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13507
13508 \(fn)" t nil)
13509
13510 ;;;***
13511 \f
13512 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (21236 49338 435234
13513 ;;;;;;  0))
13514 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13515
13516 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13517 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13518 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13519 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
13520 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13521
13522 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
13523 highlighting commands listed below, such as \\[highlight-regexp].
13524 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
13525 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
13526
13527 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
13528 highlighted using font lock.  In buffers where Font Lock mode is
13529 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
13530 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
13531
13532 When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu
13533 is added to the \"Edit\" menu.  The commands in the submenu,
13534 which can be called interactively, are:
13535
13536 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13537   Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13538
13539 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13540   Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13541   (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13542   to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13543
13544 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13545   Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13546
13547 \\[highlight-symbol-at-point]
13548   Highlight the symbol found near point without prompting, using the next
13549   available face automatically.
13550
13551 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13552   Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13553
13554 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13555   Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible).  They may
13556   be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13557   is issued.  The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13558   (See `font-lock-keywords'.)  They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13559   any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.  When a file is
13560   loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13561   'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13562   `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13563   function returns t.
13564
13565 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13566   Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13567
13568 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13569 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13570 form:
13571   Hi-lock: FOO
13572
13573 where FOO is a list of patterns.  The patterns must start before
13574 position (number of characters into buffer)
13575 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.  Patterns will be read until
13576 Hi-lock: end is found.  A mode is excluded if it's in the list
13577 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13578
13579 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13580
13581 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13582 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13583 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13584 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13585 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13586 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13587
13588 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13589
13590 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13591 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13592 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13593 otherwise, disable it.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13594 ARG is omitted or nil.
13595
13596 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13597 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13598 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13599
13600 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13601
13602 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13603
13604 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13605 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13606 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13607 Use the global history list for FACE.
13608
13609 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP.  Otherwise,
13610 use overlays for highlighting.  If overlays are used, the
13611 highlighting will not update as you type.
13612
13613 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13614
13615 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13616
13617 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13618 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13619 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13620 Use the global history list for FACE.
13621
13622 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP.  Otherwise,
13623 use overlays for highlighting.  If overlays are used, the
13624 highlighting will not update as you type.
13625
13626 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13627
13628 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13629
13630 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13631 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13632 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13633 Use the global history list for FACE.
13634
13635 When called interactively, replace whitespace in user-provided
13636 regexp with arbitrary whitespace, and make initial lower-case
13637 letters case-insensitive, before highlighting with `hi-lock-set-pattern'.
13638
13639 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP.  Otherwise,
13640 use overlays for highlighting.  If overlays are used, the
13641 highlighting will not update as you type.
13642
13643 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13644
13645 (defalias 'highlight-symbol-at-point 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point)
13646
13647 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point "hi-lock" "\
13648 Highlight each instance of the symbol at point.
13649 Uses the next face from `hi-lock-face-defaults' without prompting,
13650 unless you use a prefix argument.
13651 Uses `find-tag-default-as-symbol-regexp' to retrieve the symbol at point.
13652
13653 This uses Font lock mode if it is enabled; otherwise it uses overlays,
13654 in which case the highlighting will not update as you type.
13655
13656 \(fn)" t nil)
13657
13658 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13659
13660 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13661 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13662 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
13663 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
13664 If REGEXP is t (or if \\[universal-argument] was specified interactively),
13665 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
13666
13667 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13668
13669 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13670 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13671
13672 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13673 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13674 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13675
13676 \(fn)" t nil)
13677
13678 ;;;***
13679 \f
13680 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (21292 4516
13681 ;;;;;;  491683 0))
13682 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13683
13684 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13685 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13686 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13687 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
13688 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13689
13690 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13691 C-like major modes.  When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13692 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13693 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13694
13695 `hide-ifdef-env'
13696         An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13697         current buffer.  Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13698         is used.
13699
13700 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13701         An association list of defined symbol lists.
13702         Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13703         and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13704         from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13705
13706 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13707         Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13708         #endif lines when hiding.
13709
13710 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13711         Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13712         is activated.
13713
13714 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13715         Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13716         After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13717
13718 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13719
13720 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13721
13722 ;;;***
13723 \f
13724 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (21187 63826
13725 ;;;;;;  213216 0))
13726 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13727
13728 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
13729 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13730 Each element has the form
13731   (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13732
13733 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13734 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13735
13736 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions.  A block is
13737 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13738
13739 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13740 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13741 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13742 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'.  Point
13743 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match.  For example,
13744 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13745
13746 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly.  In those
13747 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13748
13749 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13750 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13751
13752 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13753 appropriate values.  The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13754 whitespace.  Case does not matter.")
13755
13756 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13757 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13758 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13759 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13760 if ARG is omitted or nil.
13761
13762 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13763 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13764 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13765
13766 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13767 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'.  There is also
13768 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13769
13770 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13771 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13772
13773 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13774
13775 Key bindings:
13776 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13777
13778 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13779
13780 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13781 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13782
13783 \(fn)" nil nil)
13784
13785 ;;;***
13786 \f
13787 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (21271 1974 113743
13788 ;;;;;;  0))
13789 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13790
13791 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13792 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
13793 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
13794 is positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp,
13795 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13796
13797 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
13798 property.  Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
13799 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggle
13800 this on and off.
13801
13802 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13803 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13804 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13805 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13806 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13807 through various faces.
13808 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13809 buffer with the contents of a file
13810 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13811
13812 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13813
13814 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13815 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
13816 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
13817 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from
13818 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13819
13820 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
13821 Changes mode is on.  When enabled, the changed text is displayed
13822 in a distinctive face.
13823
13824 The default value can be customized with variable
13825 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
13826
13827 This command does not itself set Highlight Changes mode.
13828
13829 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13830
13831 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13832 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13833 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13834
13835 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13836
13837 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13838 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13839
13840 \(fn)" t nil)
13841
13842 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13843 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13844
13845 \(fn)" t nil)
13846
13847 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13848 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13849
13850 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13851 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13852 face described by the second element, and so on.  Very old changes remain
13853 shown in the last face in the list.
13854
13855 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13856 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value.  To do
13857 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13858
13859   (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13860
13861 \(fn)" t nil)
13862
13863 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13864 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13865
13866 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13867
13868 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13869 to save the file.
13870
13871 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13872 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13873
13874 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13875 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13876 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13877
13878 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13879
13880 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13881 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13882
13883 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13884 this function is called interactively.
13885
13886 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13887 also will have its differences highlighted.  Otherwise, the file is
13888 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13889
13890 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13891 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13892 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13893
13894 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13895
13896 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
13897 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13898 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13899 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13900 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13901 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13902
13903 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
13904
13905 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13906 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
13907 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
13908 otherwise, disable it.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13909 ARG is omitted or nil.
13910
13911 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
13912 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13913 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13914
13915 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13916
13917 ;;;***
13918 \f
13919 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (21240 46395 727291
13920 ;;;;;;  0))
13921 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13922 (push (purecopy '(hippie-exp 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
13923
13924 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
13925 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13926 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13927 or insert functions in this list.")
13928
13929 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
13930
13931 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13932 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13933 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13934 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found.  Repeated
13935 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13936 expansions.
13937 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13938 function in this list.  With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13939 undoes the expansion.
13940
13941 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13942
13943 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13944 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13945 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST.  An optional second
13946 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13947
13948 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil t)
13949
13950 ;;;***
13951 \f
13952 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (21240 46395 727291
13953 ;;;;;;  0))
13954 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13955
13956 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13957 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
13958 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13959 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
13960 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13961
13962 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode.  If
13963 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13964 line about the buffer's point in all windows.  Caveat: the
13965 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13966 non-selected window.  Hl-Line mode uses the function
13967 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13968
13969 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13970 line about point in the selected window only.  In this case, it
13971 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13972 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13973
13974 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13975
13976 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13977 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13978 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13979 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13980 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13981 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13982
13983 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13984
13985 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13986 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
13987 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13988 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
13989 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13990
13991 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
13992 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
13993 windows.
13994
13995 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13996 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13997
13998 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13999
14000 ;;;***
14001 \f
14002 ;;;### (autoloads nil "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" (21187 63826
14003 ;;;;;;  213216 0))
14004 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
14005
14006 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays 'holiday-general-holidays "23.1")
14007
14008 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
14009 General holidays.  Default value is for the United States.
14010 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14011
14012 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
14013
14014 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14015
14016 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays 'holiday-oriental-holidays "23.1")
14017
14018 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
14019 Oriental holidays.
14020 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14021
14022 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
14023
14024 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14025
14026 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays 'holiday-local-holidays "23.1")
14027
14028 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
14029 Local holidays.
14030 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14031
14032 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
14033
14034 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14035
14036 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays 'holiday-other-holidays "23.1")
14037
14038 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
14039 User defined holidays.
14040 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14041
14042 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
14043
14044 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14045
14046 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) year) (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (setq year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))) "\
14047 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14048
14049 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
14050
14051 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))) "\
14052 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14053
14054 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
14055
14056 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (mapcar 'purecopy '((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y 1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s))) day) "Shabbat Shirah")))) "\
14057 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14058
14059 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
14060
14061 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))))) (= 21 (% year 28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av)))) "\
14062 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14063
14064 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
14065
14066 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "23.1")
14067
14068 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
14069 Jewish holidays.
14070 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14071
14072 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
14073
14074 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14075
14076 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays 'holiday-christian-holidays "23.1")
14077
14078 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
14079 Christian holidays.
14080 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14081
14082 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
14083
14084 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14085
14086 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays 'holiday-islamic-holidays "23.1")
14087
14088 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
14089 Islamic holidays.
14090 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14091
14092 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
14093
14094 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14095
14096 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays 'holiday-bahai-holidays "23.1")
14097
14098 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá'u'lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá'u'lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Bahá"))))) "\
14099 Bahá'í holidays.
14100 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14101
14102 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
14103
14104 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14105
14106 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays 'holiday-solar-holidays "23.1")
14107
14108 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
14109 Sun-related holidays.
14110 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14111
14112 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
14113
14114 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14115
14116 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14117
14118 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
14119 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
14120 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
14121 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
14122
14123 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14124
14125 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
14126 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
14127 Y2 defaults to Y1.  The optional list of holidays L defaults to
14128 `calendar-holidays'.  If you want to control what holidays are
14129 displayed, use a different list.  For example,
14130
14131   (list-holidays 2006 2006
14132     (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
14133
14134 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
14135 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
14136
14137 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
14138 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc.  See the
14139 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
14140 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
14141 of a holiday list.
14142
14143 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
14144
14145 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
14146
14147 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
14148
14149 ;;;***
14150 \f
14151 ;;;### (autoloads nil "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (21187 63826
14152 ;;;;;;  213216 0))
14153 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
14154
14155 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
14156 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
14157
14158 \(fn)" t nil)
14159
14160 ;;;***
14161 \f
14162 ;;;### (autoloads nil "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (21327 43559
14163 ;;;;;;  923043 0))
14164 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
14165 (push (purecopy '(htmlfontify 0 21)) package--builtin-versions)
14166
14167 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
14168 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
14169 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
14170 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
14171 as possible.
14172
14173 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
14174 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
14175 fontified display.
14176
14177 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
14178 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
14179
14180 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
14181 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
14182 hyperlinks as appropriate.
14183
14184 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
14185
14186 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
14187 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
14188 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
14189
14190 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
14191
14192 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
14193
14194 ;;;***
14195 \f
14196 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (21187 63826 213216
14197 ;;;;;;  0))
14198 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14199
14200 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14201 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14202
14203 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14204 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer.  The original ibuffer
14205 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14206
14207 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14208 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14209 SYMBOL's name.  PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14210 the text, such as `mouse-face'.  And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14211 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14212 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14213
14214 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14215 title of the column.
14216
14217 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14218 ibuffer-make-column-NAME.  If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14219 inlined into the compiled format versions.  This means that if you
14220 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14221 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14222
14223 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14224
14225 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14226 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14227 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14228 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14229 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14230
14231 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14232 buffer object, and `b' bound to another.  BODY should return a non-nil
14233 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14234
14235 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14236
14237 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14238 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14239 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14240 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14241 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14242 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14243
14244 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14245 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14246 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14247 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14248 uses.  :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14249 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14250 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers.  This is used
14251 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself.  Valid
14252 values are:
14253  nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14254  t - the function it always modifies buffers
14255  :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14256   buffer's modification flag.
14257 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14258 prompted before performing this operation.
14259 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14260 operation is complete, in the form:
14261  \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14262 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14263 confirmation message, in the form:
14264  \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14265 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14266 macro for exactly what it does.
14267
14268 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14269
14270 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14271 Define a filter named NAME.
14272 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14273 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14274 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14275
14276 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14277 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not.  The forms in BODY
14278 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14279 bound to the current value of the filter.
14280
14281 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14282
14283 ;;;***
14284 \f
14285 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (21187 63826 213216
14286 ;;;;;;  0))
14287 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14288
14289 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14290 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14291 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14292 buffers which are visiting a file.
14293
14294 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14295
14296 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14297 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14298 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14299 buffers which are visiting a file.
14300
14301 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14302
14303 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14304 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14305 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14306
14307 All arguments are optional.
14308 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14309 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14310 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14311   see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14312 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14313 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size.  The special
14314   value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14315 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14316   see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14317 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14318   If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14319   that value locally in this buffer.
14320
14321 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14322
14323 ;;;***
14324 \f
14325 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icalendar" "calendar/icalendar.el" (21187
14326 ;;;;;;  63826 213216 0))
14327 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14328 (push (purecopy '(icalendar 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
14329
14330 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14331 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14332 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14333 format.  The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14334
14335 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14336
14337 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14338 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14339 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14340 converted to iCalendar format.  The result is appended to the file
14341 ICAL-FILENAME.
14342 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong.  In this
14343 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14344 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14345
14346 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14347
14348 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14349 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14350 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14351 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14352 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14353 non-marking or not.
14354
14355 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14356
14357 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14358 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14359
14360 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14361 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14362 DIARY-FILE.
14363
14364 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14365 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil.  When called interactively,
14366 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14367
14368 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14369 non-marking.
14370
14371 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14372 means that an error has occurred.  Error messages will be in the
14373 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14374
14375 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14376
14377 ;;;***
14378 \f
14379 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (21268 25782 576189
14380 ;;;;;;  0))
14381 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14382
14383 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14384 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14385 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14386 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14387 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14388 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14389
14390 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14391
14392 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14393 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14394 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14395 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
14396 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14397
14398 When this global minor mode is enabled, typing in the minibuffer
14399 continuously displays a list of possible completions that match
14400 the string you have typed.  See `icomplete-completions' for a
14401 description of how prospective completions are displayed.
14402
14403 For more information, see Info node `(emacs)Icomplete'.
14404 For options you can set, `\\[customize-group] icomplete'.
14405
14406 You can use the following key bindings to navigate and select
14407 completions:
14408
14409 \\{icomplete-minibuffer-map}
14410
14411 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14412
14413 ;;;***
14414 \f
14415 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (21187 63826 213216
14416 ;;;;;;  0))
14417 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14418
14419 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14420 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14421 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14422 Tab indents for Icon code.
14423 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14424 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14425 \\{icon-mode-map}
14426 Variables controlling indentation style:
14427  icon-tab-always-indent
14428     Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14429     regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14430  icon-auto-newline
14431     Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14432     inserted in Icon code.
14433  icon-indent-level
14434     Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14435     The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14436     of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14437  icon-continued-statement-offset
14438     Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14439     then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14440  icon-continued-brace-offset
14441     Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14442     This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14443  icon-brace-offset
14444     Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14445  icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14446     An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14447     this far to the right of the start of its line.
14448
14449 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14450 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14451
14452 \(fn)" t nil)
14453
14454 ;;;***
14455 \f
14456 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" (21195
14457 ;;;;;;  23530 495420 0))
14458 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14459
14460 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14461 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14462 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14463 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14464
14465 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14466 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14467 separate frames.
14468
14469 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14470 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14471
14472 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14473 input and controlling the IDL job.  See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14474 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14475
14476 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14477
14478 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14479
14480 ;;;***
14481 \f
14482 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" (21339 34726
14483 ;;;;;;  39547 0))
14484 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14485 (push (purecopy '(idlwave 6 1 22)) package--builtin-versions)
14486
14487 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14488 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14489
14490 The main features of this mode are
14491
14492 1. Indentation and Formatting
14493    --------------------------
14494    Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14495    TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14496
14497    To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line].  This
14498    function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14499    at that point.  When used inside a long constant string, the string
14500    is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14501
14502    Comments are indented as follows:
14503
14504    `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14505    `;;'  Indent like the surrounding code
14506    `;'   Indent to a minimum column.
14507
14508    The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14509
14510    Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14511    comment.  The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14512    relative to the first will be retained.  Use
14513    \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14514    comments.  When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14515    nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14516
14517    To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14518    entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14519    \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs].  Then mark the entire buffer
14520    again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14521
14522 2. Routine Info
14523    ------------
14524    IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14525    accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14526    \\[idlwave-routine-info].  \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14527    source file of a module.  These commands know about system
14528    routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14529    idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14530    this shell.  It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14531    user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14532    default.  Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14533    information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14534
14535 3. Online IDL Help
14536    ---------------
14537
14538    \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14539    for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point.  A single
14540    key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs.  See
14541    the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14542
14543 4. Completion
14544    ----------
14545    \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14546    class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14547    tags, structure tags, filenames and much more.  It is context
14548    sensitive and figures out what is expected at point.  Lower case
14549    strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14550    upper case.
14551
14552 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14553    --------------------------------
14554    Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14555    The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`.  Some examples:
14556
14557    \\pr        PROCEDURE template
14558    \\fu        FUNCTION template
14559    \\c         CASE statement template
14560    \\sw        SWITCH statement template
14561    \\f         FOR loop template
14562    \\r         REPEAT Loop template
14563    \\w         WHILE loop template
14564    \\i         IF statement template
14565    \\elif      IF-ELSE statement template
14566    \\b         BEGIN
14567
14568    For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs].  Some templates also
14569    have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14570
14571    \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14572    beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14573    Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14574    \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14575
14576 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14577    -------------------------
14578    The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14579    `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14580
14581 7. Automatic END completion
14582    ------------------------
14583    If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14584    will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14585
14586 8. Hooks
14587    -----
14588    Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14589    Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14590
14591 9. Documentation and Customization
14592    -------------------------------
14593    Info documentation for this package is available.  Use
14594    \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14595    not work).  For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14596    documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL `http://idlwave.org'.
14597    IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14598
14599 10.Keybindings
14600    -----------
14601    Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14602    If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14603    followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14604
14605 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14606
14607 \(fn)" t nil)
14608
14609 ;;;***
14610 \f
14611 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ido" "ido.el" (21268 25782 576189 0))
14612 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14613
14614 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14615 Determines for which buffer/file Ido should be enabled.
14616 The following values are possible:
14617 - `buffer': Turn only on Ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14618   displaying...)
14619 - `file': Turn only on Ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14620 - `both': Turn on Ido buffer and file behavior.
14621 -  nil: Turn off any Ido switching.
14622
14623 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14624 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14625
14626 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14627
14628 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14629 Toggle Ido mode on or off.
14630 With ARG, turn Ido mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14631 Turning on Ido mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14632 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14633 commands to the Ido versions of these functions.
14634 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14635 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14636 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14637
14638 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14639
14640 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14641 Switch to another buffer.
14642 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14643 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14644 in another frame.
14645
14646 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14647 displayed if substring-matching is used (default).  Look at
14648 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'.  When you have found the
14649 buffer you want, it can then be selected.  As you type, most keys have
14650 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14651
14652 RET     Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches.
14653         If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14654
14655 \\[ido-select-text]     Use the current input string verbatim.
14656
14657 \\[ido-next-match]      Put the first element at the end of the list.
14658 \\[ido-prev-match]      Put the last element at the start of the list.
14659 \\[ido-complete]        Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14660         all buffers.  If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14661         If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14662         in a separate window.
14663 \\[ido-edit-input]      Edit input string.
14664 \\[ido-fallback-command]        Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14665 \\[ido-toggle-regexp]   Toggle regexp searching.
14666 \\[ido-toggle-prefix]   Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14667 \\[ido-toggle-case]     Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14668 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14669 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14670 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head]     Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14671 \\[ido-toggle-ignore]   Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14672
14673 \(fn)" t nil)
14674
14675 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14676 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14677 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14678 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14679
14680 \(fn)" t nil)
14681
14682 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14683 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14684 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14685 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14686
14687 \(fn)" t nil)
14688
14689 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14690 Kill a buffer.
14691 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14692 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14693
14694 \(fn)" t nil)
14695
14696 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14697 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14698 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14699 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14700
14701 \(fn)" t nil)
14702
14703 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14704 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14705 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14706 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14707
14708 \(fn)" t nil)
14709
14710 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14711 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14712
14713 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14714
14715 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14716 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14717 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14718 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14719 in another frame.
14720
14721 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.  As you
14722 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14723 if substring-matching is used (default).  Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14724 `ido-toggle-prefix'.  When you have found the filename you want, it can
14725 then be selected.  As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14726 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14727
14728 RET     Select the file at the front of the list of matches.
14729         If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14730
14731 \\[ido-select-text]     Use the current input string verbatim.
14732
14733 \\[ido-next-match]      Put the first element at the end of the list.
14734 \\[ido-prev-match]      Put the last element at the start of the list.
14735 \\[ido-complete]        Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14736         all files.  If there is only one match, select that file.
14737         If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14738         in a separate window.
14739 \\[ido-magic-delete-char]       Open the specified directory in Dired mode.
14740 \\[ido-edit-input]      Edit input string (including directory).
14741 \\[ido-prev-work-directory]     Go to previous directory in work directory history.
14742 \\[ido-next-work-directory]     Go to next directory in work directory history.
14743 \\[ido-merge-work-directories]  Search for file in the work directory history.
14744 \\[ido-forget-work-directory]   Remove current directory from the work directory history.
14745 \\[ido-prev-work-file]  Cycle to previous file in work file history.
14746 \\[ido-next-work-file]  Cycle to next file in work file history.
14747 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir]       Prompt for a file and use find to locate it.
14748 \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir]     Prompt for a directory and use find to locate it.
14749 \\[ido-make-directory]  Prompt for a directory to create in current directory.
14750 \\[ido-fallback-command]        Fallback to non-Ido version of current command.
14751 \\[ido-toggle-regexp]   Toggle regexp searching.
14752 \\[ido-toggle-prefix]   Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14753 \\[ido-toggle-case]     Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14754 \\[ido-toggle-literal]  Toggle literal reading of this file.
14755 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14756 \\[ido-toggle-ignore]   Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14757
14758 \(fn)" t nil)
14759
14760 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14761 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14762 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14763 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14764
14765 \(fn)" t nil)
14766
14767 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14768 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14769 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14770 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14771
14772 \(fn)" t nil)
14773
14774 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14775 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14776 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14777 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14778
14779 \(fn)" t nil)
14780
14781 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14782 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14783 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14784 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14785
14786 \(fn)" t nil)
14787
14788 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14789 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14790 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14791 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14792
14793 \(fn)" t nil)
14794
14795 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14796 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14797 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14798 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14799
14800 \(fn)" t nil)
14801
14802 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14803 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14804 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14805 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14806
14807 \(fn)" t nil)
14808
14809 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14810 Write current buffer to a file.
14811 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14812 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14813
14814 \(fn)" t nil)
14815
14816 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14817 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14818 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14819 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14820
14821 \(fn)" t nil)
14822
14823 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14824 Call `dired' the Ido way.
14825 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14826 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14827
14828 \(fn)" t nil)
14829
14830 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14831 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14832 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14833 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user.  DEFAULT if given is the default
14834 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14835 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14836
14837 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14838
14839 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14840 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14841 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14842 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14843
14844 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14845
14846 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14847 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14848 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14849 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14850
14851 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14852
14853 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14854 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14855 Read a string in the minibuffer with Ido-style completion.
14856 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14857 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14858 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD are currently ignored; they are included
14859  to be compatible with `completing-read'.
14860 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14861  the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14862  If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14863  string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14864 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14865  with point positioned at the end.
14866 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14867 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14868
14869 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
14870
14871 ;;;***
14872 \f
14873 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ielm" "ielm.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
14874 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14875
14876 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14877 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14878 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14879 See `inferior-emacs-lisp-mode' for details.
14880
14881 \(fn)" t nil)
14882
14883 ;;;***
14884 \f
14885 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iimage" "iimage.el" (21289 28325 826818 0))
14886 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14887
14888 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
14889
14890 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14891 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
14892 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
14893 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
14894 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
14895 \\{iimage-mode-map}
14896
14897 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14898
14899 ;;;***
14900 \f
14901 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image" "image.el" (21261 4487 230861 399000))
14902 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14903
14904 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
14905 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14906 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14907 be determined.
14908
14909 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14910
14911 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
14912 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14913 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14914 be determined.
14915
14916 \(fn)" nil nil)
14917
14918 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
14919 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14920 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14921 be determined.
14922
14923 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14924
14925 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
14926 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14927 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14928 be determined.
14929
14930 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14931
14932 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
14933 Determine and return image type.
14934 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14935 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type.  If TYPE is omitted
14936 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14937 of image data.  If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14938 use its file extension as image type.
14939 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14940
14941 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14942
14943 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
14944 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14945 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14946
14947 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14948
14949 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
14950 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14951 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14952
14953 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14954 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14955 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14956 non-nil value.  If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14957 must be available.
14958
14959 \(fn)" nil nil)
14960
14961 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
14962 Create an image.
14963 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14964 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type.  If TYPE is omitted
14965 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14966 of image data.  If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14967 use its file extension as image type.
14968 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14969 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14970 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14971 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14972
14973 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14974
14975 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
14976 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
14977 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
14978
14979 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14980
14981 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
14982 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14983 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14984 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14985 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14986 image.  STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14987 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
14988 POS may be an integer or marker.
14989 AREA is where to display the image.  AREA nil or omitted means
14990 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14991 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14992 means display it in the right marginal area.
14993
14994 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14995
14996 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
14997 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14998 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14999 with a `display' property whose value is the image.  STRING
15000 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
15001 AREA is where to display the image.  AREA nil or omitted means
15002 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15003 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15004 means display it in the right marginal area.
15005 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert.  SLICE nil or omitted
15006 means insert whole image.  SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15007 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15008 to insert.  A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15009 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15010
15011 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15012
15013 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
15014 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15015 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15016 with a `display' property whose value is the image.  The default
15017 STRING is a single space.
15018 AREA is where to display the image.  AREA nil or omitted means
15019 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15020 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15021 means display it in the right marginal area.
15022 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
15023
15024 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15025
15026 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
15027 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15028 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15029 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15030
15031 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15032
15033 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
15034 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15035
15036 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15037
15038 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list.  The contents of
15039 a specification are image type dependent.  All specifications must at
15040 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15041 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15042 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15043 string containing the actual image data.  The specification whose TYPE
15044 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15045 specification to be returned.  Return nil if no specification is
15046 satisfied.
15047
15048 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15049
15050 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15051
15052 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15053
15054 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
15055 Define SYMBOL as an image, and return SYMBOL.
15056
15057 SPECS is a list of image specifications.  DOC is an optional
15058 documentation string.
15059
15060 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list.  The contents of
15061 a specification are image type dependent.  All specifications must at
15062 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15063 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15064 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15065 string containing the actual image data.  The first image
15066 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15067 define SYMBOL.
15068
15069 Example:
15070
15071    (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15072                          (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15073
15074 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil t)
15075
15076 (function-put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
15077
15078 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
15079 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
15080 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
15081 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
15082
15083 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
15084 Emacs visits them in Image mode.  They are also added to
15085 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
15086 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
15087
15088 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
15089
15090 \(fn)" nil nil)
15091
15092 ;;;***
15093 \f
15094 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (21194 37048
15095 ;;;;;;  599945 0))
15096 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15097 (push (purecopy '(image-dired 0 4 11)) package--builtin-versions)
15098
15099 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15100 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
15101 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
15102 current line.  ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
15103 of the marked files.  If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
15104 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
15105
15106 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15107
15108 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15109 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15110
15111 Convenience command that:
15112
15113  - Opens dired in folder DIR
15114  - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15115  - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15116
15117 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15118 image files in dired and type
15119 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15120
15121 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15122
15123 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15124 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15125
15126 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15127
15128 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15129 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15130 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15131 fly.  With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15132 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15133 another one).
15134
15135 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15136 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15137 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15138
15139 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15140 instead of erasing it first.
15141
15142 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15143 used or not.  If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15144 `pop-to-buffer'.  This is used from functions like
15145 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15146 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15147 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15148
15149 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15150
15151 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15152 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15153 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15154 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15155 displayed.
15156
15157 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15158
15159 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15160
15161 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'tumme 'image-dired "24.4")
15162
15163 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15164 Tag marked file(s) in dired.  With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15165
15166 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15167
15168 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15169 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15170 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15171
15172 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15173
15174 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15175 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15176
15177 \(fn)" t nil)
15178
15179 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15180 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15181 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15182 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15183
15184 \(fn)" t nil)
15185
15186 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15187 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15188
15189 \(fn)" t nil)
15190
15191 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15192 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15193
15194 \(fn)" t nil)
15195
15196 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15197 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15198
15199 \(fn)" t nil)
15200
15201 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15202 Display current image file.
15203 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15204 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15205
15206 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15207
15208 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15209 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15210
15211 \(fn)" t nil)
15212
15213 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15214 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15215 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15216 image file and stored in image-dired's database file.  This command
15217 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15218 on all image files in the database file.  The files that have a
15219 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15220
15221 \(fn)" t nil)
15222
15223 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15224 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15225 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15226 easy-to-use form.
15227
15228 \(fn)" t nil)
15229
15230 ;;;***
15231 \f
15232 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-file" "image-file.el" (21187 63826 213216
15233 ;;;;;;  0))
15234 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15235
15236 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
15237 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15238 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15239 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15240
15241 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15242 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15243 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15244 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15245
15246 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15247
15248 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15249 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15250 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15251 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15252
15253 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15254 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15255 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15256 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15257
15258 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15259
15260 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15261 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15262
15263 \(fn)" nil nil)
15264
15265 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15266 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15267 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15268 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15269
15270 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15271
15272 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15273 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15274 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15275 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15276 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15277 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15278
15279 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15280
15281 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15282 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15283 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15284 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
15285 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15286
15287 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15288 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15289 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15290
15291 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15292
15293 ;;;***
15294 \f
15295 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (21334 16805 699731
15296 ;;;;;;  0))
15297 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15298
15299 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15300 Major mode for image files.
15301 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15302 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15303
15304 Key bindings:
15305 \\{image-mode-map}
15306
15307 \(fn)" t nil)
15308
15309 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15310 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15311 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15312 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
15313 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15314
15315 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15316 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15317 actual image.
15318
15319 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15320
15321 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
15322 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15323 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15324 displays an image file as text.  `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15325 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
15326 to display an image file as the actual image.
15327
15328 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15329 to display an image file as text initially.
15330
15331 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15332 on these modes.
15333
15334 \(fn)" t nil)
15335
15336 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15337
15338
15339 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15340
15341 ;;;***
15342 \f
15343 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imenu" "imenu.el" (21257 55477 969423 0))
15344 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15345
15346 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15347 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15348
15349 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15350
15351 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15352 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15353 in the buffer.
15354
15355 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15356
15357 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15358 element should come before the second.  The arguments are cons cells;
15359 \(NAME . POSITION).  Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15360
15361 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15362
15363 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15364 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
15365 Each element of this list should have the form
15366
15367   (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
15368
15369 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
15370 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
15371 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
15372 matches are put).
15373 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
15374 which is to be displayed in the menu.  REGEXP may also be a
15375 function, called without arguments.  It is expected to search
15376 backwards.  It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
15377 another element.
15378 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
15379 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
15380 the menu item.
15381 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
15382 item is selected by the user.  This function is called with
15383 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
15384 the ARGUMENTS.
15385
15386 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
15387 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
15388 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
15389
15390 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15391 create a buffer index.
15392
15393 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
15394 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
15395 give the characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax
15396 \"word\" syntax during matching.")
15397 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
15398
15399 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15400
15401 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15402 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15403
15404 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15405 an index alist of the current buffer.  The function is
15406 called within a `save-excursion'.
15407
15408 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15409
15410 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15411
15412 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15413 Function for finding the next index position.
15414
15415 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15416 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15417 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15418 file.
15419
15420 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15421 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15422
15423 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15424
15425 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15426 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15427
15428 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15429 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15430 It should return the name for that index item.")
15431
15432 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15433
15434 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15435 Function to compare string with index item.
15436
15437 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15438 non-nil if they match.
15439
15440 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15441 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15442 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15443 arguments match\".")
15444
15445 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15446
15447 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15448 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15449 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15450
15451 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15452 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
15453
15454 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15455
15456 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15457
15458 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15459 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15460 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15461 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15462
15463 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15464
15465 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15466 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15467
15468 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15469
15470 \(fn)" t nil)
15471
15472 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15473 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15474 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position.  See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15475 for more information.
15476
15477 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15478
15479 ;;;***
15480 \f
15481 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (21187 63826
15482 ;;;;;;  213216 0))
15483 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15484
15485 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15486 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15487
15488 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15489
15490 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15491
15492
15493 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15494
15495 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15496
15497
15498 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15499
15500 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15501
15502
15503 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15504
15505 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15506 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15507
15508 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15509
15510 ;;;***
15511 \f
15512 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (21187 63826
15513 ;;;;;;  213216 0))
15514 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15515
15516 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15517 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15518 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15519 to that buffer.
15520 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15521 of `inferior-lisp-program').  Runs the hooks from
15522 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15523 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15524
15525 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15526
15527 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15528
15529 ;;;***
15530 \f
15531 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info" "info.el" (21338 13863 97436 0))
15532 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15533
15534 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/" "/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "" "gnu/" "gnu/lib/" "gnu/lib/emacs/" "emacs/" "lib/" "lib/emacs/")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
15535 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
15536 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
15537 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
15538 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
15539 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory.  In the latter
15540 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
15541 first in this list.
15542
15543 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
15544 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15545 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
15546 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
15547 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
15548
15549 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
15550 reasons.  Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
15551 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
15552
15553 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15554 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15555
15556 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15557  (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15558
15559 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15560 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15561 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15562 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15563 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15564 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15565 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15566 the default buffer name is *info*.  If BUFFER exists,
15567 just switch to BUFFER.  Otherwise, create a new buffer
15568 with the top-level Info directory.
15569
15570 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15571 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15572
15573 A numeric prefix argument N selects an Info buffer named
15574 \"*info*<%s>\".
15575
15576 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15577 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15578 in all the directories in that path.
15579
15580 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15581
15582 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15583
15584 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15585 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15586
15587 \(fn)" t nil)
15588
15589 (autoload 'info-emacs-bug "info" "\
15590 Display the \"Reporting Bugs\" section of the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15591
15592 \(fn)" t nil)
15593
15594 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15595 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15596 Usage:  emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15597 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15598
15599 \(fn)" nil nil)
15600
15601 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15602 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15603 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15604 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15605
15606 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15607
15608 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15609 Go to the Info directory node.
15610
15611 \(fn)" t nil)
15612
15613 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15614 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15615 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15616 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15617 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15618 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15619
15620 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15621
15622 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15623 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15624 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15625
15626 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15627
15628 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
15629 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15630 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15631 a list of keywords separated by comma.  After that, it displays a node
15632 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15633
15634 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
15635
15636 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15637 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15638 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15639 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15640 topics.  Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15641
15642 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help]  Invoke the Info tutorial.
15643 \\[Info-exit]   Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15644
15645 Selecting other nodes:
15646 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15647         Follow a node reference you click on.
15648           This works with menu items, cross references, and
15649           the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15650 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node]    Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15651 \\[Info-next]   Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15652 \\[Info-prev]   Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15653 \\[Info-up]     Move \"up\" from this node.
15654 \\[Info-menu]   Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15655           Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15656 \\[Info-directory]      Go to the Info directory node.
15657 \\[Info-top-node]       Go to the Top node of this file.
15658 \\[Info-final-node]     Go to the final node in this file.
15659 \\[Info-backward-node]  Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15660 \\[Info-forward-node]   Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15661 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15662 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15663 \\[Info-follow-reference]       Follow a cross reference.  Reads name of reference.
15664 \\[Info-history-back]   Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15665 \\[Info-history-forward]        Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15666 \\[Info-history]        Go to menu of visited nodes.
15667 \\[Info-toc]    Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15668
15669 Moving within a node:
15670 \\[Info-scroll-up]      Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15671           Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15672           screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15673           subnode.  When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15674           move up to the parent node.
15675 \\[Info-scroll-down]    Normally, scroll backward.  If the beginning of the buffer is
15676           already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15677           if there is none.
15678 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15679
15680 Advanced commands:
15681 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15682           and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15683 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively]        Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15684 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15685 \\[Info-index]  Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15686 \\[Info-index-next]     (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15687 \\[Info-virtual-index]  Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15688 \\[info-apropos]        Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15689 \\[Info-goto-node]      Move to node specified by name.
15690           You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15691 1 .. 9  Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15692           Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15693 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15694 \\[clone-buffer]        Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15695 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15696 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info]       Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15697
15698 \(fn)" t nil)
15699  (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15700
15701 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15702 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15703 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15704 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15705 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15706 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15707
15708 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15709  (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15710
15711 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15712 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15713 KEY is a string.
15714 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15715 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15716 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15717 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15718
15719 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15720
15721 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15722 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15723 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15724
15725 \(fn)" t nil)
15726
15727 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15728 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15729 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15730
15731 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15732
15733 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
15734 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
15735 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
15736 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer.
15737
15738 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
15739
15740 ;;;***
15741 \f
15742 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-look" "info-look.el" (21238 4664 559807
15743 ;;;;;;  0))
15744 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15745
15746 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15747 Throw away all cached data.
15748 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15749 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15750 system.
15751
15752 \(fn)" t nil)
15753  (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15754
15755 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15756 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15757 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15758 minibuffer.  In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15759 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it.  The default symbol is the
15760 one found at point.
15761
15762 With prefix arg MODE a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15763
15764 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15765  (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15766
15767 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15768 Display the documentation of a file.
15769 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15770 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15771 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15772 The default file name is the one found at point.
15773
15774 With prefix arg MODE a query for the file help mode is offered.
15775
15776 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15777
15778 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15779 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15780
15781 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15782
15783 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15784 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15785
15786 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15787
15788 ;;;***
15789 \f
15790 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (21187 63826 213216
15791 ;;;;;;  0))
15792 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15793 (push (purecopy '(info-xref 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15794
15795 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15796 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15797 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15798 current info file is the default.
15799
15800 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer.  The format is
15801 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally.  The
15802 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15803 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15804 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15805
15806 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15807 validate node references within it.  A message is given for
15808 missing target files once per source document.  It could be
15809 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
15810 mistake in the reference.
15811
15812 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
15813 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
15814 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
15815
15816 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
15817 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
15818 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
15819 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
15820
15821 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15822
15823 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15824 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
15825 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
15826 the info paths.  See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
15827 checked.
15828
15829 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
15830 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
15831 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't.  If you have a
15832 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
15833 extraneous files might be read.  This will be time consuming but
15834 should be harmless.
15835
15836 \(fn)" t nil)
15837
15838 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15839 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15840 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
15841 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
15842
15843 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
15844 get full link information.  This will be a lot of Lisp packages
15845 and can take a long time.
15846
15847 \(fn)" t nil)
15848
15849 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
15850 Check docstring info node references in source files.
15851 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
15852
15853     Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
15854
15855 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
15856 as per `info-xref-check' does.
15857
15858 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
15859 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default.  Usually this
15860 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
15861 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
15862 all builtins).
15863
15864 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
15865 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
15866 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too.  Even
15867 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
15868 the sources handy.
15869
15870 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
15871
15872 ;;;***
15873 \f
15874 ;;;### (autoloads nil "informat" "informat.el" (21240 46395 727291
15875 ;;;;;;  0))
15876 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15877
15878 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
15879 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15880
15881 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15882
15883 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
15884 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
15885
15886 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
15887
15888 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15889 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15890 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15891 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15892
15893 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15894 table.  The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15895 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15896
15897 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15898 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15899 file name.  The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15900 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15901
15902 \(fn)" t nil)
15903
15904 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15905 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15906 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15907
15908 \(fn)" t nil)
15909
15910 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15911 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15912 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15913 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15914 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15915
15916 \(fn)" nil nil)
15917
15918 ;;;***
15919 \f
15920 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el" (21187 63826
15921 ;;;;;;  213216 0))
15922 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
15923 (push (purecopy '(inversion 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15924
15925 (autoload 'inversion-require-emacs "inversion" "\
15926 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
15927 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
15928
15929 \(fn EMACS-VER XEMACS-VER SXEMACS-VER)" nil nil)
15930
15931 ;;;***
15932 \f
15933 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" (21187
15934 ;;;;;;  63826 213216 0))
15935 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15936
15937 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15938 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15939
15940 \(fn)" t nil)
15941
15942 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15943 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15944
15945 \(fn)" t nil)
15946
15947 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
15948
15949
15950 \(fn LAST-CHAR &optional COUNT)" nil nil)
15951
15952 ;;;***
15953 \f
15954 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (21240 46395 727291
15955 ;;;;;;  0))
15956 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15957 (push (purecopy '(isearchb 1 5)) package--builtin-versions)
15958
15959 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
15960 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15961 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15962 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15963 accessed via isearchb.
15964
15965 \(fn)" t nil)
15966
15967 ;;;***
15968 \f
15969 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el" (21187
15970 ;;;;;;  63826 213216 0))
15971 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15972
15973 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
15974 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15975 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15976 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
15977 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15978
15979 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15980
15981 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
15982 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15983 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
15984 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
15985 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15986
15987 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15988
15989 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
15990 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15991 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15992 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
15993 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15994
15995 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15996
15997 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15998 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15999 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16000 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
16001 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16002
16003 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16004
16005 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16006 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16007 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16008 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
16009 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16010
16011 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16012
16013 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
16014 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
16015 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16016 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
16017 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16018
16019 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16020
16021 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
16022 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
16023 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16024 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
16025 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16026
16027 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16028
16029 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
16030 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
16031 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16032 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16033
16034 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16035
16036 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16037 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16038 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16039 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16040
16041 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16042
16043 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
16044 Warn that format is read-only.
16045
16046 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16047
16048 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
16049 Warn that format is write-only.
16050
16051 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16052
16053 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
16054 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16055
16056 \(fn)" t nil)
16057
16058 ;;;***
16059 \f
16060 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16061 ;;;;;;  (21240 46395 727291 0))
16062 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16063  (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16064  (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16065
16066 ;;;***
16067 \f
16068 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (21227 34360
16069 ;;;;;;  69622 0))
16070 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16071
16072 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16073
16074 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16075 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16076 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
16077 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
16078 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
16079
16080 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16081
16082 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16083
16084 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16085 Key map for ispell menu.")
16086
16087 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16088 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16089 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16090 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16091
16092 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16093
16094 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16095
16096 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16097
16098 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16099
16100 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^      ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
16101 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16102 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16103 Valid forms include:
16104   (KEY) - just skip the key.
16105   (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP.  REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16106   (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP.  REGEXP must be a string.
16107   (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16108
16109 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[        \n]*{[  \n]*document[   \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[        \n]*{[  \n]*program[    \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[     \n]*{[  \n]*verbatim\\*?[       \n]*}")))) "\
16110 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16111 First list is used raw.
16112 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16113
16114 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16115 for skipping in latex mode.")
16116
16117 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^        \n>]" ">") ("&[^        \n;]" "[;       \n]")) "\
16118 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16119 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16120 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16121  (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16122 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16123  (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16124
16125 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16126 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16127 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16128 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16129
16130 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16131 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16132 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16133 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16134 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16135
16136 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16137 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16138
16139 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16140 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16141
16142 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16143 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16144
16145 This will check or reload the dictionary.  Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16146 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16147
16148 Return values:
16149 nil           word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16150 0             word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16151 \"word\"        word corrected from word list.
16152 \(\"word\" arg)  word is hand entered.
16153 quit          spell session exited.
16154
16155 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16156
16157 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16158 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16159 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16160
16161 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16162
16163 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16164 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16165
16166 Selections are:
16167
16168 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16169 SPC:   Accept word this time.
16170 `i':   Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16171 `a':   Accept word for this session.
16172 `A':   Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16173 `r':   Replace word with typed-in value.  Rechecked.
16174 `R':   Replace word with typed-in value.  Query-replaced in buffer.  Rechecked.
16175 `?':   Show these commands.
16176 `x':   Exit spelling buffer.  Move cursor to original point.
16177 `X':   Exit spelling buffer.  Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16178         the aborted check to be completed later.
16179 `q':   Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16180 `l':   Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary.  Wildcards okay.
16181 `u':   Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16182 `m':   Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16183 `C-l':  Redraw screen.
16184 `C-r':  Recursive edit.
16185 `C-z':  Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16186
16187 \(fn)" nil nil)
16188
16189 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16190 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16191 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16192 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
16193
16194 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR CLEAR)" t nil)
16195
16196 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16197 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16198 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16199 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16200
16201 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16202
16203 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16204
16205 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16206 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16207 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
16208 amount for last line processed.
16209
16210 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16211
16212 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16213 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16214
16215 \(fn)" t nil)
16216
16217 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16218 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16219
16220 \(fn)" t nil)
16221
16222 (autoload 'ispell-buffer-with-debug "ispell" "\
16223 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
16224 Use APPEND to append the info to previous buffer if exists.
16225
16226 \(fn &optional APPEND)" t nil)
16227
16228 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16229 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16230
16231 \(fn)" t nil)
16232
16233 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16234 Try to complete the word before or under point.
16235 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16236 sequence inside of a word.
16237
16238 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16239
16240 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16241
16242 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16243 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16244
16245 \(fn)" t nil)
16246
16247 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16248 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16249 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16250 that region.  Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16251
16252 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs.  If you are
16253 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16254 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16255 available on the net.
16256
16257 \(fn)" t nil)
16258
16259 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16260 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16261 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16262 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
16263 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16264
16265 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode.  When enabled,
16266 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16267 spelled.
16268
16269 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored.  To
16270 read them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
16271 SPC.
16272
16273 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
16274 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16275
16276 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16277
16278 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16279 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16280 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16281 Don't check included messages.
16282
16283 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16284 use the `x' command.  (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16285 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16286
16287 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16288 in your init file:
16289    (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message)  ;; GNUS 5
16290    (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message)    ;; GNUS 4
16291    (add-hook 'mail-send-hook  'ispell-message)
16292    (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16293
16294 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16295 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16296    (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16297
16298 \(fn)" t nil)
16299
16300 ;;;***
16301 \f
16302 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iswitchb" "obsolete/iswitchb.el" (21300 29848
16303 ;;;;;;  351552 156000))
16304 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/iswitchb.el
16305
16306 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16307 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16308 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16309 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16310 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16311 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16312
16313 (custom-autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" nil)
16314
16315 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "\
16316 Toggle Iswitchb mode.
16317 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iswitchb mode if ARG is
16318 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
16319 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16320
16321 Iswitchb mode is a global minor mode that enables switching
16322 between buffers using substrings.  See `iswitchb' for details.
16323
16324 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16325
16326 (make-obsolete 'iswitchb-mode "use `icomplete-mode' or `ido-mode' instead." "24.4")
16327
16328 ;;;***
16329 \f
16330 ;;;### (autoloads nil "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (21187
16331 ;;;;;;  63826 213216 0))
16332 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16333
16334 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16335
16336
16337 \(fn)" nil nil)
16338
16339 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16340 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16341 The argument may be a character or string.  The result has the same type.
16342 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16343 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16344  (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16345  may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16346  necessary to represent OBJ.
16347
16348 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16349
16350 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16351 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16352 The argument may be a character or string.  The result has the same type.
16353 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16354
16355 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16356
16357 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16358 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16359 The argument may be a character or string.  The result has the same type.
16360 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16361 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16362
16363 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16364
16365 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16366 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16367 The argument may be a character or string.  The result has the same type.
16368 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16369
16370 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16371
16372 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16373 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16374 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16375 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16376
16377 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16378
16379 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16380 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16381
16382 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16383
16384 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16385 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16386 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16387 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16388 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16389
16390 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16391
16392 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16393 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16394 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16395 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16396 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16397
16398 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16399
16400 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16401 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16402 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16403
16404 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16405
16406 ;;;***
16407 \f
16408 ;;;### (autoloads nil "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (21240 46395 727291
16409 ;;;;;;  0))
16410 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16411
16412 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16413 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16414 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16415 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16416
16417 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16418
16419
16420 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16421
16422 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16423 Uninstall jka-compr.
16424 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16425 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16426 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16427
16428 \(fn)" nil nil)
16429
16430 ;;;***
16431 \f
16432 ;;;### (autoloads nil "js" "progmodes/js.el" (21243 22582 782931
16433 ;;;;;;  0))
16434 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16435 (push (purecopy '(js 9)) package--builtin-versions)
16436
16437 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
16438 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16439
16440 \(fn)" t nil)
16441  (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
16442
16443 ;;;***
16444 \f
16445 ;;;### (autoloads nil "json" "json.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
16446 ;;; Generated autoloads from json.el
16447 (push (purecopy '(json 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
16448
16449 ;;;***
16450 \f
16451 ;;;### (autoloads nil "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el" (21187 63826
16452 ;;;;;;  213216 0))
16453 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16454
16455 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16456 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16457 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16458 decimal key must be specified.")
16459
16460 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16461
16462 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16463 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16464 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16465 decimal key must be specified.")
16466
16467 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16468
16469 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16470 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16471 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16472 decimal key must be specified.")
16473
16474 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16475
16476 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16477 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16478 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16479 decimal key must be specified.")
16480
16481 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16482
16483 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16484 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16485 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16486 are changed.  Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16487 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16488 keys are bound.
16489
16490  Setup      Binding
16491  -------------------------------------------------------------
16492  'prefix   Command prefix argument, i.e.  M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16493  'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16494  'cursor   Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16495  'numeric  Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and .  (or DECIMAL arg)
16496  'none     Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16497            this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16498            in the global and local keymaps.
16499
16500 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16501 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16502
16503 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16504
16505 ;;;***
16506 \f
16507 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" (21187
16508 ;;;;;;  63826 213216 0))
16509 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16510
16511 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16512 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16513 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16514
16515 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16516 at beginning of line or at end of line.  Characters not to be placed
16517 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16518 respectively.  This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16519 shorter.
16520
16521 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16522 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16523 the context of text formatting.
16524
16525 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16526
16527 ;;;***
16528 \f
16529 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (21187 63826 213216
16530 ;;;;;;  0))
16531 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16532
16533 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16534 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16535 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16536 candidate list.  Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16537 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16538 positions that contains the current selection.")
16539
16540 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16541 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16542 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16543 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16544 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16545 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16546 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16547
16548 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16549
16550 ;;;***
16551 \f
16552 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (21244 11875 194797 0))
16553 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16554  (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16555  (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16556  (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16557  (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16558  (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16559  (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16560  (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16561
16562 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16563 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16564 ARG is the number of times to execute the item.
16565
16566 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16567
16568 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16569 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16570 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16571 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16572 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16573
16574 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16575
16576 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16577 defined.  Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16578 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16579
16580 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16581 defining the macro.
16582
16583 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16584 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16585 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16586
16587 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16588 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16589
16590 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16591
16592 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16593 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16594 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16595 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16596 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16597 under that name.
16598
16599 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16600 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16601 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16602
16603 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16604
16605 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16606 Call the keyboard MACRO that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16607 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count.  Zero means repeat until error.
16608 MACRO defaults to `last-kbd-macro'.
16609
16610 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16611 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16612 command.  See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16613 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16614
16615 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16616 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16617
16618 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO MACRO)" t nil)
16619
16620 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16621 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16622 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16623
16624 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16625 macro.
16626
16627 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16628 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16629
16630 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16631 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing.  With \\[universal-argument],
16632 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16633
16634 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16635 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16636
16637 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16638
16639 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16640 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16641 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16642 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16643
16644 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16645
16646 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16647 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16648 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16649 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16650
16651 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16652 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16653
16654 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16655
16656 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16657 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16658 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16659
16660 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16661
16662 ;;;***
16663 \f
16664 ;;;### (autoloads nil "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (21187
16665 ;;;;;;  63826 213216 0))
16666 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16667
16668 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16669 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16670 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16671
16672 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16673
16674
16675 \(fn)" nil nil)
16676
16677 ;;;***
16678 \f
16679 ;;;### (autoloads nil "landmark" "play/landmark.el" (21187 63826
16680 ;;;;;;  213216 0))
16681 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16682
16683 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'landmark-test-run)
16684
16685 (autoload 'landmark-test-run "landmark" "\
16686 Run 100 Landmark games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16687
16688 \(fn)" t nil)
16689
16690 (autoload 'landmark "landmark" "\
16691 Start or resume an Landmark game.
16692 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16693 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16694
16695 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16696 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16697 none / 1   | yes                   | no
16698        2   | yes                   | yes
16699        3   | no                    | yes
16700        4   | no                    | no
16701
16702 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[landmark-start-robot],
16703 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16704 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16705
16706 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16707
16708 ;;;***
16709 \f
16710 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (21187 63826
16711 ;;;;;;  213216 0))
16712 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16713
16714 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16715
16716
16717 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16718
16719 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16720 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16721 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16722 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16723 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16724 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16725
16726 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16727 syllable.  In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16728
16729 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16730
16731 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16732 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16733
16734 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16735
16736 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16737
16738
16739 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16740
16741 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16742
16743
16744 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16745
16746 ;;;***
16747 \f
16748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (21187
16749 ;;;;;;  63826 213216 0))
16750 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16751
16752 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16753 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16754 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16755 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16756
16757 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16758
16759 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16760 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16761 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16762
16763 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16764
16765 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16766 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16767 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16768
16769 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16770
16771 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16772 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16773 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16774 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16775
16776 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16777
16778 ;;;***
16779 \f
16780 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
16781 ;;;;;;  (21187 63826 213216 0))
16782 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16783
16784 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16785 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16786 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16787 if no font is available to display it.  Characters are displayed using
16788 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match.  Otherwise
16789 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16790 methods.  Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16791 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16792
16793 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16794 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16795
16796 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16797 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16798
16799 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16800
16801 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16802 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16803 See option `latin1-display' for the method.  The members of the list
16804 must be in `latin1-display-sets'.  With no arguments, reset the
16805 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16806 `latin1-display-setup'.
16807
16808 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16809
16810 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16811 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16812 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser.  The display isn't
16813 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16814
16815 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16816 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16817
16818 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16819
16820 ;;;***
16821 \f
16822 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el" (21187
16823 ;;;;;;  63826 213216 0))
16824 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16825
16826 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16827 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16828
16829 \(fn)" t nil)
16830
16831 ;;;***
16832 \f
16833 ;;;### (autoloads nil "life" "play/life.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
16834 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16835
16836 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16837 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16838 The starting pattern is randomly selected.  Prefix arg (optional first
16839 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16840 generations (this defaults to 1).
16841
16842 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16843
16844 ;;;***
16845 \f
16846 ;;;### (autoloads nil "linum" "linum.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
16847 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16848 (push (purecopy '(linum 0 9 24)) package--builtin-versions)
16849
16850 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16851 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
16852 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
16853 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
16854 if ARG is omitted or nil.
16855
16856 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
16857
16858 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16859
16860 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16861 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16862 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16863 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16864 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16865 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16866
16867 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16868
16869 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16870 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
16871 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Linum mode if ARG is positive;
16872 otherwise, disable it.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16873 ARG is omitted or nil.
16874
16875 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
16876 `linum-on' would do it.
16877 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16878
16879 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16880
16881 ;;;***
16882 \f
16883 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (21240 46395 727291
16884 ;;;;;;  0))
16885 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16886
16887 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16888 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16889 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16890 is nil, raise an error.
16891
16892 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16893 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16894 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16895 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16896 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16897 defined by the library.
16898
16899 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16900 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else.  That function
16901 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library.  If
16902 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16903 standard unloading of the library.  Otherwise the standard unloading
16904 proceeds.
16905
16906 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16907 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16908 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16909 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16910
16911 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16912
16913 ;;;***
16914 \f
16915 ;;;### (autoloads nil "locate" "locate.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
16916 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16917
16918 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
16919 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16920 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16921
16922 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16923
16924 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16925 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16926 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument.  Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16927 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16928
16929 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16930 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16931 one per line.  The database normally consists of all files on your
16932 system, or of all files that you have access to.  Consult the
16933 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16934 which file names match SEARCH-STRING.  (Those details vary highly with
16935 the version.)
16936
16937 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16938 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16939
16940 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'.  See
16941 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16942
16943 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
16944 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
16945
16946 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16947
16948 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16949 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16950 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16951 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16952 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER.  It passes SEARCH-STRING
16953 to the locate executable program.  It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16954 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16955 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16956 to constrain a big search.
16957
16958 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16959
16960 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16961 except that FILTER is not optional.
16962
16963 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
16964
16965 ;;;***
16966 \f
16967 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (21239 25528 651427
16968 ;;;;;;  0))
16969 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
16970
16971 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
16972 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16973 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
16974 \\<log-edit-mode-map>
16975 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
16976 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
16977 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
16978 \\[kill-region].  Once the user is done editing the message,
16979 invoking the command \\[log-edit-done] (`log-edit-done') will
16980 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16981
16982 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
16983 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer.  Possible keys and
16984 associated values:
16985  `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
16986  files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
16987  `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
16988  displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
16989  `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
16990
16991 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
16992 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
16993 done.  Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
16994
16995 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16996
16997 ;;;***
16998 \f
16999 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (21195 57908 940910
17000 ;;;;;;  0))
17001 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
17002
17003 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
17004 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
17005
17006 \(fn)" t nil)
17007
17008 ;;;***
17009 \f
17010 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lpr" "lpr.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
17011 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
17012
17013 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
17014 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
17015
17016 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
17017 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
17018
17019 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
17020 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
17021 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
17022
17023 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
17024 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
17025
17026 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
17027 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17028 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17029 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17030 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer.  You can also set
17031 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17032 file.  If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17033
17034 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
17035
17036 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17037 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17038 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17039 switch on this list.
17040 See `lpr-command'.")
17041
17042 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
17043
17044 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
17045 Name of program for printing a file.
17046
17047 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17048 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17049 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17050 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17051 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17052 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17053 argument.")
17054
17055 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
17056
17057 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
17058 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17059 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17060 for customization of the printer command.
17061
17062 \(fn)" t nil)
17063
17064 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17065 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17066
17067 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17068 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17069 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17070 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17071
17072 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17073 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17074
17075 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17076 for further customization of the printer command.
17077
17078 \(fn)" t nil)
17079
17080 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17081 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17082 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17083 for customization of the printer command.
17084
17085 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17086
17087 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17088 Paginate and print the region contents.
17089
17090 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17091 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17092 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17093 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17094
17095 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17096 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17097
17098 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17099 for further customization of the printer command.
17100
17101 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17102
17103 ;;;***
17104 \f
17105 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (21240 46395 727291
17106 ;;;;;;  0))
17107 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17108
17109 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17110 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17111 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17112
17113 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17114
17115 ;;;***
17116 \f
17117 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (21187 63826 213216
17118 ;;;;;;  0))
17119 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17120
17121 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17122 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17123 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17124 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
17125
17126 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17127
17128 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
17129
17130 ;;;***
17131 \f
17132 ;;;### (autoloads nil "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (21187 63826
17133 ;;;;;;  213216 0))
17134 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17135
17136 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17137 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17138
17139 \(fn)" t nil)
17140
17141 ;;;***
17142 \f
17143 ;;;### (autoloads nil "macros" "macros.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
17144 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17145
17146 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17147 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17148 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17149 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17150 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17151
17152 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17153
17154 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17155 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro MACRONAME, as Lisp code.
17156 MACRONAME should be a symbol.
17157 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17158 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17159
17160 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17161 definition it has now.  If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17162 will also rebind those keys to the macro.  Only global key bindings
17163 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17164 bindings.
17165
17166 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17167 use this command, and then save the file.
17168
17169 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17170
17171 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17172 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17173   With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17174 commands even within a kbd macro.  You can give different commands
17175 each time the macro executes.
17176   Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17177 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17178 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17179 \\[skip]        Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17180 \\[exit]        Stop the macro entirely right now.
17181 \\[recenter]    Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17182 \\[edit]        Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17183
17184 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17185
17186 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17187 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17188 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17189 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17190
17191 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17192 BOTTOM, describing the current region.  TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17193 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17194 execute.
17195
17196 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17197 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17198
17199 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17200 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'.  To quote a
17201 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17202 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17203 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17204
17205 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17206 looked like this:
17207
17208     { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17209     { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17210     { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17211
17212 You could enter the names in this format:
17213
17214     foo
17215     bar
17216     baz
17217
17218 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17219
17220     \\C-x (
17221        \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17222     \\C-x )
17223
17224 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17225 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17226
17227 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17228  (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17229
17230 ;;;***
17231 \f
17232 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-extr" "mail/mail-extr.el" (21240 46395
17233 ;;;;;;  727291 0))
17234 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17235
17236 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17237 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17238 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).  If no
17239 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil.  Also see
17240 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17241 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17242
17243 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17244 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17245 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17246 each recipient.  If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17247 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17248
17249 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer.  If it is a buffer, the visible
17250 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17251 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17252 consing a string.)
17253
17254 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17255
17256 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17257 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17258
17259 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17260
17261 ;;;***
17262 \f
17263 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" (21187 63826
17264 ;;;;;;  213216 0))
17265 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17266
17267 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17268 Define keys for accessing mail header history.  For use in hooks.
17269
17270 \(fn)" nil nil)
17271
17272 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17273
17274
17275 \(fn)" nil nil)
17276
17277 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17278 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17279
17280 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17281
17282 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17283 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17284 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17285 message.
17286
17287 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17288
17289 \(fn)" nil nil)
17290
17291 ;;;***
17292 \f
17293 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (21240 46395
17294 ;;;;;;  727291 0))
17295 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17296
17297 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17298 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17299 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17300 often correct parser.")
17301
17302 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17303
17304 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17305 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17306 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17307 a value which excludes your own email address.
17308
17309 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17310 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17311
17312 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17313
17314 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17315 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17316
17317 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17318
17319 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17320 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
17321 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17322 we return it unconverted.
17323
17324 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17325 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17326
17327 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17328
17329 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17330 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17331 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17332 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17333
17334 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17335
17336 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17337 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17338 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17339 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17340
17341 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17342
17343 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17344 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17345 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17346 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17347 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17348 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17349 when finished.  Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17350 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17351 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17352 as Rmail does.
17353
17354 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17355
17356 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17357 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17358 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17359 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17360 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17361 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17362 matches may be returned from the message body.
17363
17364 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17365
17366 ;;;***
17367 \f
17368 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (21240 46395
17369 ;;;;;;  727291 0))
17370 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17371
17372 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17373 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17374 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17375 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17376 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17377 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17378
17379 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17380
17381 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17382 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17383 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17384 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
17385 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17386
17387 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode.  When enabled,
17388 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17389 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17390 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17391
17392 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17393
17394 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17395 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17396
17397 \(fn)" nil nil)
17398
17399 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17400 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17401 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17402
17403 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17404
17405 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17406 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17407 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17408
17409 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17410 from a mailrc file.  In that case, addresses are separated with
17411 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17412 double-quotes.
17413
17414 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17415
17416 ;;;***
17417 \f
17418 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (21240 46395
17419 ;;;;;;  727291 0))
17420 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17421
17422 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17423 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17424 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17425         king@grassland.com
17426 If `parens', they look like:
17427         king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17428 If `angles', they look like:
17429         Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17430
17431 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17432
17433 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17434 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17435 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17436 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17437 their `Resent-' variants.
17438
17439 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17440 removed from alias expansions.
17441
17442 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17443
17444 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17445 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17446 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17447
17448 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17449 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17450 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17451 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17452
17453 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17454
17455 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17456 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17457 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17458
17459 \(fn)" nil nil)
17460
17461 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17462 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17463 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'.  If none matches
17464 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17465
17466 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17467
17468 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function '"24.1")
17469
17470 ;;;***
17471 \f
17472 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el" (21215 8898
17473 ;;;;;;  840126 623000))
17474 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17475
17476 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17477 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17478 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17479 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17480
17481 \(fn)" nil nil)
17482
17483 ;;;***
17484 \f
17485 ;;;### (autoloads nil "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (21240
17486 ;;;;;;  46395 727291 0))
17487 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17488
17489 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17490 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17491
17492 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17493 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17494 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17495 `makefile-imake-mode'.  All but the last should be correctly
17496 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk.  This
17497 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17498
17499 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17500 provides additional parsing information.  This is used for
17501 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17502 dependency, despite the colon.
17503
17504 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17505
17506 In the browser, use the following keys:
17507
17508 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17509
17510 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17511
17512 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17513     Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17514
17515 `makefile-target-colon':
17516     The string that gets appended to all target names
17517     inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17518     \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17519
17520 `makefile-macro-assign':
17521    The string that gets appended to all macro names
17522    inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17523    The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17524    standard make expects.  However, newer makes such as dmake
17525    allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17526    might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17527
17528 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17529    If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17530    target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17531
17532 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17533    Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17534
17535 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17536    Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17537    up or down in the browser.
17538
17539 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17540    String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17541
17542 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17543    String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17544
17545 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17546    If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17547    will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17548    has been selected in the browser.
17549
17550 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17551    If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17552    `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17553    (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17554    filenames are omitted.
17555
17556 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17557    If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17558    will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17559    (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17560    This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17561    the backslash itself intact.
17562    IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17563    to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17564
17565 `makefile-browser-hook':
17566    A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17567    browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17568
17569 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17570    List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17571    on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17572    at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17573
17574 \(fn)" t nil)
17575
17576 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17577 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17578
17579 \(fn)" t nil)
17580
17581 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17582 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17583
17584 \(fn)" t nil)
17585
17586 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17587 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17588
17589 \(fn)" t nil)
17590
17591 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17592 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17593
17594 \(fn)" t nil)
17595
17596 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17597 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17598
17599 \(fn)" t nil)
17600
17601 ;;;***
17602 \f
17603 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makesum" "makesum.el" (21240 46395 727291
17604 ;;;;;;  0))
17605 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17606
17607 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17608 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17609 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17610
17611 \(fn)" t nil)
17612
17613 ;;;***
17614 \f
17615 ;;;### (autoloads nil "man" "man.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
17616 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17617
17618 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17619
17620 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17621 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17622 This command is the top-level command in the man package.  It
17623 runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17624 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17625 buffer.  See variable `Man-notify-method' for what happens when
17626 the buffer is ready.  If a buffer already exists for this man
17627 page, it will display immediately.
17628
17629 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17630 following.  \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17631 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17632
17633     cat(1)
17634     1 cat
17635
17636 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17637 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17638 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17639 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17640
17641     -a chmod
17642
17643 An explicit filename can be given too.  Use -l if it might
17644 otherwise look like a page name.
17645
17646     /my/file/name.1.gz
17647     -l somefile.1
17648
17649 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17650 names or descriptions.  The pattern argument is usually an
17651 \"egrep\" style regexp.
17652
17653     -k pattern
17654
17655 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17656
17657 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17658 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17659
17660 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17661
17662 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17663 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17664
17665 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17666
17667 ;;;***
17668 \f
17669 ;;;### (autoloads nil "master" "master.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
17670 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17671 (push (purecopy '(master 1 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
17672
17673 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17674 Toggle Master mode.
17675 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17676 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
17677 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17678
17679 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17680 using the following commands:
17681
17682 \\{master-mode-map}
17683
17684 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17685 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'.  You can show
17686 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17687
17688 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17689
17690 ;;;***
17691 \f
17692 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el" (21187 63826 213216
17693 ;;;;;;  0))
17694 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17695
17696 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17697 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17698 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17699 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17700 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17701 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17702
17703 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17704
17705 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17706 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17707 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
17708 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called
17709 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17710
17711 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode.  When
17712 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
17713 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt.  This is only useful if
17714 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17715
17716 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17717
17718 ;;;***
17719 \f
17720 ;;;### (autoloads nil "md4" "md4.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
17721 ;;; Generated autoloads from md4.el
17722 (push (purecopy '(md4 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17723
17724 ;;;***
17725 \f
17726 ;;;### (autoloads nil "message" "gnus/message.el" (21326 22692 123234
17727 ;;;;;;  0))
17728 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17729
17730 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17731
17732 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17733 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17734 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17735 C-c C-s  `message-send' (send the message)  C-c C-c  `message-send-and-exit'
17736 C-c C-d  Postpone sending the message       C-c C-k  Kill the message
17737 C-c C-f  move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17738          C-c C-f C-t  move to To        C-c C-f C-s  move to Subject
17739          C-c C-f C-c  move to Cc        C-c C-f C-b  move to Bcc
17740          C-c C-f C-w  move to Fcc       C-c C-f C-r  move to Reply-To
17741          C-c C-f C-u  move to Summary   C-c C-f C-n  move to Newsgroups
17742          C-c C-f C-k  move to Keywords  C-c C-f C-d  move to Distribution
17743          C-c C-f C-o  move to From (\"Originator\")
17744          C-c C-f C-f  move to Followup-To
17745          C-c C-f C-m  move to Mail-Followup-To
17746          C-c C-f C-e  move to Expires
17747          C-c C-f C-i  cycle through Importance values
17748          C-c C-f s    change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17749          C-c C-f x    crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17750          C-c C-f t    replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17751          C-c C-f a    Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17752 C-c C-t  `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17753 C-c C-l  `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17754 C-c C-n  `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17755 C-c C-b  `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17756 C-c C-i  `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17757 C-c C-w  `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17758 C-c C-y  `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17759 C-c C-q  `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17760 C-c C-e  `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17761 C-c C-v  `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17762 C-c C-z  `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17763 C-c C-r  `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17764 C-c C-a  `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17765 C-c C-u  `message-insert-or-toggle-importance'  (insert or cycle importance).
17766 C-c M-n  `message-insert-disposition-notification-to'  (request receipt).
17767 C-c M-m  `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17768 C-c M-f  `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17769 M-RET    `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17770
17771 \(fn)" t nil)
17772
17773 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17774 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17775 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs.  CONTINUE says whether
17776 to continue editing a message already being composed.  SWITCH-FUNCTION
17777 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17778
17779 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17780
17781 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17782 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17783
17784 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17785
17786 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17787 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17788
17789 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
17790
17791 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17792 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17793
17794 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17795
17796 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17797 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17798 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17799
17800 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17801
17802 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17803 Cancel an article you posted.
17804 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17805
17806 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17807
17808 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17809 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17810 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17811 header line with the old Message-ID.
17812
17813 \(fn)" t nil)
17814
17815 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17816 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17817
17818 \(fn)" t nil)
17819
17820 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17821 Forward the current message via mail.
17822 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17823 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17824
17825 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17826
17827 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17828
17829
17830 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17831
17832 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17833
17834
17835 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17836
17837 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17838 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17839
17840 \(fn)" t nil)
17841
17842 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17843 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17844
17845 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17846
17847 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17848 Re-mail the current message.
17849 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17850 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17851 you.
17852
17853 \(fn)" t nil)
17854
17855 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17856 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17857
17858 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17859
17860 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17861 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17862
17863 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17864
17865 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17866 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17867
17868 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17869
17870 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17871 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17872
17873 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17874
17875 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17876 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17877 Works by overstriking characters.
17878 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17879 which specify the range to operate on.
17880
17881 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17882
17883 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17884 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17885 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17886 which specify the range to operate on.
17887
17888 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17889
17890 ;;;***
17891 \f
17892 ;;;### (autoloads nil "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" (21187
17893 ;;;;;;  63826 213216 0))
17894 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17895 (push (purecopy '(meta-mode 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17896
17897 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17898 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17899
17900 \(fn)" t nil)
17901
17902 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17903 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17904
17905 \(fn)" t nil)
17906
17907 ;;;***
17908 \f
17909 ;;;### (autoloads nil "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" (21187 63826
17910 ;;;;;;  213216 0))
17911 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17912
17913 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17914 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17915 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17916
17917 \(fn)" t nil)
17918
17919 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17920 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17921 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17922 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17923 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17924 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17925 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17926
17927 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17928
17929 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17930 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17931 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17932 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17933 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17934 means current).
17935 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17936 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17937
17938 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17939
17940 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17941 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17942 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17943 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17944 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17945 means current).
17946 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17947 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17948
17949 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17950
17951 ;;;***
17952 \f
17953 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (21187 63826 213216
17954 ;;;;;;  0))
17955 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17956
17957 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17958 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17959 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17960
17961 \(fn)" t nil)
17962
17963 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
17964 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17965 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17966
17967 \(fn)" t nil)
17968
17969 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
17970 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17971
17972 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17973 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17974 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17975
17976 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17977 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17978
17979 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17980 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17981
17982 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17983
17984 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
17985
17986 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
17987 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17988 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17989 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17990 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17991 as `compose-mail'.
17992
17993 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17994 initial Subject field, respectively.
17995
17996 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17997 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17998 are strings.
17999
18000 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
18001 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
18002
18003 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18004
18005 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
18006 Save draft and send message.
18007
18008 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
18009 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
18010 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
18011 Mail Delivery*\".
18012
18013 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
18014 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
18015 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
18016
18017 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
18018 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18019 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18020 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18021 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18022 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18023
18024 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18025 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18026
18027 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
18028 message and scan line.
18029
18030 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18031
18032 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
18033 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18034
18035 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18036 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18037 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18038 delete the draft message.
18039
18040 \(fn)" t nil)
18041
18042 ;;;***
18043 \f
18044 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (21286 52150 476720 0))
18045 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18046 (push (purecopy '(mh-e 8 5 -4)) package--builtin-versions)
18047
18048 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18049
18050 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
18051
18052 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18053
18054 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
18055 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18056
18057 \(fn)" t nil)
18058
18059 ;;;***
18060 \f
18061 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-folder" "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (21286 52150
18062 ;;;;;;  476720 0))
18063 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18064
18065 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18066 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18067 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18068
18069 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18070 the MH mail system.
18071
18072 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18073
18074 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18075 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18076 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18077
18078 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18079 the MH mail system.
18080
18081 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18082
18083 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18084 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18085
18086 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18087 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18088 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18089 separate command.
18090
18091 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18092 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18093 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18094 format.
18095
18096 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18097
18098 Ranges
18099 ======
18100 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18101 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18102 can be used in several ways.
18103
18104 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18105 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18106 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18107 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18108 page):
18109
18110 <num1>-<num2>
18111     Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18112     The range must be nonempty.
18113
18114 <num>:N
18115 <num>:+N
18116 <num>:-N
18117     Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18118     may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18119     last.
18120
18121 first:N
18122 prev:N
18123 next:N
18124 last:N
18125     The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18126
18127 all
18128     All of the messages.
18129
18130 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18131 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18132
18133 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18134 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18135 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18136
18137 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18138
18139 \(fn)" t nil)
18140
18141 ;;;***
18142 \f
18143 ;;;### (autoloads nil "midnight" "midnight.el" (21187 63826 213216
18144 ;;;;;;  0))
18145 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18146
18147 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18148 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18149 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18150 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18151 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18152 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18153 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18154 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18155 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18156 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18157 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18158
18159 \(fn)" t nil)
18160
18161 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18162 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18163 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18164 to its second argument TM.
18165
18166 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18167
18168 ;;;***
18169 \f
18170 ;;;### (autoloads nil "minibuf-eldef" "minibuf-eldef.el" (21187 63826
18171 ;;;;;;  213216 0))
18172 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18173
18174 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18175 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18176 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18177 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18178 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18179 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18180
18181 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18182
18183 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18184 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18185 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18186 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called
18187 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18188
18189 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode.  When
18190 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18191 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18192 would yield the default value.  If the user modifies the input
18193 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18194 is modified to remove the default indication.
18195
18196 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18197
18198 ;;;***
18199 \f
18200 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misc" "misc.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
18201 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18202
18203 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18204 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18205 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once.  The disturbance
18206 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18207 upper atmosphere.  These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18208 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18209 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18210 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it.  This is a permuted
18211 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18212
18213 \(fn)" t nil)
18214
18215 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18216 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18217 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18218 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18219 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18220 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18221 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
18222 The return value is always nil.
18223
18224 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18225
18226 ;;;***
18227 \f
18228 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misearch" "misearch.el" (21245 64312 799897
18229 ;;;;;;  0))
18230 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18231  (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18232
18233 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18234 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18235
18236 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18237 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18238 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18239 next occurrence.
18240
18241 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18242 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18243 end of the search space).
18244
18245 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18246 search is currently searching.  It defines the base buffer relative to
18247 which this function should find the next buffer.  When the isearch
18248 direction is backward (when option `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18249 should return the previous buffer to search.
18250
18251 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18252 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18253 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18254
18255 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18256 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18257 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18258 Isearch starts.")
18259
18260 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18261 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18262 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18263
18264 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18265 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18266 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18267
18268 \(fn)" nil nil)
18269
18270 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18271 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18272 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18273 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18274 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18275 whose names match the specified regexp.
18276
18277 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18278
18279 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18280 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18281 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18282 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18283 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18284 whose names match the specified regexp.
18285
18286 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18287
18288 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18289 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18290 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18291 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18292 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18293 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18294 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18295
18296 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18297
18298 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18299 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18300 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18301 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18302 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18303 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18304 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18305
18306 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18307
18308 ;;;***
18309 \f
18310 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el" (21187
18311 ;;;;;;  63826 213216 0))
18312 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18313 (push (purecopy '(mixal-mode 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
18314
18315 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18316 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18317
18318 \(fn)" t nil)
18319
18320 ;;;***
18321 \f
18322 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el" (21187 63826
18323 ;;;;;;  213216 0))
18324 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18325
18326 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18327 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18328
18329 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18330
18331 ;;;***
18332 \f
18333 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (21296 1575
18334 ;;;;;;  438327 0))
18335 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18336
18337 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18338 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18339
18340 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18341
18342 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18343 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18344 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18345 the entire message.
18346 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18347
18348 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18349
18350 ;;;***
18351 \f
18352 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" (21187 63826
18353 ;;;;;;  213216 0))
18354 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18355
18356 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18357 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18358 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18359 the entire message.
18360 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18361
18362 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18363
18364 ;;;***
18365 \f
18366 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (21296 1575 438327
18367 ;;;;;;  0))
18368 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18369
18370 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18371 Insert file contents of URL.
18372 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18373
18374 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18375
18376 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18377 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18378
18379 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18380
18381 ;;;***
18382 \f
18383 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (21187 63826 213216
18384 ;;;;;;  0))
18385 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18386
18387 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18388 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18389 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18390 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18391 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18392
18393 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18394
18395 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18396 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18397 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18398
18399 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18400
18401 ;;;***
18402 \f
18403 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml" "gnus/mml.el" (21296 1575 438327 0))
18404 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18405
18406 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18407 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18408
18409 \(fn)" nil nil)
18410
18411 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18412 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18413 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18414 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]' in Message mode,
18415 or `\\[mail-send-and-exit]' or `\\[mail-send]' in Mail mode.
18416
18417 FILE is the name of the file to attach.  TYPE is its
18418 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\".  DESCRIPTION
18419 is a one-line description of the attachment.  The DISPOSITION
18420 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed.  It can
18421 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18422 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18423
18424 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18425
18426 ;;;***
18427 \f
18428 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el" (21296 1575 438327
18429 ;;;;;;  0))
18430 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18431
18432 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18433
18434
18435 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18436
18437 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18438
18439
18440 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18441
18442 ;;;***
18443 \f
18444 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (21296 1575 438327
18445 ;;;;;;  0))
18446 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18447
18448 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18449
18450
18451 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18452
18453 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18454
18455
18456 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18457
18458 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18459
18460
18461 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18462
18463 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18464
18465
18466 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18467
18468 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18469
18470
18471 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18472
18473 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18474
18475
18476 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18477
18478 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18479
18480
18481 \(fn)" nil nil)
18482
18483 ;;;***
18484 \f
18485 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (21187 63826
18486 ;;;;;;  213216 0))
18487 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
18488
18489 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
18490
18491 ;;;***
18492 \f
18493 ;;;### (autoloads nil "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (21282 19826
18494 ;;;;;;  403614 0))
18495 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18496
18497 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18498
18499 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18500 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18501 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18502 followed by the first character of the construct.
18503 \\<m2-mode-map>
18504   \\[m2-begin] begin         \\[m2-case] case
18505   \\[m2-definition] definition    \\[m2-else] else
18506   \\[m2-for] for           \\[m2-header] header
18507   \\[m2-if] if            \\[m2-module] module
18508   \\[m2-loop] loop          \\[m2-or] or
18509   \\[m2-procedure] procedure     Control-c Control-w with
18510   \\[m2-record] record        \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18511   \\[m2-type] type          \\[m2-until] until
18512   \\[m2-var] var           \\[m2-while] while
18513   \\[m2-export] export        \\[m2-import] import
18514   \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18515   \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs     \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18516   \\[m2-compile] compile           \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18517   \\[m2-link] link
18518
18519    `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18520    `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18521    `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18522
18523 \(fn)" t nil)
18524
18525 ;;;***
18526 \f
18527 ;;;### (autoloads nil "morse" "play/morse.el" (21187 63826 213216
18528 ;;;;;;  0))
18529 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18530
18531 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18532 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18533
18534 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18535
18536 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18537 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18538
18539 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18540
18541 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18542 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18543
18544 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18545
18546 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18547 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18548
18549 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18550
18551 ;;;***
18552 \f
18553 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-drag" "mouse-drag.el" (21202 31159 541460
18554 ;;;;;;  0))
18555 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18556
18557 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18558 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18559
18560 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18561 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location.  Try it;
18562 you'll like it.  It's easier to observe than to explain.
18563
18564 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18565 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18566 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18567
18568 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18569 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18570
18571 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18572 in the opposite direction.  (Different people have different ideas
18573 about which direction is natural.  Perhaps it has to do with which
18574 hemisphere you're in.)
18575
18576 To test this function, evaluate:
18577     (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
18578
18579 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18580
18581 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18582 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18583
18584 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18585 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18586
18587 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18588 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18589 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18590
18591 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18592 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18593
18594 To test this function, evaluate:
18595     (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
18596
18597 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18598
18599 ;;;***
18600 \f
18601 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpc" "mpc.el" (21315 5521 187938 0))
18602 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18603
18604 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18605 Main entry point for MPC.
18606
18607 \(fn)" t nil)
18608
18609 ;;;***
18610 \f
18611 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
18612 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18613
18614 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18615 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18616
18617 \(fn)" t nil)
18618
18619 ;;;***
18620 \f
18621 ;;;### (autoloads nil "msb" "msb.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
18622 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18623
18624 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18625 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18626 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18627 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18628 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18629 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18630
18631 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18632
18633 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18634 Toggle Msb mode.
18635 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18636 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18637 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18638
18639 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18640 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18641
18642 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18643
18644 ;;;***
18645 \f
18646 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (21187
18647 ;;;;;;  63826 213216 0))
18648 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18649
18650 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18651 Display a list of all character sets.
18652
18653 The D column contains the dimension of this character set.  The CH
18654 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18655 set.  The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18656 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18657 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18658
18659 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18660 but still shows the full information.
18661
18662 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18663
18664 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18665 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18666 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18667
18668 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18669 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18670 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18671 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18672 meanings of these arguments.
18673
18674 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18675
18676 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18677 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18678
18679 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18680
18681 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18682 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18683
18684 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18685
18686 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18687 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18688
18689 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18690
18691 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18692 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18693
18694 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18695 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18696 in place of `..':
18697   `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18698   eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18699   Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18700   eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18701   Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18702   eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18703   `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18704   eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18705   `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18706   eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18707   default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18708   eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18709   `default-process-coding-system' for read
18710   eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18711   `default-process-coding-system' for write
18712   eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18713
18714 \(fn)" t nil)
18715
18716 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18717 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18718
18719 \(fn)" t nil)
18720
18721 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18722 Display a list of all coding systems.
18723 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18724
18725 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18726 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18727
18728 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18729
18730 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18731 Display a list of all coding categories.
18732
18733 \(fn)" nil nil)
18734
18735 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18736 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18737 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18738
18739 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18740
18741 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18742 Display information about FONTSET.
18743 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18744
18745 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18746
18747 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18748 Display a list of all fontsets.
18749 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18750 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18751 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18752
18753 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18754
18755 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18756 Display information about all input methods.
18757
18758 \(fn)" t nil)
18759
18760 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18761 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18762
18763 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18764 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18765 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18766 system which uses fontsets).
18767
18768 \(fn)" t nil)
18769
18770 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18771 Show log of font listing and opening.
18772 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18773 The default is 20.  If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18774
18775 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18776
18777 ;;;***
18778 \f
18779 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (21187
18780 ;;;;;;  63826 213216 0))
18781 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18782
18783 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18784 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18785
18786 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18787 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18788
18789 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18790 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18791
18792 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18793
18794 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18795 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18796 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18797 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18798 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR.  Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18799 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18800 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18801
18802 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18803 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18804 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18805 comes in the middle of a character in STR.  PADDING is also added at
18806 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18807 middle of a character in STR.
18808
18809 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18810 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18811
18812 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18813 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18814 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18815 width of ELLIPSIS.  If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18816 defaults to \"...\".
18817
18818 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18819
18820 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18821 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18822
18823 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18824 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18825 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18826
18827 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18828 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT.  KEYSEQ
18829 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18830
18831 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18832 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18833 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18834  are considered.
18835 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18836 longer than KEYSEQ.
18837 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18838
18839 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18840
18841 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18842 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST.  Return the definition.
18843 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18844 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18845 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18846 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18847 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18848  how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18849  to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18850 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18851  even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18852
18853 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18854
18855 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18856 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18857
18858 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18859
18860 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18861 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18862
18863 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18864
18865 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18866 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18867
18868 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18869
18870 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18871 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18872
18873 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18874
18875 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18876 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18877 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems.  See `set-coding-system-priority'.
18878 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
18879 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18880
18881 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
18882 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
18883
18884 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18885 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18886 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18887 coding systems ordered by priority.
18888
18889 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
18890
18891 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority '"23.1")
18892
18893 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18894 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18895 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18896 language environment LANG-ENV.
18897
18898 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18899
18900 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18901 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18902 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18903 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
18904 CHAR's charset in general.  Since fonts may be specified on a
18905 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
18906
18907 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18908
18909 ;;;***
18910 \f
18911 ;;;### (autoloads nil "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (21187 63826
18912 ;;;;;;  213216 0))
18913 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18914
18915 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18916 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
18917
18918 \(fn)" t nil)
18919
18920 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18921 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
18922
18923 \(fn)" t nil)
18924
18925 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18926 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
18927
18928 \(fn)" t nil)
18929
18930 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18931 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
18932
18933 \(fn)" t nil)
18934
18935 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18936 Run route and display diagnostic output.
18937
18938 \(fn)" t nil)
18939
18940 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
18941 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18942
18943 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18944
18945 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
18946 Ping HOST.
18947 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18948 `ping-program-options'.
18949
18950 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18951
18952 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
18953 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18954
18955 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18956
18957 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
18958 Run nslookup program.
18959
18960 \(fn)" t nil)
18961
18962 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
18963 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18964
18965 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18966
18967 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
18968 Run dig program.
18969
18970 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18971
18972 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
18973 Run ftp program.
18974
18975 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18976
18977 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
18978 Finger USER on HOST.
18979
18980 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18981
18982 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
18983 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18984 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18985 from SEARCH-STRING.  With argument, prompt for whois server.
18986
18987 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18988
18989 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
18990
18991
18992 \(fn)" t nil)
18993
18994 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
18995 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18996
18997 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18998
18999 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
19000 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
19001
19002 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
19003
19004 ;;;***
19005 \f
19006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (21187 63826 213216
19007 ;;;;;;  0))
19008 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
19009
19010 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
19011 Return a user name/password pair.
19012 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
19013 listed in the PORTS list.
19014
19015 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
19016
19017 ;;;***
19018 \f
19019 ;;;### (autoloads nil "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el" (21187
19020 ;;;;;;  63826 213216 0))
19021 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
19022
19023 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
19024 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
19025 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
19026 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
19027 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
19028 closes it.
19029
19030 NAME is the name for the process.  It is modified if necessary to
19031  make it unique.
19032 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
19033  Process output goes at end of that buffer.  BUFFER may be nil,
19034  meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
19035 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
19036 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
19037  a port number to connect to.
19038
19039 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
19040 values:
19041
19042 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
19043   nil or `network'
19044              -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
19045                 the parameters :success and :capability-command
19046                 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
19047                 connection via STARTTLS.  Even if that
19048                 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
19049                 an unencrypted connection.
19050   `plain'    -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
19051   `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
19052                 upgrading via STARTTLS.  If that fails for any
19053                 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
19054                 returned object is a killed process.
19055   `tls'      -- A TLS connection.
19056   `ssl'      -- Equivalent to `tls'.
19057   `shell'    -- A shell connection.
19058
19059 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
19060   If omitted or nil, return a process object.  A non-nil means to
19061   return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
19062   is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
19063    :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
19064    :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
19065                     or nil if none could be found.
19066    :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
19067             or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
19068
19069 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
19070
19071 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
19072   response to the command specified for :capability-command.
19073   It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
19074
19075 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
19076   successful STARTTLS negotiation.  For instance, the default
19077   should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
19078
19079 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
19080   for its capabilities.  For instance, for IMAP this should be
19081   \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
19082
19083 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
19084   This function should take one parameter, the response to the
19085   capability command, and should return the command to switch on
19086   STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
19087
19088 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
19089   capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
19090
19091 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
19092   element is the certificate key file name, and the second
19093   element is the certificate file name itself, or `t', which
19094   means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
19095   certificate.  This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
19096   or STARTTLS connections.
19097
19098 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
19099 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
19100
19101 :nogreeting is a boolean that can be used to inhibit waiting for
19102 a greeting from the server.
19103
19104 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
19105   asynchronously, if possible.
19106
19107 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
19108
19109 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
19110
19111 ;;;***
19112 \f
19113 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-backend" "net/newst-backend.el" (21260
19114 ;;;;;;  57908 370145 500000))
19115 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19116
19117 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19118 Check whether newsticker is running.
19119 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise.  Newsticker is
19120 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19121
19122 \(fn)" nil nil)
19123
19124 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19125 Start the newsticker.
19126 Start the timers for display and retrieval.  If the newsticker, i.e. the
19127 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19128 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19129 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19130
19131 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19132
19133 ;;;***
19134 \f
19135 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19136 ;;;;;;  (21187 63826 213216 0))
19137 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19138
19139 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19140 Start newsticker plainview.
19141
19142 \(fn)" t nil)
19143
19144 ;;;***
19145 \f
19146 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el" (21187
19147 ;;;;;;  63826 213216 0))
19148 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19149
19150 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19151 Start reading news.  You may want to bind this to a key.
19152
19153 \(fn)" t nil)
19154
19155 ;;;***
19156 \f
19157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (21187
19158 ;;;;;;  63826 213216 0))
19159 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19160
19161 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19162 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19163 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise.  Newsticker is
19164 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19165 empty.
19166
19167 \(fn)" nil nil)
19168
19169 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19170 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19171 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19172 running already.
19173
19174 \(fn)" t nil)
19175
19176 ;;;***
19177 \f
19178 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el" (21187
19179 ;;;;;;  63826 213216 0))
19180 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19181
19182 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19183 Start newsticker treeview.
19184
19185 \(fn)" t nil)
19186
19187 ;;;***
19188 \f
19189 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newsticker" "net/newsticker.el" (21194 37048
19190 ;;;;;;  599945 0))
19191 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
19192 (push (purecopy '(newsticker 1 99)) package--builtin-versions)
19193
19194 ;;;***
19195 \f
19196 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el" (21204 37210 187838
19197 ;;;;;;  0))
19198 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19199
19200 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19201 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19202
19203 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19204
19205 ;;;***
19206 \f
19207 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (21187 63826 213216
19208 ;;;;;;  0))
19209 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19210
19211 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19212 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19213 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19214 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19215 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19216 symbol in the alist.
19217
19218 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19219
19220 ;;;***
19221 \f
19222 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" (21296 1575 438327
19223 ;;;;;;  0))
19224 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19225
19226 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19227 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19228 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19229
19230 \(fn)" t nil)
19231
19232 ;;;***
19233 \f
19234 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
19235 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19236
19237 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19238 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19239
19240 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19241
19242 ;;;***
19243 \f
19244 ;;;### (autoloads nil "novice" "novice.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
19245 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19246
19247 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19248
19249 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19250 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19251 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19252
19253 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19254
19255
19256 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19257
19258 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19259 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19260 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19261 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19262 to future sessions.
19263
19264 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19265
19266 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19267 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19268 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19269 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
19270 future sessions.
19271
19272 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19273
19274 ;;;***
19275 \f
19276 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" (21240
19277 ;;;;;;  46395 727291 0))
19278 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19279
19280 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19281 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19282 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19283 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19284 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19285 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19286
19287 \(fn)" t nil)
19288
19289 ;;;***
19290 \f
19291 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ntlm" "net/ntlm.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
19292 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ntlm.el
19293 (push (purecopy '(ntlm 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
19294
19295 ;;;***
19296 \f
19297 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el" (21293 25385
19298 ;;;;;;  120083 0))
19299 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19300
19301 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19302 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19303 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19304 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19305
19306 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19307
19308 ;;;***
19309 \f
19310 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (21327 43559
19311 ;;;;;;  923043 0))
19312 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19313
19314 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19315 Major mode for editing XML.
19316
19317 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19318 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19319 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19320 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19321 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19322 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19323 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19324
19325 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19326
19327 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19328 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19329
19330 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form.  The
19331 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19332 is recognized as a section.  The same key sequences that change
19333 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19334 instead of C-c.
19335
19336 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19337 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive.  Element
19338 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19339 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19340 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19341 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19342
19343 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19344 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19345 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19346
19347 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19348 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19349 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19350
19351 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19352 operate on XML markup items.  Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19353 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19354 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19355 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item.  By default, each
19356 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19357 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19358 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t.  For more details, see the function
19359 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19360
19361 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19362
19363 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19364 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19365
19366 \(fn)" t nil)
19367
19368 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19369
19370 ;;;***
19371 \f
19372 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-uchnm" "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (21293 25385
19373 ;;;;;;  120083 0))
19374 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19375
19376 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19377 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19378 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19379 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19380
19381 \(fn)" t nil)
19382
19383 ;;;***
19384 \f
19385 ;;;### (autoloads nil "octave" "progmodes/octave.el" (21322 25639
19386 ;;;;;;  363230 0))
19387 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave.el
19388
19389 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave" "\
19390 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19391
19392 Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19393 computations.  It provides a convenient command line interface
19394 for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically.  Function
19395 definitions can also be stored in files and used in batch mode.
19396
19397 See Info node `(octave-mode) Using Octave Mode' for more details.
19398
19399 Key bindings:
19400 \\{octave-mode-map}
19401
19402 \(fn)" t nil)
19403
19404 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave" "\
19405 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19406 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode.  See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19407
19408 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19409
19410 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19411 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19412
19413 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19414 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19415 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19416
19417 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19418
19419 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19420
19421 ;;;***
19422 \f
19423 ;;;### (autoloads nil "opascal" "progmodes/opascal.el" (21282 19826
19424 ;;;;;;  403614 0))
19425 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/opascal.el
19426
19427 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'delphi-mode 'opascal-mode "24.4")
19428
19429 (autoload 'opascal-mode "opascal" "\
19430 Major mode for editing OPascal code.\\<opascal-mode-map>
19431 \\[opascal-find-unit]   - Search for a OPascal source file.
19432 \\[opascal-fill-comment]        - Fill the current comment.
19433 \\[opascal-new-comment-line]    - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
19434
19435 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
19436
19437 Customization:
19438
19439  `opascal-indent-level'                (default 3)
19440     Indentation of OPascal statements with respect to containing block.
19441  `opascal-compound-block-indent'       (default 0)
19442     Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
19443  `opascal-case-label-indent'           (default 0)
19444     Extra indentation for case statement labels.
19445  `opascal-search-path'                 (default .)
19446     Directories to search when finding external units.
19447  `opascal-verbose'                     (default nil)
19448     If true then OPascal token processing progress is reported to the user.
19449
19450 Coloring:
19451
19452  `opascal-keyword-face'                (default `font-lock-keyword-face')
19453     Face used to color OPascal keywords.
19454
19455 \(fn)" t nil)
19456
19457 ;;;***
19458 \f
19459 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org" "org/org.el" (21335 37672 97862 0))
19460 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19461
19462 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19463 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19464
19465 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19466
19467 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "org" "\
19468 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
19469 This function exports the source code using `org-babel-tangle'
19470 and then loads the resulting file using `load-file'.  With prefix
19471 arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg) COMPILE the tangled Emacs Lisp
19472 file to byte-code before it is loaded.
19473
19474 \(fn FILE &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
19475
19476 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19477 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19478 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
19479 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
19480 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
19481
19482 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
19483
19484 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19485 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19486
19487 \(fn)" nil nil)
19488
19489 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
19490 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19491
19492 \(fn)" nil nil)
19493
19494 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19495 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19496 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19497
19498 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19499 contains information about projects as plain text.  Org-mode is
19500 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19501 of large files well structured.  It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19502 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19503 calendar.  Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19504 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19505 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19506 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19507 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19508
19509 The following commands are available:
19510
19511 \\{org-mode-map}
19512
19513 \(fn)" t nil)
19514
19515 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19516 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19517
19518 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key.  Its main purpose
19519 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
19520 in special contexts.
19521
19522 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19523   buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19524   1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19525   2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19526   3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19527   When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19528   determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19529   properties in the buffer.
19530   When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19531   including any drawers.
19532
19533 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
19534
19535 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19536   by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19537   1. FOLDED:   Only the main headline is shown.
19538   2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19539                From this state, you can move to one of the children
19540                and zoom in further.
19541   3. SUBTREE:  Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19542   If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
19543
19544 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
19545   `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
19546   of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels.  This
19547   speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
19548   times right after creating a new headline.
19549
19550 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19551   a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position.  If ARG
19552   is negative, go up that many levels.
19553
19554 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19555   binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line.  See the option
19556   `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19557
19558 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19559   no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
19560   (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
19561   But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19562
19563 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19564
19565 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19566 Cycle the global visibility.  For details see `org-cycle'.
19567 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19568 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19569
19570 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19571 (put 'orgstruct-heading-prefix-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19572
19573 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19574 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19575 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19576 modes.  The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19577 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19578 defined by Org-mode).
19579
19580 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19581
19582 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19583 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19584
19585 \(fn)" nil nil)
19586
19587 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19588 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19589
19590 \(fn)" nil nil)
19591
19592 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19593 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19594 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19595 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19596 call CMD.
19597
19598 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19599
19600 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19601 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19602 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19603 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19604
19605 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted.
19606 For links to Usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19607 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19608
19609 A double prefix arg force skipping storing functions that are not
19610 part of Org's core.
19611
19612 A triple prefix arg force storing a link for each line in the
19613 active region.
19614
19615 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19616
19617 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19618 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19619 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19620
19621 \(fn)" t nil)
19622
19623 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19624 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19625 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19626 Org-mode syntax.
19627
19628 \(fn)" t nil)
19629
19630 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19631 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19632
19633 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19634
19635 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19636 Switch between Org buffers.
19637 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
19638 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19639
19640 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19641 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19642
19643 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19644
19645 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19646
19647 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19648
19649 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19650 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19651 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19652 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19653
19654 \(fn)" t nil)
19655
19656 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19657 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19658
19659 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19660
19661 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19662 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19663 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19664
19665 \(fn)" t nil)
19666
19667 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19668 Reload all org lisp files.
19669 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19670
19671 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19672
19673 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19674 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19675
19676 \(fn)" t nil)
19677
19678 ;;;***
19679 \f
19680 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (21335 37672
19681 ;;;;;;  97862 0))
19682 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19683
19684 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19685 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
19686
19687 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19688
19689 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19690 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19691 Prompts for a command to execute.  Any prefix arg will be passed
19692 on to the selected command.  The default selections are:
19693
19694 a     Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19695 t     Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19696 T     Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19697       entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19698 m     Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19699       a condition  (the user is prompted for the condition).
19700 M     Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19701 L     Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19702 e     Export views to associated files.
19703 s     Search entries for keywords.
19704 S     Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
19705 /     Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
19706       in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19707 <     Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
19708       Press several times to get the desired effect.
19709 >     Remove a previous restriction.
19710 #     List \"stuck\" projects.
19711 !     Configure what \"stuck\" means.
19712 C     Configure custom agenda commands.
19713
19714 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19715 `org-agenda-custom-commands'.  In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19716 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19717
19718 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19719 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19720 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19721 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19722 \(if active).
19723
19724 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19725
19726 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19727 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19728 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19729 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command.  If it is a
19730 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19731 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19732 before running the agenda command.
19733
19734 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19735
19736 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19737 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19738 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19739 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command.  If it is a
19740 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19741 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19742 before running the agenda command.
19743
19744 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item.  Each
19745 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19746
19747 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19748
19749 category     The category of the item
19750 head         The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19751 type         The type of the agenda entry, can be
19752                 todo               selected in TODO match
19753                 tagsmatch          selected in tags match
19754                 diary              imported from diary
19755                 deadline           a deadline on given date
19756                 scheduled          scheduled on given date
19757                 timestamp          entry has timestamp on given date
19758                 closed             entry was closed on given date
19759                 upcoming-deadline  warning about deadline
19760                 past-scheduled     forwarded scheduled item
19761                 block              entry has date block including g. date
19762 todo         The todo keyword, if any
19763 tags         All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19764 date         The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19765 time         The time, like 15:00-16:50
19766 extra        Sting with extra planning info
19767 priority-l   The priority letter if any was given
19768 priority-n   The computed numerical priority
19769 agenda-day   The day in the agenda where this is listed
19770
19771 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19772
19773 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19774 Store agenda views.
19775
19776 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19777
19778 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19779 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19780
19781 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19782
19783 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19784 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19785 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19786 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19787
19788 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19789 span ARG days.  Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
19790 the number of days.  SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
19791
19792 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19793 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19794
19795 When WITH-HOUR is non-nil, only include scheduled and deadline
19796 items if they have an hour specification like [h]h:mm.
19797
19798 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN WITH-HOUR)" t nil)
19799
19800 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
19801 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
19802
19803 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19804 TODO entries.  The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
19805 string into this function.  If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
19806 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19807 EDIT-AT.
19808
19809 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
19810 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
19811 in a Boolean way to select an entry.  The default depends on the variable
19812 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
19813 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
19814 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with  \"+\" or \"-\".
19815
19816 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
19817 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
19818 including newlines.
19819
19820 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
19821 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
19822 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry.  Words without
19823 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry.  Matching is
19824 case-insensitive.  Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
19825 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
19826 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
19827
19828 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
19829 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
19830 match in the entry.  Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
19831 as a whole, to include whitespace.
19832
19833 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19834 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19835   exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19836   that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19837 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
19838   with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
19839   Boolean search must match as full words.
19840
19841 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19842 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19843
19844 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19845
19846 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
19847 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19848 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19849 the list to these.  When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19850 for a keyword.  A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19851 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19852
19853 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19854
19855 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
19856 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19857 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19858
19859 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19860
19861 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
19862 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19863 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions.  For the definitions
19864 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19865 `org-stuck-projects'.
19866
19867 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19868
19869 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
19870 Return diary information from org files.
19871 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19872 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19873 listed in the diary.  The function accepts arguments specifying what
19874 items should be listed.  For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
19875 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
19876
19877 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19878
19879    &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19880
19881 Use a separate line for each org file to check.  Or, if you omit the file name,
19882 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19883
19884    &%%(org-diary)
19885
19886 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default value
19887 of `org-agenda-entry-types' is used: (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp).
19888 So the example above may also be written as
19889
19890    &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19891
19892 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19893 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works.  Don't use this
19894 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19895
19896 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19897
19898 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
19899 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
19900
19901 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
19902
19903 (autoload 'org-agenda-set-restriction-lock "org-agenda" "\
19904 Set restriction lock for agenda, to current subtree or file.
19905 Restriction will be the file if TYPE is `file', or if type is the
19906 universal prefix '(4), or if the cursor is before the first headline
19907 in the file.  Otherwise, restriction will be to the current subtree.
19908
19909 \(fn &optional TYPE)" t nil)
19910
19911 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19912 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
19913 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
19914
19915 \(fn)" t nil)
19916
19917 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
19918 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
19919 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
19920 appointments.
19921
19922 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
19923 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
19924
19925 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
19926 for filtering entries out.
19927
19928 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
19929 calling the function returns nil.  This function takes one
19930 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
19931
19932 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
19933 either 'headline or 'category.  For example:
19934
19935   '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
19936     (category \"Work\"))
19937
19938 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
19939 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
19940
19941 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
19942 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline*, :scheduled*
19943 \(i.e., deadlines and scheduled items with a hh:mm specification)
19944 and :timestamp entries.  See the docstring of `org-diary' for
19945 details and examples.
19946
19947 If an entry has a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
19948 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
19949
19950 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
19951
19952 ;;;***
19953 \f
19954 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (21335 37672
19955 ;;;;;;  97862 0))
19956 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
19957
19958 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
19959 Capture STRING with the template selected by KEYS.
19960
19961 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
19962
19963 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
19964 Capture something.
19965 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
19966 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
19967 file the newly captured information.  The text is immediately inserted
19968 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
19969 edit it.  Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
19970 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
19971
19972 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
19973 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
19974 stores its notes.  With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
19975 stored.
19976
19977 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
19978
19979 ELisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
19980 in `org-capture-templates'.  In this case, interactive selection
19981 will be bypassed.
19982
19983 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
19984 agenda will use the date at point as the default date.  Then, a
19985 `C-1' prefix will tell the capture process to use the HH:MM time
19986 of the day at point (if any) or the current HH:MM time.
19987
19988 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
19989
19990 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
19991 Set `org-capture-templates' to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
19992
19993 \(fn)" t nil)
19994
19995 ;;;***
19996 \f
19997 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (21335 37672
19998 ;;;;;;  97862 0))
19999 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
20000
20001 (autoload 'org-columns-remove-overlays "org-colview" "\
20002 Remove all currently active column overlays.
20003
20004 \(fn)" t nil)
20005
20006 (autoload 'org-columns-get-format-and-top-level "org-colview" "\
20007
20008
20009 \(fn)" nil nil)
20010
20011 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
20012 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
20013 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
20014
20015 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
20016
20017 (autoload 'org-columns-compute "org-colview" "\
20018 Sum the values of property PROPERTY hierarchically, for the entire buffer.
20019
20020 \(fn PROPERTY)" t nil)
20021
20022 (autoload 'org-columns-number-to-string "org-colview" "\
20023 Convert a computed column number to a string value, according to FMT.
20024
20025 \(fn N FMT &optional PRINTF)" nil nil)
20026
20027 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
20028 Write the column view table.
20029 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
20030
20031 :width    enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
20032 :id       the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
20033           should be built.  When the symbol `local', call locally.
20034           When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
20035           of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
20036           to column view).  When \"file:path/to/file.org\", invoke column
20037           view at the start of that file.  Otherwise, the ID is located
20038           using `org-id-find'.
20039 :hlines   When t, insert a hline before each item.  When a number, insert
20040           a hline before each level <= that number.
20041 :vlines   When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
20042 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
20043 :skip-empty-rows
20044           When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
20045 :format   When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
20046
20047 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
20048
20049 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
20050 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
20051
20052 \(fn)" t nil)
20053
20054 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
20055 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
20056
20057 \(fn)" t nil)
20058
20059 ;;;***
20060 \f
20061 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el" (21335 37672
20062 ;;;;;;  97862 0))
20063 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
20064
20065 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
20066 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
20067
20068 \(fn)" nil t)
20069
20070 ;;;***
20071 \f
20072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macs" "org/org-macs.el" (21187 63826 213216
20073 ;;;;;;  0))
20074 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macs.el
20075
20076 (autoload 'org-load-noerror-mustsuffix "org-macs" "\
20077 Load FILE with optional arguments NOERROR and MUSTSUFFIX.  Drop the MUSTSUFFIX argument for XEmacs, which doesn't recognize it.
20078
20079 \(fn FILE)" nil t)
20080
20081 ;;;***
20082 \f
20083 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-version" "org/org-version.el" (21335 37672
20084 ;;;;;;  97862 0))
20085 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
20086
20087 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
20088 The release version of org-mode.
20089   Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20090
20091 \(fn)" nil nil)
20092
20093 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
20094 The Git version of org-mode.
20095   Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20096
20097 \(fn)" nil nil)
20098
20099 ;;;***
20100 \f
20101 ;;;### (autoloads nil "outline" "outline.el" (21240 46395 727291
20102 ;;;;;;  0))
20103 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20104 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20105 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20106
20107 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20108 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20109 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20110 two for subheadings, etc.  Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20111
20112 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20113 invisible, or visible again.  Invisible lines are attached to the end
20114 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20115 back.  A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20116
20117 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
20118 \\[outline-next-visible-heading]   outline-next-visible-heading      move by visible headings
20119 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading]   outline-previous-visible-heading
20120 \\[outline-forward-same-level]   outline-forward-same-level        similar but skip subheadings
20121 \\[outline-backward-same-level]   outline-backward-same-level
20122 \\[outline-up-heading]   outline-up-heading                 move from subheading to heading
20123
20124 \\[hide-body]   make all text invisible (not headings).
20125 \\[show-all]    make everything in buffer visible.
20126 \\[hide-sublevels]  make only the first N levels of headers visible.
20127
20128 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
20129 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
20130 \\[hide-subtree]   hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
20131 \\[show-subtree]   show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
20132 \\[show-children]   show-children       make direct subheadings visible.
20133                  No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20134                  With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20135 \\[hide-entry]     make immediately following body invisible.
20136 \\[show-entry]     make it visible.
20137 \\[hide-leaves]    make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20138                      The subheadings remain visible.
20139 \\[show-branches]  make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20140
20141 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20142 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20143 beginning of the line.  The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20144
20145 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20146 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20147
20148 \(fn)" t nil)
20149
20150 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20151 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20152 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
20153 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
20154 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20155
20156 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20157
20158 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20159 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20160
20161 ;;;***
20162 \f
20163 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el" (21308 46599
20164 ;;;;;;  181916 0))
20165 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20166 (push (purecopy '(package 1 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
20167
20168 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20169 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20170 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20171 and before `after-init-hook'.  Activation is not done if
20172 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
20173
20174 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
20175 activate the package system at any time.")
20176
20177 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20178
20179 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20180 Install the package PKG.
20181 PKG can be a package-desc or the package name of one the available packages
20182 in an archive in `package-archives'.  Interactively, prompt for its name.
20183
20184 \(fn PKG)" t nil)
20185
20186 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20187 Install a package from the current buffer.
20188 The current buffer is assumed to be a single .el or .tar file that follows the
20189 packaging guidelines; see info node `(elisp)Packaging'.
20190 Downloads and installs required packages as needed.
20191
20192 \(fn)" t nil)
20193
20194 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20195 Install a package from a file.
20196 The file can either be a tar file or an Emacs Lisp file.
20197
20198 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
20199
20200 (autoload 'package-import-keyring "package" "\
20201 Import keys from FILE.
20202
20203 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
20204
20205 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
20206 Download the ELPA archive description if needed.
20207 This informs Emacs about the latest versions of all packages, and
20208 makes them available for download.
20209
20210 \(fn)" t nil)
20211
20212 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20213 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20214 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20215 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20216
20217 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20218
20219 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20220 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20221
20222 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20223
20224 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20225 Display a list of packages.
20226 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
20227 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
20228 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20229
20230 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
20231
20232 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20233
20234 ;;;***
20235 \f
20236 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paren" "paren.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
20237 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20238
20239 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20240 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20241 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20242 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20243 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20244 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20245
20246 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20247
20248 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20249 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
20250 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
20251 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
20252 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20253
20254 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode.  When enabled, any
20255 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
20256 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20257
20258 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20259
20260 ;;;***
20261 \f
20262 ;;;### (autoloads nil "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el" (21296
20263 ;;;;;;  1575 438327 0))
20264 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20265 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20266
20267 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20268 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20269 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20270 unknown are returned as nil.
20271
20272 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20273
20274 ;;;***
20275 \f
20276 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (21319 49445
20277 ;;;;;;  508378 0))
20278 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20279
20280 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20281 Major mode for editing Pascal code.\\<pascal-mode-map>
20282 TAB indents for Pascal code.  Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20283
20284 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20285 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
20286
20287 Other useful functions are:
20288
20289 \\[pascal-mark-defun]   - Mark function.
20290 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20291 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20292 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20293 \\[pascal-uncomment-area]       - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20294 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20295 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20296 \\[pascal-goto-defun]   - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20297 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20298
20299 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20300
20301  `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20302     Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20303  `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20304     Indentation for case statements.
20305  `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20306     Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20307     mark after an end.
20308  `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20309     Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20310  `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20311     Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20312     regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20313  `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20314     Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20315     functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20316  `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20317     List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20318
20319 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20320 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20321
20322 \(fn)" t nil)
20323
20324 ;;;***
20325 \f
20326 ;;;### (autoloads nil "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (21187
20327 ;;;;;;  63826 213216 0))
20328 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20329
20330 (defvar password-cache t "\
20331 Whether to cache passwords.")
20332
20333 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20334
20335 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20336 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20337 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20338
20339 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20340
20341 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
20342 Check if KEY is in the cache.
20343
20344 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
20345
20346 ;;;***
20347 \f
20348 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el" (21190 39993
20349 ;;;;;;  744837 0))
20350 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
20351
20352 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
20353 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
20354 CASES is a list of elements of the form (UPATTERN CODE...).
20355
20356 UPatterns can take the following forms:
20357   _             matches anything.
20358   SELFQUOTING   matches itself.  This includes keywords, numbers, and strings.
20359   SYMBOL        matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
20360   (or UPAT...)  matches if any of the patterns matches.
20361   (and UPAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
20362   `QPAT         matches if the QPattern QPAT matches.
20363   (pred PRED)   matches if PRED applied to the object returns non-nil.
20364   (guard BOOLEXP)       matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
20365   (let UPAT EXP)        matches if EXP matches UPAT.
20366 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern (i.e. the pattern is
20367 \"non-linear\"), then the second occurrence is turned into an `eq'uality test.
20368
20369 QPatterns can take the following forms:
20370   (QPAT1 . QPAT2)       matches if QPAT1 matches the car and QPAT2 the cdr.
20371   ,UPAT                 matches if the UPattern UPAT matches.
20372   STRING                matches if the object is `equal' to STRING.
20373   ATOM                  matches if the object is `eq' to ATOM.
20374 QPatterns for vectors are not implemented yet.
20375
20376 PRED can take the form
20377   FUNCTION           in which case it gets called with one argument.
20378   (FUN ARG1 .. ARGN) in which case it gets called with an N+1'th argument
20379                         which is the value being matched.
20380 A PRED of the form FUNCTION is equivalent to one of the form (FUNCTION).
20381 PRED patterns can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
20382 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
20383 like `(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
20384 `(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
20385
20386 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20387
20388 (function-put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20389
20390 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
20391 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20392 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20393 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20394
20395 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20396
20397 (function-put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20398
20399 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
20400 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20401 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20402 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20403
20404 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20405
20406 (function-put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20407
20408 ;;;***
20409 \f
20410 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (21187 63826 213216
20411 ;;;;;;  0))
20412 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20413
20414 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20415 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20416
20417 \(fn)" nil nil)
20418
20419 ;;;***
20420 \f
20421 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (21187 63826 213216
20422 ;;;;;;  0))
20423 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20424
20425 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20426 Completion for `gzip'.
20427
20428 \(fn)" nil nil)
20429
20430 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20431 Completion for `bzip2'.
20432
20433 \(fn)" nil nil)
20434
20435 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20436 Completion for GNU `make'.
20437
20438 \(fn)" nil nil)
20439
20440 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20441 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20442
20443 \(fn)" nil nil)
20444
20445 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20446
20447 ;;;***
20448 \f
20449 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (21187 63826
20450 ;;;;;;  213216 0))
20451 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20452
20453 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20454 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20455
20456 \(fn)" nil nil)
20457
20458 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20459 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20460
20461 \(fn)" nil nil)
20462
20463 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20464 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20465
20466 \(fn)" nil nil)
20467
20468 ;;;***
20469 \f
20470 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (21187 63826 213216
20471 ;;;;;;  0))
20472 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20473
20474 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20475 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20476
20477 \(fn)" nil nil)
20478
20479 ;;;***
20480 \f
20481 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (21187 63826 213216
20482 ;;;;;;  0))
20483 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20484
20485 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20486 Completion for `cd'.
20487
20488 \(fn)" nil nil)
20489
20490 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20491
20492 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20493 Completion for `rmdir'.
20494
20495 \(fn)" nil nil)
20496
20497 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20498 Completion for `rm'.
20499
20500 \(fn)" nil nil)
20501
20502 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20503 Completion for `xargs'.
20504
20505 \(fn)" nil nil)
20506
20507 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20508
20509 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20510 Completion for `which'.
20511
20512 \(fn)" nil nil)
20513
20514 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20515 Completion for the `chown' command.
20516
20517 \(fn)" nil nil)
20518
20519 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20520 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20521
20522 \(fn)" nil nil)
20523
20524 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20525 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20526
20527 \(fn)" nil nil)
20528
20529 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20530 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20531 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20532
20533 \(fn)" nil nil)
20534
20535 ;;;***
20536 \f
20537 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-x" "pcmpl-x.el" (21187 63826 213216
20538 ;;;;;;  0))
20539 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-x.el
20540
20541 (autoload 'pcomplete/tlmgr "pcmpl-x" "\
20542 Completion for the `tlmgr' command.
20543
20544 \(fn)" nil nil)
20545
20546 (autoload 'pcomplete/ack "pcmpl-x" "\
20547 Completion for the `ack' command.
20548 Start an argument with '-' to complete short options and '--' for
20549 long options.
20550
20551 \(fn)" nil nil)
20552
20553 (defalias 'pcomplete/ack-grep 'pcomplete/ack)
20554
20555 (autoload 'pcomplete/ag "pcmpl-x" "\
20556 Completion for the `ag' command.
20557
20558 \(fn)" nil nil)
20559
20560 ;;;***
20561 \f
20562 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (21187 63826 213216
20563 ;;;;;;  0))
20564 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20565
20566 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20567 Support extensible programmable completion.
20568 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20569 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20570
20571 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20572
20573 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20574 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20575
20576 \(fn)" t nil)
20577
20578 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20579 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20580 This will modify the current buffer.
20581
20582 \(fn)" t nil)
20583
20584 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20585 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20586
20587 \(fn)" t nil)
20588
20589 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20590 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20591 This will modify the current buffer.
20592
20593 \(fn)" t nil)
20594
20595 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20596 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20597
20598 \(fn)" t nil)
20599
20600 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20601 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20602
20603 \(fn)" t nil)
20604
20605 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20606 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20607 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20608 dynamic-complete-functions are kept.  For comint mode itself,
20609 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20610
20611 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20612
20613 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20614 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20615
20616 \(fn)" nil nil)
20617
20618 ;;;***
20619 \f
20620 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs" "vc/pcvs.el" (21280 13349 392544 0))
20621 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
20622
20623 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20624 Run a `cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20625 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20626 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20627
20628 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20629
20630 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20631
20632 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20633 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20634 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20635 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20636   prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20637 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20638 FLAGS is ignored.
20639
20640 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20641
20642 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20643 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20644 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20645 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20646 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20647 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20648   prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20649 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20650
20651 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20652
20653 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20654 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20655 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20656 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20657 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20658   prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20659 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20660   passed to cvs.
20661
20662 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20663
20664 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20665 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20666 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20667 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20668 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20669   prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20670 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20671
20672 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20673
20674 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20675 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20676 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20677
20678 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20679
20680 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20681 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20682 A value of nil means never do it.
20683 `always' means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20684   command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20685 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20686
20687 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20688
20689 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20690 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20691 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20692
20693 ;;;***
20694 \f
20695 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (21280 13349
20696 ;;;;;;  392544 0))
20697 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
20698
20699 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
20700 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
20701
20702 ;;;***
20703 \f
20704 ;;;### (autoloads nil "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" (21339
20705 ;;;;;;  34726 39547 0))
20706 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20707 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20708 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20709 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20710 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20711 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20712 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20713
20714 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20715 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20716 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20717 Tab indents for Perl code.
20718 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20719 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20720 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20721 \\{perl-mode-map}
20722 Variables controlling indentation style:
20723  `perl-tab-always-indent'
20724     Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20725     regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20726  `perl-tab-to-comment'
20727     Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20728     either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20729     to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20730  `perl-nochange'
20731     Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20732  `perl-indent-level'
20733     Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20734     The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20735     of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20736  `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20737     Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20738     then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20739  `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20740     Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20741     This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20742  `perl-brace-offset'
20743     Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20744  `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20745     An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20746     this far to the right of the start of its line.
20747  `perl-label-offset'
20748     Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20749  `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20750     Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20751
20752 Various indentation styles:       K&R  BSD  BLK  GNU  LW
20753   perl-indent-level                5    8    0    2    4
20754   perl-continued-statement-offset  5    8    4    2    4
20755   perl-continued-brace-offset      0    0    0    0   -4
20756   perl-brace-offset               -5   -8    0    0    0
20757   perl-brace-imaginary-offset      0    0    4    0    0
20758   perl-label-offset               -5   -8   -2   -2   -2
20759
20760 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20761
20762 \(fn)" t nil)
20763
20764 ;;;***
20765 \f
20766 ;;;### (autoloads nil "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" (21240 46395
20767 ;;;;;;  727291 0))
20768 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20769
20770 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
20771 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20772 \\<picture-mode-map>
20773 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20774 afterwards settable by these commands:
20775
20776  Move left after insertion:            \\[picture-movement-left]
20777  Move right after insertion:           \\[picture-movement-right]
20778  Move up after insertion:              \\[picture-movement-up]
20779  Move down after insertion:            \\[picture-movement-down]
20780
20781  Move northwest (nw) after insertion:  \\[picture-movement-nw]
20782  Move northeast (ne) after insertion:  \\[picture-movement-ne]
20783  Move southwest (sw) after insertion:  \\[picture-movement-sw]
20784  Move southeast (se) after insertion:  \\[picture-movement-se]
20785
20786  Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion:  C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20787  Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion:  C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20788  Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion:  C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20789  Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion:  C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20790
20791 The current direction is displayed in the mode line.  The initial
20792 direction is right.  Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20793 spaces when required by movement.  You can move around in the buffer
20794 with these commands:
20795
20796  Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20797  Move vertically to SAME column in next line:     \\[picture-move-up]
20798  Move to column following last
20799   non-whitespace character:                       \\[picture-end-of-line]
20800  Move right, inserting spaces if required:        \\[picture-forward-column]
20801  Move left changing tabs to spaces if required:   \\[picture-backward-column]
20802  Move in direction of current picture motion:     \\[picture-motion]
20803  Move opposite to current picture motion:         \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20804  Move to beginning of next line:                  \\[next-line]
20805
20806 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20807
20808  Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20809   character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'):   \\[picture-tab-search]
20810  Move to next stop in tab stop list:              \\[picture-tab]
20811  Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20812    (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20813  Change the tab stop list:                        \\[edit-tab-stops]
20814
20815 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20816  Clear ARG columns after point without moving:    \\[picture-clear-column]
20817  Delete char at point:                            \\[picture-delete-char]
20818  Clear ARG columns backward:                      \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20819  Clear ARG lines, advancing over them:            \\[picture-clear-line]
20820   (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20821  Open blank line(s) beneath current line:         \\[picture-open-line]
20822
20823 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20824   Clear a rectangle and save it:                  \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20825   Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register:  \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20826   Insert currently saved rectangle at point:      \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20827   Insert rectangle from named register:           \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20828   Draw a rectangular box around mark and point:   \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20829   Copies a rectangle to a register:               \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20830   Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands:     \\[undo]
20831
20832 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20833 also strips trailing whitespace from every line.  Stripping is suppressed
20834 by supplying an argument.
20835
20836 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20837
20838 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20839 they are not by default assigned to keys.
20840
20841 \(fn)" t nil)
20842
20843 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
20844
20845 ;;;***
20846 \f
20847 ;;;### (autoloads nil "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el" (21187 63826 213216
20848 ;;;;;;  0))
20849 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
20850
20851 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
20852 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
20853
20854 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20855
20856 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
20857 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
20858
20859 \(fn)" t nil)
20860
20861 ;;;***
20862 \f
20863 ;;;### (autoloads nil "po" "textmodes/po.el" (21187 63826 213216
20864 ;;;;;;  0))
20865 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20866
20867 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
20868 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20869 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20870
20871 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20872
20873 ;;;***
20874 \f
20875 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pong" "play/pong.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
20876 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20877
20878 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
20879 Play pong and waste time.
20880 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20881 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20882
20883 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20884
20885 \\{pong-mode-map}
20886
20887 \(fn)" t nil)
20888
20889 ;;;***
20890 \f
20891 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
20892 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
20893
20894 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
20895 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
20896 Use streaming commands.
20897
20898 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20899
20900 ;;;***
20901 \f
20902 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (21187 63826 213216
20903 ;;;;;;  0))
20904 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20905
20906 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
20907 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20908 OBJECT can be any Lisp object.  Quoting characters are used as needed
20909 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20910
20911 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20912
20913 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
20914 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20915
20916 \(fn)" nil nil)
20917
20918 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
20919 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20920 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20921 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20922 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20923
20924 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20925
20926 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
20927 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20928 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20929
20930 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20931
20932 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
20933 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20934
20935 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20936
20937 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
20938 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
20939 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20940 Ignores leading comment characters.
20941
20942 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20943
20944 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
20945 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
20946 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20947 Ignores leading comment characters.
20948
20949 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20950
20951 ;;;***
20952 \f
20953 ;;;### (autoloads nil "printing" "printing.el" (21187 63826 213216
20954 ;;;;;;  0))
20955 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20956 (push (purecopy '(printing 6 9 3)) package--builtin-versions)
20957
20958 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
20959 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20960
20961 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20962
20963 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20964
20965 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20966
20967 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
20968 Preview directory using ghostview.
20969
20970 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20971 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20972 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20973 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20974
20975 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number.  If DIR is
20976 nil, prompts for DIRectory.  If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20977 FILE(name)-REGEXP.  The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20978 save the image in a temporary file.  If FILENAME is a string, save the
20979 PostScript image in a file with that name.  If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20980 file name.
20981
20982 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20983
20984 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20985
20986 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20987 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20988
20989 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20990 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20991 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20992 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20993
20994 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number.  If DIR is
20995 nil, prompts for DIRectory.  If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20996 FILE(name)-REGEXP.  The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20997 save the image in a temporary file.  If FILENAME is a string, save the
20998 PostScript image in a file with that name.  If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20999 file name.
21000
21001 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21002
21003 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21004
21005 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
21006 Print directory using PostScript printer.
21007
21008 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21009 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21010 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21011 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21012
21013 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number.  If DIR is
21014 nil, prompts for DIRectory.  If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21015 FILE(name)-REGEXP.  The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21016 save the image in a temporary file.  If FILENAME is a string, save the
21017 PostScript image in a file with that name.  If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21018 file name.
21019
21020 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21021
21022 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21023
21024 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21025 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21026
21027 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21028
21029 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21030 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21031 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21032 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21033
21034 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number.  If DIR is
21035 nil, prompts for DIRectory.  If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21036 FILE(name)-REGEXP.  The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21037 save the image in a temporary file.  If FILENAME is a string, save the
21038 PostScript image in a file with that name.  If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21039 file name.
21040
21041 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21042
21043 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21044
21045 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21046 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21047
21048 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21049 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21050 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21051
21052 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number.  The
21053 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21054 temporary file.  If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21055 with that name.  If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21056
21057 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21058
21059 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21060 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21061
21062 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21063 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21064 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21065
21066 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number.  The
21067 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21068 printer.  If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21069 that name.  If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21070
21071 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21072
21073 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21074 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21075
21076 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21077 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21078 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21079
21080 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number.  The
21081 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21082 printer.  If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21083 that name.  If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21084
21085 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21086
21087 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21088 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21089
21090 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21091
21092 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21093 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21094 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21095
21096 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number.  The
21097 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21098 printer.  If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21099 that name.  If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21100
21101 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21102
21103 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21104 Preview region using ghostview.
21105
21106 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21107
21108 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21109
21110 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21111 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21112
21113 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21114
21115 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21116
21117 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21118 Print region using PostScript printer.
21119
21120 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21121
21122 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21123
21124 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21125 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21126
21127 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21128
21129 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21130
21131 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21132 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21133
21134 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21135
21136 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21137
21138 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21139 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21140
21141 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21142
21143 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21144
21145 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21146 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21147
21148 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21149
21150 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21151
21152 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21153 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21154
21155 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21156
21157 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21158
21159 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21160 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21161 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21162 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21163
21164 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21165 matching.
21166
21167 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory.  If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21168 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21169
21170 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21171
21172 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21173
21174 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21175 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21176 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21177 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21178
21179 \(fn)" t nil)
21180
21181 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21182 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21183 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21184 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21185
21186 \(fn)" t nil)
21187
21188 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21189 Print directory using text printer.
21190
21191 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21192 matching.
21193
21194 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory.  If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21195 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21196
21197 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21198
21199 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21200
21201 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21202 Print buffer using text printer.
21203
21204 \(fn)" t nil)
21205
21206 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21207 Print region using text printer.
21208
21209 \(fn)" t nil)
21210
21211 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21212 Print major mode using text printer.
21213
21214 \(fn)" t nil)
21215
21216 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21217 Preview spooled PostScript.
21218
21219 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21220 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21221 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21222
21223 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21224 save the image in a temporary file.  If FILENAME is a string, save the
21225 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21226
21227 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21228
21229 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21230 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21231
21232 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21233 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21234 instead of sending it to the printer.
21235
21236 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21237 send the image to the printer.  If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21238 image in a file with that name.
21239
21240 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21241
21242 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21243 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21244
21245 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21246 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21247 instead of sending it to the printer.
21248
21249 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21250 send the image to the printer.  If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21251 image in a file with that name.
21252
21253 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21254
21255 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21256 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21257
21258 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21259 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21260 instead of sending it to the printer.
21261
21262 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21263 send the image to the printer.  If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21264 image in a file with that name.
21265
21266 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21267
21268 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21269 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21270
21271 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21272
21273 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21274 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21275
21276 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21277
21278 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21279 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21280
21281 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21282
21283 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21284 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21285
21286 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21287
21288 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21289 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21290
21291 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21292
21293 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21294 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21295
21296 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21297 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21298 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21299 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21300
21301 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number.  The
21302 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21303 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21304 PostScript file name.  The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21305 nil, send the image to the printer.  If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21306 PostScript image in a file with that name.  If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21307 file name.
21308
21309 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21310
21311 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21312 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21313
21314 \(fn)" t nil)
21315
21316 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21317 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21318
21319 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21320 right.
21321 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21322 bottom.
21323
21324 \(fn)" t nil)
21325
21326 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21327 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21328
21329 \(fn)" t nil)
21330
21331 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21332 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21333
21334 \(fn)" t nil)
21335
21336 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21337 Toggle printing with faces.
21338
21339 \(fn)" t nil)
21340
21341 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21342 Toggle spooling.
21343
21344 \(fn)" t nil)
21345
21346 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21347 Toggle duplex.
21348
21349 \(fn)" t nil)
21350
21351 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21352 Toggle tumble.
21353
21354 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21355 right.
21356 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21357 bottom.
21358
21359 \(fn)" t nil)
21360
21361 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21362 Toggle landscape.
21363
21364 \(fn)" t nil)
21365
21366 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21367 Toggle upside-down.
21368
21369 \(fn)" t nil)
21370
21371 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21372 Toggle line number.
21373
21374 \(fn)" t nil)
21375
21376 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21377 Toggle zebra stripes.
21378
21379 \(fn)" t nil)
21380
21381 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21382 Toggle printing header.
21383
21384 \(fn)" t nil)
21385
21386 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21387 Toggle printing header frame.
21388
21389 \(fn)" t nil)
21390
21391 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21392 Toggle menu lock.
21393
21394 \(fn)" t nil)
21395
21396 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21397 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
21398
21399 \(fn)" t nil)
21400
21401 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21402 Toggle auto mode.
21403
21404 \(fn)" t nil)
21405
21406 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21407 Customization of the `printing' group.
21408
21409 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21410
21411 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21412 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21413
21414 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21415
21416 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21417 Help for the printing package.
21418
21419 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21420
21421 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21422 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21423
21424 \(fn)" t nil)
21425
21426 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21427 Interactively select a text printer.
21428
21429 \(fn)" t nil)
21430
21431 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21432 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21433
21434 \(fn)" t nil)
21435
21436 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21437 Show current ps-print settings.
21438
21439 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21440
21441 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21442 Show current printing settings.
21443
21444 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21445
21446 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21447 Show current lpr settings.
21448
21449 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21450
21451 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21452 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21453
21454 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21455 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21456 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21457 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21458
21459
21460 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21461
21462    M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21463       The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21464       immediately be done using the current active printer.
21465
21466    C-u   M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21467    C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21468       The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21469       PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
21470       current active printer.
21471
21472    C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21473       The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21474       and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21475       printer.
21476
21477    C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21478       The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21479       PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name.  Then change the active
21480       printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21481       that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21482
21483
21484 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21485 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21486
21487    If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21488
21489    If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21490    the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
21491    be done using the new current active printer.
21492
21493    If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21494    and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21495    printer.
21496
21497    If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21498    current PostScript printer and for a file name.  Then change the active
21499    printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21500    instead of sending it to the printer.
21501
21502    If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21503    active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21504    printer.
21505
21506    Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21507
21508
21509 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21510 are both set to t.
21511
21512 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21513
21514 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21515 Fast fire function for text printing.
21516
21517 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21518 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21519 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21520 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21521
21522 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21523 user for a new active text printer.
21524
21525 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21526
21527    If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21528
21529    If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21530    active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21531    printer.
21532
21533    If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21534
21535 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21536 are both set to t.
21537
21538 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21539
21540 ;;;***
21541 \f
21542 ;;;### (autoloads nil "proced" "proced.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
21543 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21544
21545 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21546 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21547 \\<proced-mode-map>
21548 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
21549 the process information.
21550
21551 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21552
21553 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
21554 Proced buffers.
21555
21556 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21557
21558 ;;;***
21559 \f
21560 ;;;### (autoloads nil "profiler" "profiler.el" (21187 63826 213216
21561 ;;;;;;  0))
21562 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
21563
21564 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
21565 Start/restart profilers.
21566 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
21567 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
21568 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
21569
21570 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
21571
21572 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
21573 Open profile FILENAME.
21574
21575 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21576
21577 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
21578 Open profile FILENAME.
21579
21580 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21581
21582 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
21583 Open profile FILENAME.
21584
21585 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21586
21587 ;;;***
21588 \f
21589 ;;;### (autoloads nil "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" (21187 63826
21590 ;;;;;;  213216 0))
21591 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21592
21593 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21594 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
21595
21596 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs.  `%'s starts a comment
21597 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
21598
21599 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
21600
21601 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
21602 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
21603
21604 Commands:
21605 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21606
21607 \(fn)" t nil)
21608
21609 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
21610 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
21611 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
21612
21613 \(fn)" t nil)
21614
21615 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
21616 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21617 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
21618
21619 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21620
21621 ;;;***
21622 \f
21623 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
21624 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21625
21626 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21627 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21628 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21629
21630 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
21631
21632 ;;;***
21633 \f
21634 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (21342 10917
21635 ;;;;;;  902592 0))
21636 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21637 (push (purecopy '(ps-mode 1 1 9)) package--builtin-versions)
21638
21639 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21640 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21641
21642 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21643
21644 The following variables hold user options, and can
21645 be set through the `customize' command:
21646
21647   `ps-mode-tab'
21648   `ps-mode-paper-size'
21649   `ps-mode-print-function'
21650   `ps-run-prompt'
21651   `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21652   `ps-run-x'
21653   `ps-run-dumb'
21654   `ps-run-init'
21655   `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21656   `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21657
21658 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21659
21660
21661 \\{ps-mode-map}
21662
21663
21664 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21665 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21666 The keymap for this second window is:
21667
21668 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21669
21670
21671 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21672 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21673 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21674 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21675 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21676
21677 \(fn)" t nil)
21678
21679 ;;;***
21680 \f
21681 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (21290 16897 466877
21682 ;;;;;;  0))
21683 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21684 (push (purecopy '(ps-print 7 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
21685
21686 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
21687 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21688 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21689
21690 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21691
21692 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21693 Specify the size of paper to format for.
21694 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21695 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21696
21697 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21698
21699 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21700 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21701
21702 Valid values are:
21703
21704    nil          Do not print colors.
21705
21706    t            Print colors.
21707
21708    black-white  Print colors on black/white printer.
21709                 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21710
21711 Any other value is treated as t.")
21712
21713 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21714
21715 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21716 Customization of ps-print group.
21717
21718 \(fn)" t nil)
21719
21720 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21721 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21722
21723 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21724 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21725 sending it to the printer.
21726
21727 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21728 send the image to the printer.  If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21729 image in a file with that name.
21730
21731 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21732
21733 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21734 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21735 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21736 the generated image.  This command works only if you are using a window system,
21737 so it has a way to determine color values.
21738
21739 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21740
21741 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21742 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21743 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21744
21745 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21746
21747 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21748 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21749 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21750 the generated image.  This command works only if you are using a window system,
21751 so it has a way to determine color values.
21752
21753 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21754
21755 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
21756 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21757 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21758 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21759
21760 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21761
21762 \(fn)" t nil)
21763
21764 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21765 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21766 Like the command `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
21767 information in the generated image.  This command works only if you are using
21768 a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
21769
21770 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21771
21772 \(fn)" t nil)
21773
21774 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
21775 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21776 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21777
21778 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21779
21780 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21781
21782 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21783 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21784 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21785 the generated image.  This command works only if you are using a window system,
21786 so it has a way to determine color values.
21787
21788 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21789
21790 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21791
21792 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
21793 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21794
21795 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21796 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21797 instead of sending it to the printer.
21798
21799 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21800 send the image to the printer.  If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21801 image in a file with that name.
21802
21803 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21804
21805 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
21806 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21807 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21808 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21809 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21810
21811 \(fn)" t nil)
21812
21813 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
21814 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21815 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21816
21817 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21818
21819 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
21820 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21821 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21822
21823 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21824
21825 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
21826 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21827
21828 \(fn)" nil nil)
21829
21830 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
21831 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21832
21833 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21834 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21835
21836 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21837 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21838
21839 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21840
21841 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21842
21843 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21844
21845 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
21846 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21847
21848 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21849 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21850
21851 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21852 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21853
21854 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21855
21856    (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21857
21858 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21859
21860 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21861 foreground and background colors respectively.
21862
21863 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21864    bold      - use bold font.
21865    italic    - use italic font.
21866    underline - put a line under text.
21867    strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21868    overline  - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21869    shadow    - text will have a shadow.
21870    box       - text will be surrounded by a box.
21871    outline   - print characters as hollow outlines.
21872
21873 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21874
21875 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21876
21877 ;;;***
21878 \f
21879 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pulse" "cedet/pulse.el" (21187 63826 213216
21880 ;;;;;;  0))
21881 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/pulse.el
21882 (push (purecopy '(pulse 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
21883
21884 ;;;***
21885 \f
21886 ;;;### (autoloads nil "python" "progmodes/python.el" (21315 5521
21887 ;;;;;;  187938 0))
21888 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21889 (push (purecopy '(python 0 24 2)) package--builtin-versions)
21890
21891 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
21892
21893 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python[0-9.]*") 'python-mode))
21894
21895 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
21896 Run an inferior Python process.
21897 Input and output via buffer named after
21898 `python-shell-buffer-name'.  If there is a process already
21899 running in that buffer, just switch to it.
21900
21901 With argument, allows you to define CMD so you can edit the
21902 command used to call the interpreter and define DEDICATED, so a
21903 dedicated process for the current buffer is open.  When numeric
21904 prefix arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
21905
21906 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
21907 `comint-mode-hook' is run.  (Type \\[describe-mode] in the
21908 process buffer for a list of commands.)
21909
21910 \(fn CMD &optional DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
21911
21912 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
21913 Major mode for editing Python files.
21914
21915 \\{python-mode-map}
21916
21917 \(fn)" t nil)
21918
21919 ;;;***
21920 \f
21921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "qp" "gnus/qp.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
21922 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21923
21924 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
21925 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21926 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21927 coding-system.
21928
21929 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21930 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21931
21932 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21933 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes.  Decoding
21934 them into characters should be done separately.
21935
21936 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21937
21938 ;;;***
21939 \f
21940 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail" "international/quail.el" (21215 43189
21941 ;;;;;;  822371 0))
21942 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21943
21944 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
21945 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21946
21947 \(fn)" nil nil)
21948
21949 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
21950 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21951 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
21952
21953 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21954 `quail-activate', which see.
21955
21956 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21957
21958 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
21959 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21960 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21961 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21962  FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21963  CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21964  UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21965
21966 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21967 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21968  with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21969 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING).  Each character
21970  in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21971  shown.
21972 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21973
21974 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package.  The command
21975 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21976 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR.  That value should be a
21977 string.  For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21978 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21979 list of candidates.
21980
21981 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21982 region is active.  It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21983 command to be called.
21984
21985 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21986 for the future to translate the same key.  If this flag is nil, a
21987 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21988 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21989
21990 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21991 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21992 translation for a key.  In this case, unselected translations are of
21993 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21994 programs.  If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21995 to t.
21996
21997 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21998 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout.  See the
21999 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
22000 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
22001
22002 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the function `quail-help' (as used by
22003 the command `describe-input-method') should show the user's keyboard
22004 layout visually with translated characters.  If KBD-TRANSLATE is
22005 set, it is desirable to also set this flag, unless this package
22006 defines no translations for single character keys.
22007
22008 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created.  A decode
22009 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22010 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22011 other programs.  For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22012 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22013 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22014
22015 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22016 length of the shortest sequence.  When we don't have a translation of
22017 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22018 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\".  Hangul
22019 packages, for instance, use this facility.  If this flag is nil, we
22020 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22021
22022 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22023 covers Quail translation region.
22024
22025 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22026 the current translation region according to a new translation data.  By
22027 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22028 for it) is inserted.
22029
22030 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22031 conversion region is active.  It is an alist of single key character
22032 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22033
22034 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22035 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22036 non-Quail commands.
22037
22038 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22039
22040 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22041 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22042
22043 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22044 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22045 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'.  This
22046 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22047 you type is correctly handled.
22048
22049 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22050
22051 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22052 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22053
22054 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22055 keyboard type.
22056
22057 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22058
22059 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22060 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22061 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22062 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22063 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22064 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22065 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22066 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22067   for the translation.
22068 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22069
22070 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22071  it is used to handle KEY.
22072
22073 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22074 rules.  Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22075 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type.  Currently
22076 the following annotation types are supported.
22077
22078   append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22079         be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22080
22081   face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22082         candidate list.
22083
22084   advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22085         selected.  The function is called with one argument, the
22086         selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22087         inserted.
22088
22089   no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22090         generated for the following translations.
22091
22092 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
22093
22094 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22095 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22096
22097 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22098 which to install MAP.
22099
22100 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22101
22102 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22103
22104 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22105 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22106
22107 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22108 which to install MAP.
22109
22110 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22111
22112 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22113
22114 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22115 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22116 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22117 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22118  a function, or a cons.
22119 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22120 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22121 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22122  for the translation.
22123 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22124  to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22125  variable `quail-current-data').  If the cdr part is not a function,
22126  the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22127 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22128
22129 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22130  it is used to handle KEY.
22131
22132 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22133 to define this translation rule in.  The default is to define it in the
22134 current Quail package.
22135
22136 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22137 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22138
22139 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22140
22141 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22142 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22143
22144 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22145 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22146
22147 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22148
22149 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS.  See the
22150 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22151
22152 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22153
22154 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22155 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22156 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22157 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22158 of the Emacs source tree.
22159
22160 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22161 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22162
22163 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22164 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22165 of each directory.
22166
22167 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22168
22169 ;;;***
22170 \f
22171 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/hangul" "leim/quail/hangul.el" (21187
22172 ;;;;;;  63826 213216 0))
22173 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/hangul.el
22174
22175 (autoload 'hangul-input-method-activate "quail/hangul" "\
22176 Activate Hangul input method INPUT-METHOD.
22177 FUNC is a function to handle input key.
22178 HELP-TEXT is a text set in `hangul-input-method-help-text'.
22179
22180 \(fn INPUT-METHOD FUNC HELP-TEXT &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
22181
22182 ;;;***
22183 \f
22184 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/uni-input" "leim/quail/uni-input.el"
22185 ;;;;;;  (21187 63826 213216 0))
22186 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/uni-input.el
22187
22188 (autoload 'ucs-input-activate "quail/uni-input" "\
22189 Activate UCS input method.
22190 With ARG, activate UCS input method if and only if ARG is positive.
22191
22192 While this input method is active, the variable
22193 `input-method-function' is bound to the function `ucs-input-method'.
22194
22195 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
22196
22197 ;;;***
22198 \f
22199 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (21222 16439 978802
22200 ;;;;;;  0))
22201 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22202
22203 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22204 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22205 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22206 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22207
22208 To make use of this do something like:
22209
22210   (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22211
22212 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22213
22214 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22215 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
22216
22217 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22218 buffer, this default action can be modified via
22219 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22220
22221 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22222
22223 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22224 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22225
22226 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22227
22228 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22229 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22230
22231 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
22232 is decided.
22233
22234 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22235
22236 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22237 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22238
22239 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22240 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
22241 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22242
22243 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22244
22245 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22246 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22247
22248 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22249
22250 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22251 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22252
22253 \(fn)" t nil)
22254
22255 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22256 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22257
22258 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22259
22260 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22261
22262 \(fn)" t nil)
22263
22264 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22265 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22266
22267 \(fn)" t nil)
22268
22269 ;;;***
22270 \f
22271 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (21318 28582 821557
22272 ;;;;;;  0))
22273 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22274
22275 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22276 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22277
22278 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22279
22280 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22281
22282 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22283
22284 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22285
22286 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22287
22288
22289 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
22290
22291 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22292 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22293 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22294 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22295 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22296 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22297
22298 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22299
22300 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22301 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22302 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
22303 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
22304 if ARG is omitted or nil.
22305
22306 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22307
22308 ;;;***
22309 \f
22310 ;;;### (autoloads nil "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" (21187
22311 ;;;;;;  63826 213216 0))
22312 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22313
22314 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22315
22316 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22317 Construct a regexp interactively.
22318 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
22319 the regexp builder.  It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
22320 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
22321
22322 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
22323 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
22324
22325 \(fn)" t nil)
22326
22327 ;;;***
22328 \f
22329 ;;;### (autoloads nil "recentf" "recentf.el" (21187 63826 213216
22330 ;;;;;;  0))
22331 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22332
22333 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22334 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22335 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22336 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22337 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22338 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22339
22340 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22341
22342 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22343 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
22344 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
22345 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
22346 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22347
22348 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
22349 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
22350 were operated on recently.
22351
22352 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22353
22354 ;;;***
22355 \f
22356 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rect" "rect.el" (21203 52022 581300 0))
22357 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22358
22359 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22360 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22361 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22362 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22363 ends.
22364
22365 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22366 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22367 to be deleted.
22368
22369 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22370
22371 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22372 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22373 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22374
22375 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22376 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22377 deleted.
22378
22379 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22380
22381 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22382 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22383 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22384
22385 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22386
22387 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22388 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22389
22390 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22391 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22392
22393 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22394 deleted.
22395
22396 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22397 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway.  This means that
22398 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22399 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22400 even beep.)
22401
22402 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22403
22404 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
22405 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22406
22407 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22408
22409 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22410 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22411
22412 \(fn)" t nil)
22413
22414 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22415 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22416 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22417 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22418 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22419 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22420 and point is at the lower right corner.
22421
22422 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22423
22424 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22425 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22426
22427 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22428 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22429
22430 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22431 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22432 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22433
22434 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22435
22436 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22437
22438 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22439 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22440 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22441 at which whitespace deletion should begin.  On each line in the
22442 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22443
22444 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22445 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22446
22447 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22448
22449 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22450 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22451 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22452
22453 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22454
22455 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22456
22457 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22458
22459 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22460 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22461
22462 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22463 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22464 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22465
22466 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22467
22468 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22469 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22470 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22471
22472 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22473 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22474 rectangle which were empty.
22475
22476 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22477
22478 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
22479 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
22480
22481 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
22482 counting.  FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
22483 to `format' along with the line count.  When called interactively
22484 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
22485
22486 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
22487
22488 (autoload 'rectangle-mark-mode "rect" "\
22489 Toggle the region as rectangular.
22490 Activates the region if needed.  Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
22491
22492 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22493
22494 ;;;***
22495 \f
22496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (21187 63826
22497 ;;;;;;  213216 0))
22498 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22499
22500 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22501 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
22502 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
22503 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
22504 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22505
22506 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode.  When enabled, the
22507 current paragraph is refilled as you edit.  Self-inserting
22508 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
22509 auto-filling.
22510
22511 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
22512
22513 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22514
22515 ;;;***
22516 \f
22517 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (21311 55354
22518 ;;;;;;  530141 675000))
22519 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22520 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" nil t)
22521 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse")
22522 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" nil t)
22523 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" nil t)
22524
22525 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22526 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22527
22528 \(fn)" nil nil)
22529
22530 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22531 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22532
22533 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22534 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22535
22536 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22537 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22538 context of the label definition.  The selected label is inserted as a
22539 \\ref macro.
22540
22541 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22542 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22543 database.  The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22544
22545 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22546 or the current selection.  More general index entries are created with
22547 `\\[reftex-index]'.  `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22548
22549 Most command have help available on the fly.  This help is accessed by
22550 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22551
22552 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22553 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22554
22555 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22556 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22557 on the menu bar.
22558
22559 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22560
22561 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22562
22563 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22564 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22565 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22566
22567 \(fn)" nil nil)
22568
22569 ;;;***
22570 \f
22571 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (21194
22572 ;;;;;;  37048 599945 0))
22573 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22574 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22575 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22576 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22577 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22578
22579 ;;;***
22580 \f
22581 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" (21240
22582 ;;;;;;  46395 727291 0))
22583 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22584
22585 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22586 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22587 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22588 quoted or not.  If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22589 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22590 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22591
22592  (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22593    (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22594
22595 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22596 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22597 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22598 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
22599
22600 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22601
22602 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22603 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22604 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22605 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22606
22607 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22608
22609 ;;;***
22610 \f
22611 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regi" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" (21187 63826 213216
22612 ;;;;;;  0))
22613 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regi.el
22614 (push (purecopy '(regi 1 8)) package--builtin-versions)
22615
22616 ;;;***
22617 \f
22618 ;;;### (autoloads nil "remember" "textmodes/remember.el" (21252 37559
22619 ;;;;;;  125878 0))
22620 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22621 (push (purecopy '(remember 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22622
22623 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22624 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22625 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22626 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22627
22628 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
22629
22630 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22631
22632 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22633 Call `remember' in another frame.
22634
22635 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22636
22637 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22638 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22639 Most useful for remembering things from other applications.
22640
22641 \(fn)" t nil)
22642
22643 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
22644 Extract diary entries from the region.
22645
22646 \(fn)" nil nil)
22647
22648 (autoload 'remember-notes "remember" "\
22649 Return the notes buffer, creating it if needed, and maybe switch to it.
22650 This buffer is for notes that you want to preserve across Emacs sessions.
22651 The notes are saved in `remember-data-file'.
22652
22653 If a buffer is already visiting that file, just return it.
22654
22655 Otherwise, create the buffer, and rename it to `remember-notes-buffer-name',
22656 unless a buffer of that name already exists.  Set the major mode according
22657 to `remember-notes-initial-major-mode', and enable `remember-notes-mode'
22658 minor mode.
22659
22660 Use \\<remember-notes-mode-map>\\[remember-notes-save-and-bury-buffer] to save and bury the notes buffer.
22661
22662 Interactively, or if SWITCH-TO is non-nil, switch to the buffer.
22663 Return the buffer.
22664
22665 Set `initial-buffer-choice' to `remember-notes' to visit your notes buffer
22666 when Emacs starts.  Set `remember-notes-buffer-name' to \"*scratch*\"
22667 to turn the *scratch* buffer into your notes buffer.
22668
22669 \(fn &optional SWITCH-TO)" t nil)
22670
22671 ;;;***
22672 \f
22673 ;;;### (autoloads nil "repeat" "repeat.el" (21239 25528 651427 0))
22674 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22675 (push (purecopy '(repeat 0 51)) package--builtin-versions)
22676
22677 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22678 Repeat most recently executed command.
22679 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
22680 supply a prefix argument to that command.  Otherwise, give the
22681 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
22682
22683 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22684 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22685 sequence.  This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22686 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22687
22688 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events.  Hence the term
22689 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22690 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22691
22692 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22693
22694 ;;;***
22695 \f
22696 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" (21240 46395
22697 ;;;;;;  727291 0))
22698 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22699
22700 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22701 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22702
22703 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer.  PKGNAME is
22704 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22705 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22706 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22707 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22708 and point is left after the salutation.
22709
22710 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22711 for details).  The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22712 passed to `reporter-dump-state'.  Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22713 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22714 left after that text.
22715
22716 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22717 is non-nil.
22718
22719 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22720 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22721 \(or decline to send).  The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22722 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22723
22724 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22725
22726 ;;;***
22727 \f
22728 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reposition" "reposition.el" (21240 46395 727291
22729 ;;;;;;  0))
22730 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22731
22732 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
22733 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22734 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22735 visibility of comments that precede it.
22736   Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22737   If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22738 window.  If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22739 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22740 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22741 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22742   Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22743 preceding comments visible.  Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22744 the comment lines.
22745   If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22746 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22747 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22748 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22749 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22750
22751 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22752
22753 ;;;***
22754 \f
22755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reveal" "reveal.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
22756 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22757
22758 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22759 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
22760 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
22761 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
22762 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22763
22764 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode.  When enabled, it
22765 reveals invisible text around point.
22766
22767 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22768
22769 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22770 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22771 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22772 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22773 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22774 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22775
22776 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
22777
22778 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22779 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
22780 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22781
22782 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
22783 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
22784 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22785
22786 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22787
22788 ;;;***
22789 \f
22790 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" (21240 46395 727291
22791 ;;;;;;  0))
22792 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22793
22794 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
22795 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22796
22797 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22798
22799 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
22800 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22801
22802 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22803
22804 ;;;***
22805 \f
22806 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (21187 63826 213216
22807 ;;;;;;  0))
22808 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22809
22810 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
22811 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22812 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22813 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22814
22815 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22816
22817 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22818 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22819 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22820 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22821
22822 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22823 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22824
22825 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22826 run.  It can be a relative or absolute path.
22827
22828 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22829 the rlogin when starting.  They are added after any arguments given in
22830 INPUT-ARGS.
22831
22832 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22833 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22834 access your home directory on the remote machine.  Occasionally this causes
22835 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine.  This
22836 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22837
22838 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22839 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22840 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22841 share the same files via NFS.  This is the default.
22842
22843 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22844 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22845 variable.
22846
22847 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22848
22849 ;;;***
22850 \f
22851 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (21346 7974 405729
22852 ;;;;;;  0))
22853 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22854
22855 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
22856 Name of user's primary mail file.")
22857
22858 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
22859
22860 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
22861
22862 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
22863 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
22864 Its name should end with a slash.")
22865
22866 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
22867 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
22868
22869 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
22870 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22871 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22872
22873 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22874
22875 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
22876 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
22877 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
22878 when receiving new mail.  If it matches the address of the sender,
22879 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
22880 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
22881 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
22882
22883 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
22884 sent by you under different user names.
22885 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
22886
22887 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
22888
22889 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
22890
22891 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
22892
22893 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22894 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
22895 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
22896 explicitly.")
22897
22898 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
22899
22900 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
22901 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22902 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22903 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22904 which normally happens once for each message,
22905 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22906 To make a change in this variable take effect
22907 for a message that you have already viewed,
22908 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22909
22910 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22911
22912 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22913 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22914 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22915 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22916
22917 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
22918
22919 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
22920 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22921
22922 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22923
22924 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
22925 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22926 A value of nil means don't highlight.  Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
22927
22928 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
22929
22930 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22931 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
22932 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL.  If that is
22933 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
22934 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
22935 operating system).  For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
22936
22937 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
22938
22939 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
22940 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22941
22942 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
22943
22944 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
22945 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22946
22947 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
22948
22949 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
22950 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
22951
22952 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
22953 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
22954
22955 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
22956
22957 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
22958 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
22959
22960 This is set to nil by default.")
22961
22962 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
22963 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
22964 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
22965 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
22966 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22967 buffer containing the message to forward.  The current buffer
22968 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22969
22970 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
22971 Read and edit incoming mail.
22972 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
22973 file in RMAIL Mode.
22974 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
22975
22976 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
22977 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
22978 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
22979 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
22980
22981 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
22982
22983 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
22984
22985 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
22986 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
22987 All normal editing commands are turned off.
22988 Instead, these commands are available:
22989
22990 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message]  Move point to front of this message.
22991 \\[rmail-end-of-message]        Move point to bottom of this message.
22992 \\[scroll-up]   Scroll to next screen of this message.
22993 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
22994 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message]        Move to Next non-deleted message.
22995 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message]    Move to Previous non-deleted message.
22996 \\[rmail-next-message]  Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
22997 \\[rmail-previous-message]      Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
22998 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
22999 \\[rmail-last-message]  Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23000 \\[rmail-show-message]  Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23001 \\[rmail-search]        Search for string and show message it is found in.
23002 \\[rmail-delete-forward]        Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23003 \\[rmail-delete-backward]       Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23004 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message]     Undelete message.  Tries current message, then earlier messages
23005         till a deleted message is found.
23006 \\[rmail-edit-current-message]  Edit the current message.  \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23007 \\[rmail-expunge]       Expunge deleted messages.
23008 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save]      Expunge and save the file.
23009 \\[rmail-quit]       Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23010 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23011 \\[rmail-get-new-mail]  Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23012 \\[rmail-mail]  Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23013 \\[rmail-continue]      Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23014 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message.  Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23015 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again.  Used on a mailer failure message.
23016 \\[rmail-forward]       Forward this message to another user.
23017 \\[rmail-output]        Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23018 \\[rmail-output-as-seen]        Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23019 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file]   Save message body to a file.  Default filename comes from Subject line.
23020 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file.  Run Rmail on that file.
23021 \\[rmail-add-label]     Add label to message.  It will be displayed in the mode line.
23022 \\[rmail-kill-label]    Kill label.  Remove a label from current message.
23023 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message]   Move to Next message with specified label
23024           (label defaults to last one specified).
23025           Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23026           Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23027 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message]   Move to Previous message with specified label
23028 \\[rmail-summary]       Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23029 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels]     Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23030 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients]   Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23031 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp]   Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23032 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic]   Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23033 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23034
23035 \(fn)" t nil)
23036
23037 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23038 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23039
23040 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23041
23042 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23043 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23044
23045 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23046
23047 ;;;***
23048 \f
23049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (21240 46395
23050 ;;;;;;  727291 0))
23051 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23052 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23053
23054 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23055 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23056 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23057 case it writes Babyl.
23058
23059 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23060 which is updated to the name you use in this command.  In all uses, if
23061 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23062 `rmail-default-file'.
23063
23064 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23065 rather than saving the file directly.  If the buffer is an Rmail
23066 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23067
23068 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23069 the header display is currently pruned.
23070
23071 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23072 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23073 deleted messages).  If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23074 messages after output.
23075
23076 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23077 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23078 message (if writing a file directly).
23079
23080 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23081 from a non-Rmail buffer.  In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23082
23083 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23084
23085 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23086 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23087 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23088   i) the header is output as currently seen
23089  ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23090 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23091
23092 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23093 function and `rmail-output'.  This argument may be removed in future,
23094 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23095
23096 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23097
23098 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23099 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23100 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23101 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'.  Updates the value
23102 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly.  In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23103 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23104 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23105
23106 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23107 than appending to it.  Deletes the message after writing if
23108 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23109
23110 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23111
23112 ;;;***
23113 \f
23114 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el" (21319 49445
23115 ;;;;;;  508378 0))
23116 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23117
23118 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23119 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23120 Return a pattern.
23121
23122 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23123
23124 ;;;***
23125 \f
23126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el" (21293 25385
23127 ;;;;;;  120083 0))
23128 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23129
23130 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23131 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23132 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23133 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23134
23135 \(fn)" t nil)
23136
23137 ;;;***
23138 \f
23139 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el" (21293 25385
23140 ;;;;;;  120083 0))
23141 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23142
23143 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23144 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23145
23146 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23147 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23148 RELAX NG schema.  The mode-line indicates whether it is or not.  Any
23149 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23150 are highlighted with face `rng-error'.  A description of each error is
23151 available as a tooltip.  \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23152 after point.  Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23153 goes to the first error in the buffer.  If the buffer changes, then it
23154 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23155 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23156
23157 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23158 document.  A schema can be specified explicitly using
23159 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23160 file name or on the root element name.  In each case the schema must
23161 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23162 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc').  The variable
23163 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23164 to use for finding the schema.
23165
23166 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23167
23168 ;;;***
23169 \f
23170 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (21293 25385 120083
23171 ;;;;;;  0))
23172 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23173
23174 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23175
23176 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23177 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23178 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype.  PARAMS is a
23179 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23180 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23181 its value.  If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23182 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23183 rng-dt-error will be returned.  Otherwise, it returns a list.  The
23184 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23185 datatype and nil otherwise.  The second argument is a symbol; this
23186 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23187 the remaining members of the list.  The function must return an object
23188 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23189 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23190 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23191 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23192 must be equal.
23193
23194 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23195
23196 ;;;***
23197 \f
23198 ;;;### (autoloads nil "robin" "international/robin.el" (20523 62082
23199 ;;;;;;  997685 0))
23200 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23201
23202 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23203 Define a robin package.
23204
23205 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23206 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23207 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23208 OUTPUT is either a character or a string.  RULES are not evaluated.
23209
23210 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23211 one replaces the old one.
23212
23213 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
23214
23215 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23216 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23217
23218 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23219 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23220 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23221
23222 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23223
23224 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23225 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23226
23227 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23228
23229 ;;;***
23230 \f
23231 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rot13" "rot13.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
23232 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23233
23234 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23235 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23236
23237 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23238
23239 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23240 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23241
23242 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23243
23244 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23245 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23246
23247 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23248
23249 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23250 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23251 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23252
23253 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window.  As long as that window
23254 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23255 in ROT13.
23256
23257 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23258
23259 \(fn)" t nil)
23260
23261 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23262 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23263
23264 \(fn)" t nil)
23265
23266 ;;;***
23267 \f
23268 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rst" "textmodes/rst.el" (21346 7974 405729
23269 ;;;;;;  0))
23270 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23271  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23272
23273 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23274 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23275 \\<rst-mode-map>
23276
23277 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23278 and `rst-mode-hook'.  This mode also supports font-lock
23279 highlighting.
23280
23281 \\{rst-mode-map}
23282
23283 \(fn)" t nil)
23284
23285 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23286 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23287 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
23288 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
23289 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23290
23291 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23292 are installed on top of the major mode bindings.  Use this
23293 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23294
23295 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23296
23297 ;;;***
23298 \f
23299 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el" (21317
23300 ;;;;;;  7724 908229 0))
23301 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23302 (push (purecopy '(ruby-mode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23303
23304 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23305 Major mode for editing Ruby code.
23306
23307 \\{ruby-mode-map}
23308
23309 \(fn)" t nil)
23310
23311 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy (concat "\\(?:\\." "rb\\|ru\\|rake\\|thor" "\\|jbuilder\\|gemspec\\|podspec" "\\|/" "\\(?:Gem\\|Rake\\|Cap\\|Thor" "\\|Vagrant\\|Guard\\|Pod\\)file" "\\)\\'")) 'ruby-mode))
23312
23313 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23314
23315 ;;;***
23316 \f
23317 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (21187 63826 213216
23318 ;;;;;;  0))
23319 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23320 (push (purecopy '(ruler-mode 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
23321
23322 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
23323 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
23324 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
23325
23326 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23327 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
23328 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
23329 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23330 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23331
23332 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23333
23334 ;;;***
23335 \f
23336 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (21240 46395 727291
23337 ;;;;;;  0))
23338 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23339
23340 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23341 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23342 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23343 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23344
23345 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23346
23347 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23348 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23349 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23350
23351 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23352 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23353 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23354
23355 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23356 notation.
23357
23358 STRING
23359      matches string STRING literally.
23360
23361 CHAR
23362      matches character CHAR literally.
23363
23364 `not-newline', `nonl'
23365      matches any character except a newline.
23366
23367 `anything'
23368      matches any character
23369
23370 `(any SET ...)'
23371 `(in SET ...)'
23372 `(char SET ...)'
23373      matches any character in SET ....  SET may be a character or string.
23374      Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23375      Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23376
23377      SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23378      `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23379      `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23380      `word', or one of their synonyms.
23381
23382 `(not (any SET ...))'
23383      matches any character not in SET ...
23384
23385 `line-start', `bol'
23386      matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23387      in the text being matched
23388
23389 `line-end', `eol'
23390      is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23391
23392 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23393      matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23394      string being matched against.
23395
23396 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23397      matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23398      string being matched against.
23399
23400 `buffer-start'
23401      matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23402      buffer being matched against.  Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23403
23404 `buffer-end'
23405      matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23406      buffer being matched against.  Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23407
23408 `point'
23409      matches the empty string, but only at point.
23410
23411 `word-start', `bow'
23412      matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23413
23414 `word-end', `eow'
23415      matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23416
23417 `word-boundary'
23418      matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23419      word.
23420
23421 `(not word-boundary)'
23422 `not-word-boundary'
23423      matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23424      word.
23425
23426 `symbol-start'
23427      matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23428
23429 `symbol-end'
23430      matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23431
23432 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23433      matches 0 through 9.
23434
23435 `control', `cntrl'
23436      matches ASCII control characters.
23437
23438 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23439      matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23440
23441 `blank'
23442      matches space and tab only.
23443
23444 `graphic', `graph'
23445      matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23446      space, and DEL.
23447
23448 `printing', `print'
23449      matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23450      and DEL.
23451
23452 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23453      matches letters and digits.  (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23454      it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23455
23456 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23457      matches letters.  (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23458      it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23459
23460 `ascii'
23461      matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23462
23463 `nonascii'
23464      matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23465
23466 `lower', `lower-case'
23467      matches anything lower-case.
23468
23469 `upper', `upper-case'
23470      matches anything upper-case.
23471
23472 `punctuation', `punct'
23473      matches punctuation.  (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23474      it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23475
23476 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23477      matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23478
23479 `word', `wordchar'
23480      matches anything that has word syntax.
23481
23482 `not-wordchar'
23483      matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23484
23485 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23486      matches a character with syntax SYNTAX.  SYNTAX must be one
23487      of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23488      character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23489
23490      `whitespace'               (\\s- in string notation)
23491      `punctuation'              (\\s.)
23492      `word'                     (\\sw)
23493      `symbol'                   (\\s_)
23494      `open-parenthesis'         (\\s()
23495      `close-parenthesis'        (\\s))
23496      `expression-prefix'        (\\s')
23497      `string-quote'             (\\s\")
23498      `paired-delimiter'         (\\s$)
23499      `escape'                   (\\s\\)
23500      `character-quote'          (\\s/)
23501      `comment-start'            (\\s<)
23502      `comment-end'              (\\s>)
23503      `string-delimiter'         (\\s|)
23504      `comment-delimiter'        (\\s!)
23505
23506 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23507      matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23508
23509 `(category CATEGORY)'
23510      matches a character with category CATEGORY.  CATEGORY must be
23511      either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23512
23513      `consonant'                        (\\c0 in string notation)
23514      `base-vowel'                       (\\c1)
23515      `upper-diacritical-mark'           (\\c2)
23516      `lower-diacritical-mark'           (\\c3)
23517      `tone-mark'                        (\\c4)
23518      `symbol'                           (\\c5)
23519      `digit'                            (\\c6)
23520      `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23521      `vowel-sign'                       (\\c8)
23522      `semivowel-lower'                  (\\c9)
23523      `not-at-end-of-line'               (\\c<)
23524      `not-at-beginning-of-line'         (\\c>)
23525      `alpha-numeric-two-byte'           (\\cA)
23526      `chinese-two-byte'                 (\\cC)
23527      `greek-two-byte'                   (\\cG)
23528      `japanese-hiragana-two-byte'       (\\cH)
23529      `indian-tow-byte'                  (\\cI)
23530      `japanese-katakana-two-byte'       (\\cK)
23531      `korean-hangul-two-byte'           (\\cN)
23532      `cyrillic-two-byte'                (\\cY)
23533      `combining-diacritic'              (\\c^)
23534      `ascii'                            (\\ca)
23535      `arabic'                           (\\cb)
23536      `chinese'                          (\\cc)
23537      `ethiopic'                         (\\ce)
23538      `greek'                            (\\cg)
23539      `korean'                           (\\ch)
23540      `indian'                           (\\ci)
23541      `japanese'                         (\\cj)
23542      `japanese-katakana'                (\\ck)
23543      `latin'                            (\\cl)
23544      `lao'                              (\\co)
23545      `tibetan'                          (\\cq)
23546      `japanese-roman'                   (\\cr)
23547      `thai'                             (\\ct)
23548      `vietnamese'                       (\\cv)
23549      `hebrew'                           (\\cw)
23550      `cyrillic'                         (\\cy)
23551      `can-break'                        (\\c|)
23552
23553 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23554      matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23555
23556 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23557 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23558 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23559 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23560      matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23561
23562 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23563 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23564      like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23565      `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23566
23567 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23568 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23569      like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
23570      group number N.
23571
23572 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23573 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23574      matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc.  If all
23575      args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23576      regular expression.
23577
23578 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23579      produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP.  Normally, regexps matching
23580      zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23581      match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23582      still match.  A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23583
23584 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23585      produce a greedy regexp for SEXP.  This is the default.
23586
23587 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23588 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23589
23590 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23591 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23592      matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23593
23594 `(* SEXP ...)'
23595      like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23596      of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23597
23598 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23599      like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23600      independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23601
23602 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23603 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23604      matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23605
23606 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23607      like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23608
23609 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23610      like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23611
23612 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23613 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23614 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23615      matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23616
23617 `(? SEXP ...)'
23618      like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23619
23620 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23621      like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23622
23623 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23624 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23625      matches N occurrences.
23626
23627 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23628      matches N or more occurrences.
23629
23630 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23631 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23632      matches N to M occurrences.
23633
23634 `(backref N)'
23635      matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23636
23637 `(eval FORM)'
23638      evaluate FORM and insert result.  If result is a string,
23639      `regexp-quote' it.
23640
23641 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23642      include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23643
23644 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
23645
23646 ;;;***
23647 \f
23648 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-ntlm" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" (21187 63826
23649 ;;;;;;  213216 0))
23650 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-ntlm.el
23651 (push (purecopy '(sasl 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
23652
23653 ;;;***
23654 \f
23655 ;;;### (autoloads nil "savehist" "savehist.el" (21326 22692 123234
23656 ;;;;;;  0))
23657 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23658 (push (purecopy '(savehist 24)) package--builtin-versions)
23659
23660 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23661 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
23662 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23663 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23664 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23665 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
23666
23667 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23668
23669 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23670 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
23671 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
23672 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
23673 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23674
23675 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
23676 periodically and when exiting Emacs.  When Savehist mode is
23677 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
23678 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
23679
23680 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23681 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
23682 histories, which is probably undesirable.
23683
23684 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23685
23686 ;;;***
23687 \f
23688 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" (21338 13863
23689 ;;;;;;  97436 0))
23690 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23691
23692 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
23693 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23694 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23695
23696 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23697 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23698 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23699 mode line of all Scheme buffers.  The names of commands that interact
23700 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23701 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23702 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'.  Use \\[run-scheme] to
23703 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23704
23705 Commands:
23706 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23707 Blank lines separate paragraphs.  Semicolons start comments.
23708 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23709
23710 \(fn)" t nil)
23711
23712 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
23713 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23714 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23715
23716 Commands:
23717 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23718 Blank lines separate paragraphs.  Semicolons start comments.
23719 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23720 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23721 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23722 that variable's value is a string.
23723
23724 \(fn)" t nil)
23725
23726 ;;;***
23727 \f
23728 ;;;### (autoloads nil "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" (21187 63826
23729 ;;;;;;  213216 0))
23730 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23731
23732 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
23733 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23734 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23735
23736 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23737
23738 \(fn)" t nil)
23739
23740 ;;;***
23741 \f
23742 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el" (21187 63826 213216
23743 ;;;;;;  0))
23744 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23745
23746 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23747 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23748 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23749 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23750 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23751 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23752
23753 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
23754
23755 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
23756 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
23757 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
23758 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
23759 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23760
23761 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
23762 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23763
23764 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23765
23766 ;;;***
23767 \f
23768 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el" (21240 46395
23769 ;;;;;;  727291 0))
23770 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23771
23772 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
23773 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23774 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
23775 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23776 if ARG is omitted or nil.  When enabled, keys that normally move
23777 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
23778 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
23779 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
23780
23781 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23782
23783 ;;;***
23784 \f
23785 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (21256 34613 967717
23786 ;;;;;;  0))
23787 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
23788 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
23789  (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
23790
23791 ;;;***
23792 \f
23793 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic" "cedet/semantic.el" (21187 63826
23794 ;;;;;;  213216 0))
23795 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
23796 (push (purecopy '(semantic 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23797
23798 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
23799 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
23800 The possible elements of this list include the following:
23801
23802  `global-semanticdb-minor-mode'        - Maintain tag database.
23803  `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
23804  `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode'   - Show summary of tag at point.
23805  `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
23806  `global-semantic-decoration-mode'     - Additional tag decorations.
23807  `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
23808  `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode'     - Show current fun in header line.
23809  `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode'   - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
23810                                          keybinding for tag names.
23811  `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode'          - A mouse 3 context menu.
23812  `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
23813                                          of the symbol under point.
23814 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
23815  some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
23816  `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
23817                                          highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
23818  `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
23819                                          syntax tokens.
23820  `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
23821
23822 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
23823
23824 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
23825 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
23826 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23827 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23828 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23829 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
23830
23831 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
23832
23833 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
23834 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
23835 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
23836 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
23837 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23838
23839 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
23840 semantic content.  This information is used by a variety of
23841 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
23842 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
23843 Semantic mode.
23844
23845 \\{semantic-mode-map}
23846
23847 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23848
23849 ;;;***
23850 \f
23851 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/grammar" "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el"
23852 ;;;;;;  (21187 63826 213216 0))
23853 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
23854
23855 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
23856 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
23857
23858 \(fn)" t nil)
23859
23860 ;;;***
23861 \f
23862 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/grammar" "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el"
23863 ;;;;;;  (21187 63826 213216 0))
23864 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
23865
23866 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
23867 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
23868
23869 \(fn)" t nil)
23870
23871 ;;;***
23872 \f
23873 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (21240 46395
23874 ;;;;;;  727291 0))
23875 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23876
23877 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
23878 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23879
23880 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23881         king@grassland.com
23882 If `parens', they look like:
23883         king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23884 If `angles', they look like:
23885         Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23886
23887 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
23888 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
23889
23890 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
23891
23892 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23893 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23894 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23895 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23896
23897 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23898 privileged operation.  This variable affects sendmail and
23899 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23900 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23901
23902 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
23903
23904 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23905 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23906 This is done when the message is initialized,
23907 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23908
23909 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
23910
23911 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
23912 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23913 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
23914
23915 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
23916
23917 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
23918 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23919 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23920 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23921 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23922 This is used by the default mail-sending commands.  See also
23923 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23924
23925 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
23926
23927 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
23928 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23929
23930 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
23931
23932 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23933 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23934 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
23935 be a Babyl file.")
23936
23937 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
23938
23939 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23940 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
23941 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
23942 when you first send mail.")
23943
23944 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
23945
23946 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
23947 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
23948 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
23949 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
23950 This file need not actually exist.")
23951
23952 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
23953
23954 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
23955 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
23956
23957 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
23958
23959 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
23960 Alist of mail address aliases,
23961 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
23962 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
23963 can specify a different file name.)
23964 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
23965     alias ALIAS MEANING")
23966
23967 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
23968 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
23969 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
23970
23971 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
23972
23973 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
23974 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
23975 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
23976
23977 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
23978
23979 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
23980 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
23981 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
23982 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
23983 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
23984 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
23985 in the cited portion of the message.
23986
23987 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
23988 instead of no action.")
23989
23990 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
23991
23992 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([     ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[       ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
23993 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
23994 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
23995 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
23996 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
23997
23998 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
23999
24000 (defvar mail-signature t "\
24001 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24002 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24003 If a string, that string is inserted.
24004  (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24005   which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24006 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24007 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24008
24009 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24010
24011 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
24012 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24013
24014 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24015
24016 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24017 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
24018 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
24019
24020 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
24021 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
24022
24023 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24024
24025 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24026 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24027 It can contain newlines, and should end in one.  It is inserted
24028 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24029
24030 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24031
24032 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
24033 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
24034 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
24035
24036 \(fn)" nil nil)
24037
24038 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
24039
24040 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
24041
24042
24043 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
24044
24045 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24046 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24047 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24048
24049 \\[mail-send]  mail-send (send the message)
24050 \\[mail-send-and-exit]  mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24051
24052 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24053          \\[mail-to]  move to To:       \\[mail-subject]  move to Subj:
24054          \\[mail-bcc]  move to BCC:     \\[mail-cc]  move to CC:
24055          \\[mail-fcc]  move to FCC:     \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24056          \\[mail-mail-reply-to]  move to Mail-Reply-To:
24057          \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24058 \\[mail-text]  move to message text.
24059 \\[mail-signature]  mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24060 \\[mail-yank-original]  mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24061 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message]  mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24062 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
24063 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
24064 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24065 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24066
24067 \(fn)" t nil)
24068
24069 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24070 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24071 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24072 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24073
24074 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24075
24076 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24077 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24078 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24079 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24080 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24081 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24082
24083 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24084 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24085 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24086
24087 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24088 User should not set this variable manually,
24089 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24090 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24091 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24092
24093 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24094 Edit a message to be sent.  Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24095 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24096 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24097
24098 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24099 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24100
24101 \\<mail-mode-map>
24102 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24103
24104 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24105 to move to message header fields:
24106 \\{mail-mode-map}
24107
24108 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24109 when the message is initialized.
24110
24111 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24112 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24113
24114 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24115 is inserted.
24116
24117 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24118 initialized.  It can add more default fields to the message.
24119
24120 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24121 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer.  If NOERASE is nil, the
24122 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24123 keep the old contents or to erase them.  If NOERASE has the value
24124 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24125 one.  Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24126 buffer without erasing the contents.
24127
24128 The second through fifth arguments,
24129  TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24130  the initial contents of those header fields.
24131  These arguments should not have final newlines.
24132 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24133  original message being replied to, or else an action
24134  of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24135  Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24136 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24137  if/when the message is sent.  Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24138  when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24139  This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24140
24141 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
24142
24143 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24144 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24145
24146 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24147
24148 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24149 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24150
24151 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24152
24153 ;;;***
24154 \f
24155 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "server.el" (21293 25385 120083 0))
24156 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24157
24158 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24159
24160 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24161
24162 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
24163
24164 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24165 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24166 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
24167 \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
24168 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
24169 distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24170
24171 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24172 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24173
24174 If a server is already running, restart it.  If clients are
24175 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24176 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24177
24178 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24179 \\[server-start].
24180
24181 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24182
24183 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24184 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24185 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24186 NAME defaults to `server-name'.  With argument, ask for NAME.
24187
24188 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24189
24190 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24191 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24192 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24193 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24194 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24195 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24196
24197 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24198
24199 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24200 Toggle Server mode.
24201 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
24202 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
24203 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24204
24205 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24206 `emacsclient' program.  See Info node `Emacs server' and
24207 `server-start' for details.
24208
24209 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24210
24211 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24212 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24213 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24214
24215 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24216 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24217
24218 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24219
24220 ;;;***
24221 \f
24222 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ses" "ses.el" (21220 61111 156047 0))
24223 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24224
24225 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24226 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24227
24228 When you invoke SES in a new buffer, it is divided into cells
24229 that you can enter data into.  You can navigate the cells with
24230 the arrow keys and add more cells with the tab key.  The contents
24231 of these cells can be numbers, text, or Lisp expressions. (To
24232 enter text, enclose it in double quotes.)
24233
24234 In an expression, you can use cell coordinates to refer to the
24235 contents of another cell.  For example, you can sum a range of
24236 cells with `(+ A1 A2 A3)'.  There are specialized functions like
24237 `ses+' (addition for ranges with empty cells), `ses-average' (for
24238 performing calculations on cells), and `ses-range' and `ses-select'
24239 \(for extracting ranges of cells).
24240
24241 Each cell also has a print function that controls how it is
24242 displayed.
24243
24244 Each SES buffer is divided into a print area and a data area.
24245 Normally, you can simply use SES to look at and manipulate the print
24246 area, and let SES manage the data area outside the visible region.
24247
24248 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for an example
24249 spreadsheet, and the Info node `(ses)Top.'
24250
24251 In the following, note the separate keymaps for cell editing mode
24252 and print mode specifications.  Key definitions:
24253
24254 \\{ses-mode-map}
24255 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible
24256 part):
24257 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24258 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a
24259 formula:
24260 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24261
24262 \(fn)" t nil)
24263
24264 ;;;***
24265 \f
24266 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" (21240
24267 ;;;;;;  46395 727291 0))
24268 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24269
24270 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24271 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24272 Makes > match <.
24273 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24274 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24275
24276 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24277 the next N words.  In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24278 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24279
24280 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24281 in your init file.
24282
24283 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24284
24285 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24286 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24287 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24288
24289 \(fn)" t nil)
24290
24291 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24292 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24293 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24294 completion.  See below for an introduction to HTML.  Use
24295 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out.  See also `sgml-mode' on
24296 which this is based.
24297
24298 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24299
24300 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things.  Most
24301 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24302 you can imitate various tricks.  Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24303 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24304
24305 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page.  Pages can
24306 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24307 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24308
24309 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag.  Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24310 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre>  Text can be marked as
24311 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24312 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24313
24314 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24315 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>.  In the same way <a
24316 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24317 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24318
24319 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24320
24321 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24322 interesting.  But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24323 To work around that, do:
24324    (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24325
24326 \\{html-mode-map}
24327
24328 \(fn)" t nil)
24329
24330 ;;;***
24331 \f
24332 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" (21336
24333 ;;;;;;  58534 877175 0))
24334 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24335 (push (purecopy '(sh-script 2 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
24336 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24337
24338 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24339 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24340 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24341 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24342 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24343 assumed.  Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24344
24345 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24346 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature').  This
24347 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24348 shell-specific features.
24349
24350 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24351 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used.  The
24352 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24353 \\<sh-mode-map>
24354 \\[sh-case]      case statement
24355 \\[sh-for]       for loop
24356 \\[sh-function]  function definition
24357 \\[sh-if]        if statement
24358 \\[sh-indexed-loop]      indexed loop from 1 to n
24359 \\[sh-while-getopts]     while getopts loop
24360 \\[sh-repeat]    repeat loop
24361 \\[sh-select]    select loop
24362 \\[sh-until]     until loop
24363 \\[sh-while]     while loop
24364
24365 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24366 \\[sh-show-indent]      Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24367 \\[sh-set-indent]       Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24368 \\[sh-learn-line-indent]        Change the indentation variable so this line
24369 would indent to the way it currently is.
24370 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent]  Set the indentation variables so the
24371 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24372
24373
24374 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify]        Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24375 \\[newline-and-indent]   Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24376 \\[sh-end-of-command]    Go to end of successive commands.
24377 \\[sh-beginning-of-command]      Go to beginning of successive commands.
24378 \\[sh-set-shell]         Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24379 \\[sh-execute-region]    Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24380
24381 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
24382 unquoted < insert a here document.
24383
24384 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24385 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly.  If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24386 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24387
24388 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24389 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24390
24391 \(fn)" t nil)
24392
24393 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24394
24395 ;;;***
24396 \f
24397 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" (21271 54940
24398 ;;;;;;  492268 31000))
24399 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24400
24401 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24402 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24403
24404 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24405 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24406 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24407
24408 This function lists potential load path problems.  Directories in
24409 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24410 files.  When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24411 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24412 the earlier.
24413
24414 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24415
24416 \(\"/usr/share/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/share/emacs/24.3/lisp\")
24417
24418 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el.  Then
24419 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24420 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24421
24422 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24423 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24424
24425 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24426 problems.  For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24427 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24428 24.3.  A system administrator downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24429 it.  Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24430 Unless the system administrator checks for this, the new version of XXX
24431 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24432 Emacs version).
24433
24434 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24435 shadowings.  Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24436 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored.  A file
24437 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24438 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24439
24440 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24441 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
24442
24443 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24444
24445 ;;;***
24446 \f
24447 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (21222 16439 978802
24448 ;;;;;;  0))
24449 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24450
24451 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24452 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24453 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24454 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them.  Clusters are
24455 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24456 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24457 sites in the cluster.
24458
24459 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24460
24461 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24462 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24463 It may have different filenames on each site.  When this file is edited, the
24464 new version will be copied to each of the other locations.  Sites can be
24465 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24466
24467 \(fn)" t nil)
24468
24469 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24470 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24471 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24472 of sites, which are also prompted for.  The filenames must be identical on all
24473 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24474 function).  Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24475 `shadow-define-cluster').
24476
24477 \(fn)" t nil)
24478
24479 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24480 Set up file shadowing.
24481
24482 \(fn)" t nil)
24483
24484 ;;;***
24485 \f
24486 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shell" "shell.el" (21315 5521 187938 0))
24487 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24488
24489 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
24490 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24491 don't handle the backslash as a quote character.  For shells that
24492 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24493 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24494 arguments.")
24495
24496 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24497
24498 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24499 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24500 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24501 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24502 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24503
24504 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24505 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24506 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24507  or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24508  or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24509 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24510 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24511 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24512 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24513 and controlling the subjobs of the shell.  See `shell-mode'.
24514 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24515
24516 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24517 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24518 before \\[shell].  You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24519 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24520 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24521 `default-process-coding-system'.
24522
24523 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24524 such as `explicit-csh-args'.  If that symbol is a variable,
24525 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24526 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24527
24528 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24529
24530 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24531
24532 ;;;***
24533 \f
24534 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr" "net/shr.el" (21327 43559 923043 0))
24535 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr.el
24536
24537 (autoload 'shr-render-region "shr" "\
24538 Display the HTML rendering of the region between BEGIN and END.
24539
24540 \(fn BEGIN END &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24541
24542 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
24543 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
24544 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
24545 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
24546
24547 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
24548
24549 ;;;***
24550 \f
24551 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (21187 63826 213216
24552 ;;;;;;  0))
24553 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24554
24555 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24556
24557
24558 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24559
24560 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24561
24562
24563 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24564
24565 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24566
24567
24568 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24569
24570 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
24571
24572
24573 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24574
24575 ;;;***
24576 \f
24577 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el" (21187 63826
24578 ;;;;;;  213216 0))
24579 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24580
24581 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24582 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24583 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments.  Its keymap
24584 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24585 indentation.  It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24586
24587 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24588
24589 \(fn)" t nil)
24590
24591 ;;;***
24592 \f
24593 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (21187 63826
24594 ;;;;;;  213216 0))
24595 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24596
24597 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24598 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24599 \\{simula-mode-map}
24600 Variables controlling indentation style:
24601  `simula-tab-always-indent'
24602     Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24603     regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24604  `simula-indent-level'
24605     Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24606  `simula-substatement-offset'
24607     Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24608  `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24609     Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24610     e.g. a nested FOR-loop.  If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24611     line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24612     with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24613  `simula-label-offset' -4711
24614     Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24615  `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24616     Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24617     Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24618     extra ELSE indentation.  IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24619  `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24620     Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24621     corresponding INSPECT.  Value is a cons cell, the car is
24622     extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24623  `simula-electric-indent' nil
24624     If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24625     will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24626  `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24627     Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded.  Value is one of
24628     the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24629     or nil if they should not be changed.
24630  `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24631     Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24632     expanded.  Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24633     (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24634
24635 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24636 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24637
24638 \(fn)" t nil)
24639
24640 ;;;***
24641 \f
24642 ;;;### (autoloads nil "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (21293 25385 120083
24643 ;;;;;;  0))
24644 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24645
24646 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24647 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24648
24649 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24650 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24651 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24652 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24653
24654 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
24655
24656 (function-put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
24657
24658 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24659 Insert SKELETON.
24660 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24661 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24662 on `skeleton-autowrap'.  An ARG of  M-0  will prevent this just for once.
24663 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24664 \\[edit-abbrevs]  buffer: \"\"  command-name).
24665
24666 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24667 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24668
24669 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24670
24671 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24672 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24673
24674 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24675 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24676 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24677 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24678
24679 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24680 points.  If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24681 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24682 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24683
24684 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24685 variable `str' within the skeleton.  When this is non-nil, the
24686 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24687
24688 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...).  INTERACTOR may be nil if
24689 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24690
24691 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24692 `skeleton-transformation-function').  Other possibilities are:
24693
24694         \\n     go to next line and indent according to mode
24695         _       interesting point, interregion here
24696         -       interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24697                 interesting point set by _
24698         >       indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24699         @       add position to `skeleton-positions'
24700         &       do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
24701         |       do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
24702         -NUM    delete NUM preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24703         resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24704         nil     skipped
24705
24706 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24707 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24708
24709 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'.
24710 ELEMENT may itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR.  The user is prompted
24711 repeatedly for different inputs.  The SKELETON is processed as often as
24712 the user enters a non-empty string.  \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24713 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any.  If INTERACTOR in
24714 such a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24715 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'.  Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list
24716 of strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24717
24718 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24719 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24720 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24721 endless loop.  Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24722 to any valid skeleton element.  The following local variables are
24723 available:
24724
24725         str     first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24726                 then: insert previously read string once more
24727         help    help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24728         input   initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24729         v1, v2  local variables for memorizing anything you want
24730
24731 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24732 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24733
24734 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24735
24736 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
24737 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24738
24739 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur.  If the region
24740 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24741 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24742 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24743 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24744 such as backslash.
24745
24746 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24747 the defaults are used.  These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24748 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24749
24750 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24751
24752 ;;;***
24753 \f
24754 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (21187 63826
24755 ;;;;;;  213216 0))
24756 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
24757
24758 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
24759 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24760 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24761 buffer names.
24762
24763 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24764
24765 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
24766 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24767 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
24768 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24769 if ARG is omitted or nil.
24770 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24771
24772 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24773
24774 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
24775 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
24776 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
24777
24778 \(fn)" t nil)
24779
24780 ;;;***
24781 \f
24782 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el" (21187 63826 213216
24783 ;;;;;;  0))
24784 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24785
24786 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
24787 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24788 A list of images is returned.
24789
24790 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24791
24792 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
24793 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
24794 interactively.  If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
24795
24796 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24797
24798 ;;;***
24799 \f
24800 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" (21322 25639
24801 ;;;;;;  363230 0))
24802 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24803
24804 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
24805
24806
24807 \(fn)" nil nil)
24808
24809 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
24810 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24811
24812 \(fn)" t nil)
24813
24814 ;;;***
24815 \f
24816 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snake" "play/snake.el" (21187 63826 213216
24817 ;;;;;;  0))
24818 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24819
24820 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
24821 Play the Snake game.
24822 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24823
24824 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24825
24826 Snake mode keybindings:
24827    \\<snake-mode-map>
24828 \\[snake-start-game]    Starts a new game of Snake
24829 \\[snake-end-game]      Terminates the current game
24830 \\[snake-pause-game]    Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24831 \\[snake-move-left]     Makes the snake move left
24832 \\[snake-move-right]    Makes the snake move right
24833 \\[snake-move-up]       Makes the snake move up
24834 \\[snake-move-down]     Makes the snake move down
24835
24836 \(fn)" t nil)
24837
24838 ;;;***
24839 \f
24840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" (21187 63826
24841 ;;;;;;  213216 0))
24842 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24843
24844 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24845 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24846 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24847 Tab indents for C code.
24848 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24849 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24850 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24851 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24852 `snmp-mode-hook'.
24853
24854 \(fn)" t nil)
24855
24856 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24857 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24858 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24859 Tab indents for C code.
24860 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24861 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24862 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24863 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24864 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24865
24866 \(fn)" t nil)
24867
24868 ;;;***
24869 \f
24870 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (21187 63826 213216
24871 ;;;;;;  0))
24872 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24873
24874 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
24875 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today.  Accurate to a few seconds.
24876 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
24877 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
24878 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24879
24880 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
24881
24882 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24883
24884 ;;;***
24885 \f
24886 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (21187 63826
24887 ;;;;;;  213216 0))
24888 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24889
24890 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
24891 Play Solitaire.
24892
24893 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24894 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24895 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24896 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24897 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24898 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24899 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24900 check after each move or undo.)
24901
24902 What is Solitaire?
24903
24904 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24905 its origin seems to be northern Africa.  Here's how to play:
24906 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24907
24908         Le Solitaire
24909         ============
24910
24911                 o   o   o
24912
24913                 o   o   o
24914
24915         o   o   o   o   o   o   o
24916
24917         o   o   o   .   o   o   o
24918
24919         o   o   o   o   o   o   o
24920
24921                 o   o   o
24922
24923                 o   o   o
24924
24925 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes.  One stone fits into one
24926 hole.  As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones.  The
24927 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24928 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24929
24930 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24931 after that one.  Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24932 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24933 this:  o  o  .
24934
24935 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24936 which therefore is taken away.  The above thus `evaluates' to:  .  .  o
24937
24938 That's all.  Here's the board after two moves:
24939
24940                 o   o   o
24941
24942                 .   o   o
24943
24944         o   o   .   o   o   o   o
24945
24946         o   .   o   o   o   o   o
24947
24948         o   o   o   o   o   o   o
24949
24950                 o   o   o
24951
24952                 o   o   o
24953
24954 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
24955
24956 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
24957
24958 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24959
24960 ;;;***
24961 \f
24962 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sort" "sort.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
24963 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
24964 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
24965
24966 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
24967 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
24968
24969 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
24970 called sort records.  A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
24971 it) is designated as the sort key.  The records are rearranged in the
24972 buffer in order by their sort keys.  The records may or may not be
24973 contiguous.
24974
24975 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
24976 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
24977 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
24978 the sort order.
24979
24980 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
24981 across a sort record.  They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
24982
24983 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
24984 It moves point to the start of the next record.
24985 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
24986 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
24987 is called.
24988
24989 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
24990 It should move point to the end of the record.
24991
24992 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
24993 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
24994 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
24995 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called.  If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
24996 starts at the beginning of the record.
24997
24998 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
24999 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25000 same as ENDRECFUN.
25001
25002 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
25003 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
25004 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
25005 second key.  If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
25006 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
25007 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
25008 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
25009
25010 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25011
25012 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25013 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25014 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25015 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25016 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25017 the sort order.
25018
25019 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25020
25021 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25022 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25023 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25024 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25025 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25026 the sort order.
25027
25028 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25029
25030 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25031 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25032 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25033 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25034 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25035 the sort order.
25036
25037 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25038 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25039
25040 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25041 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25042 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25043 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25044 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25045 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25046 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25047 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25048 FIELD, BEG and END.  BEG and END specify region to sort.
25049
25050 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25051
25052 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25053 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25054 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25055 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25056 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25057 FIELD, BEG and END.  BEG and END specify region to sort.
25058 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25059 the sort order.
25060
25061 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25062
25063 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25064 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
25065 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
25066 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
25067
25068 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
25069   For example, to sort lines, RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\".
25070
25071 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
25072   RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
25073   If it is \"\\\\digit\", use the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\"
25074   match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
25075   If it is \"\\\\&\", use the whole record.
25076   Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
25077   to search within the record.  If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
25078   found within a record, that record is ignored.
25079
25080 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
25081
25082 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25083 the sort order.
25084
25085 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25086  starting with the letter \"f\",
25087  RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25088
25089 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25090
25091 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25092 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25093 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25094 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25095 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25096 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25097 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25098 the sort order.
25099
25100 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25101 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25102 and it doesn't know how to handle that.  Also, when possible,
25103 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25104 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25105
25106 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25107
25108 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25109 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25110 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25111
25112 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25113
25114 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
25115 Delete all but one copy of any identical lines in the region.
25116 Non-interactively, arguments BEG and END delimit the region.
25117 Normally it searches forwards, keeping the first instance of
25118 each identical line.  If REVERSE is non-nil (interactively, with
25119 a C-u prefix), it searches backwards and keeps the last instance of
25120 each repeated line.
25121
25122 Identical lines need not be adjacent, unless the argument
25123 ADJACENT is non-nil (interactively, with a C-u C-u prefix).
25124 This is a more efficient mode of operation, and may be useful
25125 on large regions that have already been sorted.
25126
25127 If the argument KEEP-BLANKS is non-nil (interactively, with a
25128 C-u C-u C-u prefix), it retains repeated blank lines.
25129
25130 Returns the number of deleted lines.  Interactively, or if INTERACTIVE
25131 is non-nil, it also prints a message describing the number of deletions.
25132
25133 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT KEEP-BLANKS INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
25134
25135 ;;;***
25136 \f
25137 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (21296 1575 438327 0))
25138 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25139
25140 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25141 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25142 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t.  This is so you
25143 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25144 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25145 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25146
25147 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25148
25149 ;;;***
25150 \f
25151 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-report" "gnus/spam-report.el" (21187
25152 ;;;;;;  63826 213216 0))
25153 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25154
25155 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25156 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25157
25158 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25159 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file.  If KEEP is the
25160 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25161
25162 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25163
25164 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25165 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25166 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25167 server.
25168
25169 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25170
25171 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25172 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25173 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25174
25175 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25176
25177 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25178 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25179 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25180 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25181 Agent is plugged.
25182
25183 \(fn)" t nil)
25184
25185 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25186 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25187 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25188 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25189
25190 \(fn)" t nil)
25191
25192 ;;;***
25193 \f
25194 ;;;### (autoloads nil "speedbar" "speedbar.el" (21335 37672 97862
25195 ;;;;;;  0))
25196 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25197
25198 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25199
25200 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25201 Enable or disable speedbar.  Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25202 A nil ARG means toggle.  Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25203 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed.  Currently, only one speedbar is
25204 supported at a time.
25205 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25206 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25207
25208 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25209
25210 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25211 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25212 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25213 selected.  If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25214
25215 \(fn)" t nil)
25216
25217 ;;;***
25218 \f
25219 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spook" "play/spook.el" (21240 46395 727291
25220 ;;;;;;  0))
25221 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25222
25223 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25224 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25225
25226 \(fn)" t nil)
25227
25228 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25229 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25230
25231 \(fn)" nil nil)
25232
25233 ;;;***
25234 \f
25235 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (21263 60346 30834
25236 ;;;;;;  928000))
25237 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25238 (push (purecopy '(sql 3 4)) package--builtin-versions)
25239
25240 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25241 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25242
25243 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25244 `oracle'.  KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25245 `font-lock-keywords'.  By default they are added at the beginning
25246 of the current highlighting list.  If optional argument APPEND is
25247 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25248 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25249 of the current highlighting list.
25250
25251 For example:
25252
25253  (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25254   '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25255
25256 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25257 `_t' as data types.
25258
25259 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25260
25261 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25262 Major mode to edit SQL.
25263
25264 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25265 \\[sql-send-region].  Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25266 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25267
25268 \\{sql-mode-map}
25269 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25270
25271 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25272 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'.  This
25273 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to.  If this
25274 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25275 determine where the strings should be sent to.  You can set the
25276 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25277
25278 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25279 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25280
25281 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25282 one.  If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
25283 must tell Emacs.  Here's how to do that in your init file:
25284
25285 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25286           (lambda ()
25287             (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25288
25289 \(fn)" t nil)
25290
25291 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25292 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25293
25294 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25295 their settings.
25296
25297 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25298 is specified in the connection settings.
25299
25300 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25301
25302 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25303 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25304
25305 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25306 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25307
25308 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25309 \\[universal-argument].  To set the buffer name as well, prefix
25310 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
25311 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
25312
25313 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25314
25315 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25316
25317 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25318 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25319
25320 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25321 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25322 `*SQL*'.
25323
25324 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'.  Login uses
25325 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25326 defaults, if set.  Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25327 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25328
25329 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25330 input.  See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25331
25332 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25333 before \\[sql-oracle].  Once session has started,
25334 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25335 buffer.
25336
25337 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25338 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25339 before \\[sql-oracle].  You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25340 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25341 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25342 `default-process-coding-system'.
25343
25344 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25345
25346 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25347
25348 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25349 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25350
25351 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25352 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25353 `*SQL*'.
25354
25355 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'.  Login uses
25356 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25357 `sql-database' as defaults, if set.  Additional command line parameters
25358 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25359
25360 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25361 input.  See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25362
25363 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25364 before \\[sql-sybase].  Once session has started,
25365 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25366 buffer.
25367
25368 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25369 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25370 before \\[sql-sybase].  You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25371 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25372 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25373 `default-process-coding-system'.
25374
25375 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25376
25377 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25378
25379 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25380 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25381
25382 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25383 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25384 `*SQL*'.
25385
25386 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'.  Login uses
25387 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25388
25389 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25390 input.  See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25391
25392 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25393 before \\[sql-informix].  Once session has started,
25394 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25395 buffer.
25396
25397 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25398 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25399 before \\[sql-informix].  You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25400 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25401 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25402 `default-process-coding-system'.
25403
25404 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25405
25406 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25407
25408 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25409 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25410
25411 SQLite is free software.
25412
25413 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25414 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25415 `*SQL*'.
25416
25417 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'.  Login uses
25418 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25419 `sql-server' as defaults, if set.  Additional command line parameters
25420 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25421
25422 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25423 input.  See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25424
25425 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25426 before \\[sql-sqlite].  Once session has started,
25427 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25428 buffer.
25429
25430 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25431 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25432 before \\[sql-sqlite].  You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25433 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25434 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25435 `default-process-coding-system'.
25436
25437 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25438
25439 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25440
25441 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25442 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25443
25444 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25445
25446 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25447 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25448 `*SQL*'.
25449
25450 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'.  Login uses
25451 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25452 `sql-server' as defaults, if set.  Additional command line parameters
25453 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25454
25455 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25456 input.  See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25457
25458 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25459 before \\[sql-mysql].  Once session has started,
25460 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25461 buffer.
25462
25463 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25464 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25465 before \\[sql-mysql].  You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25466 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25467 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25468 `default-process-coding-system'.
25469
25470 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25471
25472 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25473
25474 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25475 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25476
25477 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25478 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25479 `*SQL*'.
25480
25481 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'.  Login uses
25482 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25483 defaults, if set.
25484
25485 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25486 input.  See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25487
25488 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25489 before \\[sql-solid].  Once session has started,
25490 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25491 buffer.
25492
25493 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25494 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25495 before \\[sql-solid].  You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25496 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25497 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25498 `default-process-coding-system'.
25499
25500 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25501
25502 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25503
25504 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25505 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25506
25507 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25508 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25509 `*SQL*'.
25510
25511 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'.  Login uses
25512 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25513
25514 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25515 input.  See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25516
25517 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25518 before \\[sql-ingres].  Once session has started,
25519 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25520 buffer.
25521
25522 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25523 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25524 before \\[sql-ingres].  You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25525 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25526 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25527 `default-process-coding-system'.
25528
25529 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25530
25531 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25532
25533 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25534 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25535
25536 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25537 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25538 `*SQL*'.
25539
25540 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'.  Login uses the
25541 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25542 as defaults, if set.  Additional command line parameters can be stored
25543 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25544
25545 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25546 input.  See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25547
25548 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25549 before \\[sql-ms].  Once session has started,
25550 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25551 buffer.
25552
25553 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25554 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25555 before \\[sql-ms].  You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25556 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25557 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25558 `default-process-coding-system'.
25559
25560 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25561
25562 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25563
25564 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25565 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25566
25567 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25568 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25569 `*SQL*'.
25570
25571 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'.  Login uses
25572 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25573 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25574 `sql-postgres-options'.
25575
25576 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25577 input.  See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25578
25579 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25580 before \\[sql-postgres].  Once session has started,
25581 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25582 buffer.
25583
25584 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25585 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25586 before \\[sql-postgres].  You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25587 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25588 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25589 `default-process-coding-system'.  If your output lines end with ^M,
25590 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system.  If this doesn't help,
25591 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25592
25593 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25594                                              '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25595
25596 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25597
25598 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25599
25600 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25601 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25602
25603 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25604 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25605 `*SQL*'.
25606
25607 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'.  Login
25608 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25609 defaults, if set.
25610
25611 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25612 input.  See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25613
25614 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25615 before \\[sql-interbase].  Once session has started,
25616 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25617 buffer.
25618
25619 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25620 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25621 before \\[sql-interbase].  You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25622 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25623 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25624 `default-process-coding-system'.
25625
25626 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25627
25628 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25629
25630 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25631 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25632
25633 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25634 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25635 `*SQL*'.
25636
25637 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'.  There is not
25638 automatic login.
25639
25640 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25641 input.  See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25642
25643 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25644 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary.  If you don't want that, set
25645 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25646 advice.  See the elisp manual for more information.
25647
25648 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25649 before \\[sql-db2].  Once session has started,
25650 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25651 buffer.
25652
25653 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25654 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25655 before \\[sql-db2].  You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25656 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25657 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25658 `default-process-coding-system'.
25659
25660 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25661
25662 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25663
25664 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25665 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25666
25667 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25668 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25669 `*SQL*'.
25670
25671 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25672 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25673 `sql-server' as defaults, if set.  Additional command line parameters
25674 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'.  Run inl -h to get help on
25675 parameters.
25676
25677 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25678 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25679 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25680 for this to work).  If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25681 an empty password.
25682
25683 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25684 input.  See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25685
25686 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25687 before \\[sql-linter].  Once session has started,
25688 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25689 buffer.
25690
25691 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25692
25693 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25694
25695 ;;;***
25696 \f
25697 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode" "cedet/srecode.el" (21187 63826 213216
25698 ;;;;;;  0))
25699 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode.el
25700 (push (purecopy '(srecode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
25701
25702 ;;;***
25703 \f
25704 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
25705 ;;;;;;  (21187 63826 213216 0))
25706 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
25707
25708 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
25709 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
25710
25711 \(fn)" t nil)
25712
25713 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
25714
25715 ;;;***
25716 \f
25717 ;;;### (autoloads nil "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el" (21187 63826
25718 ;;;;;;  213216 0))
25719 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
25720
25721 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
25722 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
25723 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
25724 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
25725 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
25726 NAME is name for process.  It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
25727 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
25728  Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
25729  an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
25730  BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
25731  with any buffer
25732 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
25733 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
25734 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
25735 GnuTLS requires a port number.
25736
25737 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
25738
25739 ;;;***
25740 \f
25741 ;;;### (autoloads nil "strokes" "strokes.el" (21271 1974 113743 0))
25742 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25743
25744 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
25745 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25746 Works just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.  COMMAND is
25747 a symbol naming an interactively-callable function.  STROKE is a
25748 list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25749 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25750
25751 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25752
25753 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25754
25755 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
25756 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25757 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25758 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25759 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25760 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25761 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25762
25763 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25764
25765 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25766 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25767 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25768 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down.  This
25769 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25770 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25771 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25772
25773 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25774
25775 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
25776 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25777 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25778
25779 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25780
25781 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25782 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25783 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25784
25785 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25786
25787 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
25788 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25789
25790 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25791
25792 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
25793 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25794
25795 \(fn)" t nil)
25796
25797 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
25798 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25799
25800 \(fn)" t nil)
25801
25802 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
25803 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25804 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes chronologically
25805 by command name.
25806 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25807
25808 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25809
25810 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25811 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25812 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25813 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25814 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25815 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25816
25817 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
25818
25819 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
25820 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
25821 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
25822 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp,
25823 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25824
25825 \\<strokes-mode-map>
25826 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25827 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke].  You can define
25828 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke].  See also
25829 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25830
25831 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25832 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25833 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25834 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25835
25836 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25837
25838 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25839
25840 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
25841 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25842 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25843 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25844
25845 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25846
25847 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25848 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25849
25850 \(fn)" t nil)
25851
25852 ;;;***
25853 \f
25854 ;;;### (autoloads nil "studly" "play/studly.el" (21240 46395 727291
25855 ;;;;;;  0))
25856 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25857
25858 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
25859 Studlify-case the region.
25860
25861 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25862
25863 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
25864 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25865
25866 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25867
25868 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
25869 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25870
25871 \(fn)" t nil)
25872
25873 ;;;***
25874 \f
25875 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subword" "progmodes/subword.el" (21294 46247
25876 ;;;;;;  414129 0))
25877 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
25878
25879 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'capitalized-words-mode 'subword-mode "24.5")
25880
25881 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
25882 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
25883 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
25884 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
25885 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25886
25887 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode.  Enabling it changes
25888 the definition of a word so that word-based commands stop inside
25889 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
25890 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
25891
25892 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'.  Each
25893 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
25894 called a `subword'.  Here are some examples:
25895
25896   Nomenclature           Subwords
25897   ===========================================================
25898   GtkWindow          =>  \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
25899   EmacsFrameClass    =>  \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
25900   NSGraphicsContext  =>  \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
25901
25902 This mode changes the definition of a word so that word commands
25903 treat nomenclature boundaries as word bounaries.
25904
25905 \\{subword-mode-map}
25906
25907 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25908
25909 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
25910 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
25911 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25912 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25913 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25914 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
25915
25916 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
25917
25918 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
25919 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
25920 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Subword mode if ARG is positive;
25921 otherwise, disable it.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
25922 ARG is omitted or nil.
25923
25924 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
25925 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
25926 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
25927
25928 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25929
25930 (autoload 'superword-mode "subword" "\
25931 Toggle superword movement and editing (Superword mode).
25932 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Superword mode if ARG is
25933 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
25934 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25935
25936 Superword mode is a buffer-local minor mode.  Enabling it changes
25937 the definition of words such that symbols characters are treated
25938 as parts of words: e.g., in `superword-mode',
25939 \"this_is_a_symbol\" counts as one word.
25940
25941 \\{superword-mode-map}
25942
25943 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25944
25945 (defvar global-superword-mode nil "\
25946 Non-nil if Global-Superword mode is enabled.
25947 See the command `global-superword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25948 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25949 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25950 or call the function `global-superword-mode'.")
25951
25952 (custom-autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" nil)
25953
25954 (autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" "\
25955 Toggle Superword mode in all buffers.
25956 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Superword mode if ARG is positive;
25957 otherwise, disable it.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
25958 ARG is omitted or nil.
25959
25960 Superword mode is enabled in all buffers where
25961 `(lambda nil (superword-mode 1))' would do it.
25962 See `superword-mode' for more information on Superword mode.
25963
25964 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25965
25966 ;;;***
25967 \f
25968 ;;;### (autoloads nil "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" (21240 46395
25969 ;;;;;;  727291 0))
25970 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
25971
25972 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
25973 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
25974 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
25975 function according to the agreed upon standard.  See the associated
25976 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
25977 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
25978 original message but it does require a few things:
25979
25980      1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
25981
25982      2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
25983         reply buffer.
25984
25985      3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
25986         inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
25987         original message.
25988
25989      4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
25990
25991      5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
25992
25993 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
25994 function is called).  Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
25995 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
25996
25997 \(fn)" nil nil)
25998
25999 ;;;***
26000 \f
26001 ;;;### (autoloads nil "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (21240 46395 727291
26002 ;;;;;;  0))
26003 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26004
26005 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26006
26007 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26008 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26009 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26010 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26011 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26012 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26013
26014 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26015
26016 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26017 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
26018 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
26019 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
26020 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26021
26022 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26023 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26024 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26025
26026 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26027
26028 ;;;***
26029 \f
26030 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabify" "tabify.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
26031 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26032
26033 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26034 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26035 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26036 buffer.
26037
26038 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26039 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26040 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26041
26042 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26043
26044 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26045 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26046 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26047 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26048 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26049 buffer.
26050
26051 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26052 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26053 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26054
26055 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26056
26057 ;;;***
26058 \f
26059 ;;;### (autoloads nil "table" "textmodes/table.el" (21194 37048 599945
26060 ;;;;;;  0))
26061 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26062
26063 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
26064 Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
26065 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
26066
26067 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
26068
26069 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
26070 List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
26071
26072 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
26073
26074 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26075 List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26076
26077 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
26078
26079 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26080 List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26081
26082 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
26083
26084 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26085 Insert an editable text table.
26086 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS.  Optional
26087 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26088 cell.  The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26089 is a number.  They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26090 for each cell.  When called interactively, the list of number is
26091 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26092 delimiting them.
26093
26094 Examples:
26095
26096 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26097
26098 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26099 location of point.
26100
26101     -!-
26102
26103 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key.  As it asks table
26104 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26105 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height.  Now you shall see the next
26106 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26107 first cell.
26108
26109     +-----+-----+-----+
26110     |-!-  |     |     |
26111     +-----+-----+-----+
26112
26113 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26114
26115 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26116 width, which results as
26117
26118     +--------------+-----+-----+
26119     |-!-           |     |     |
26120     +--------------+-----+-----+
26121
26122 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]).  Typing
26123 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26124
26125     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26126     |              |      |-!-                             |
26127     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26128
26129 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26130 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26131 width information to `table-insert'.
26132
26133 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26134
26135 instead of
26136
26137 Cell width(s): 5
26138
26139 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26140 work all together.
26141
26142 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26143 first cell.  Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26144
26145     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26146     |-!-           |      |                                |
26147     |              |      |                                |
26148     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26149
26150 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26151
26152     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26153     |-!-           |      |                                |
26154     |              |      |                                |
26155     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26156     |              |      |                                |
26157     |              |      |                                |
26158     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26159
26160 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26161
26162     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26163     |              |      |                                |
26164     |              |      |                                |
26165     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26166     |              |      |                                |
26167     |              |      |                                |
26168     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26169     -!-
26170
26171 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column].  \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26172 when the point is outside of the table.  This insertion at
26173 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26174
26175     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26176     |              |      |                                |
26177     |              |      |                                |
26178     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26179     |              |      |                                |
26180     |              |      |                                |
26181     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26182     |-!-           |      |                                |
26183     |              |      |                                |
26184     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26185
26186 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26187 results.
26188
26189     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26190     |              |      |                                |
26191     |              |      |                                |
26192     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26193     |              |      |Text editing inside the table   |
26194     |              |      |cell produces reasonably        |
26195     |              |      |expected results.-!-            |
26196     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26197     |              |      |                                |
26198     |              |      |                                |
26199     +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26200
26201 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26202
26203 \\{table-cell-map}
26204
26205 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26206
26207 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26208 Insert N table row(s).
26209 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26210 the current row.  When point is outside of the table it must be below
26211 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26212 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26213
26214 \(fn N)" t nil)
26215
26216 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26217 Insert N table column(s).
26218 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26219 of the current column.  When point is outside of the table it must be
26220 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26221 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26222
26223 \(fn N)" t nil)
26224
26225 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26226 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26227 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26228
26229 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26230
26231 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26232 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26233 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells.  If the
26234 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26235 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26236 all the table specific features.
26237
26238 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26239
26240 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26241
26242
26243 \(fn)" t nil)
26244
26245 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26246 Recognize all tables within region.
26247 BEG and END specify the region to work on.  If the optional numeric
26248 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26249 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26250 specific features.
26251
26252 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26253
26254 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26255
26256
26257 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26258
26259 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26260 Recognize a table at point.
26261 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26262 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26263 the table specific features.
26264
26265 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26266
26267 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26268
26269
26270 \(fn)" t nil)
26271
26272 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26273 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26274 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information.  The
26275 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26276 must not be specified.  When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26277 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26278 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26279
26280 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26281
26282 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26283
26284
26285 \(fn)" t nil)
26286
26287 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26288 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26289 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26290 cell.  Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26291 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure.  The
26292 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26293 specified.
26294
26295 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26296
26297 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26298 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26299 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26300 and possibly from the top of the cell as well.  Therefore, the cell
26301 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively.  This
26302 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26303 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26304 table structure.
26305
26306 \(fn N)" t nil)
26307
26308 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26309 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26310 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26311 table's rectangle structure.
26312
26313 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26314
26315 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26316 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26317 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26318 table's rectangle structure.
26319
26320 \(fn N)" t nil)
26321
26322 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26323 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26324 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26325 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26326 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26327
26328 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26329
26330 You can actually try how it works in this buffer.  Press
26331 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26332 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26333
26334 +-----+--+  +--+-----+  +--+--+--+  +--+--+--+  +---------+  +--+---+--+
26335 |0    |1 |  |0 |1    |  |0 |1 |2 |  |0 |1 |2 |  |0        |  |0 |1  |2 |
26336 +--+--+  |  |  +--+--+  +--+  |  |  |  |  +--+  +----+----+  +--+-+-+--+
26337 |2 |3 |  |  |  |2 |3 |  |3 +--+  |  |  +--+3 |  |1   |2   |  |3   |4   |
26338 |  +--+--+  +--+--+  |  +--+4 |  |  |  |4 +--+  +--+-+-+--+  +----+----+
26339 |  |4    |  |4    |  |  |5 |  |  |  |  |  |5 |  |3 |4  |5 |  |5        |
26340 +--+-----+  +-----+--+  +--+--+--+  +--+--+--+  +--+---+--+  +---------+
26341
26342 +--+--+--+  +--+--+--+  +--+--+--+  +--+--+--+
26343 |0 |1 |2 |  |0 |1 |2 |  |0 |1 |2 |  |0 |1 |2 |
26344 |  |  |  |  |  +--+  |  |  |  |  |  +--+  +--+
26345 +--+  +--+  +--+3 +--+  |  +--+  |  |3 +--+4 |
26346 |3 |  |4 |  |4 +--+5 |  |  |3 |  |  +--+5 +--+
26347 |  |  |  |  |  |6 |  |  |  |  |  |  |6 |  |7 |
26348 +--+--+--+  +--+--+--+  +--+--+--+  +--+--+--+
26349
26350 +--+--+--+  +--+--+--+  +--+--+--+--+  +--+-----+--+  +--+--+--+--+
26351 |0 |1 |2 |  |0 |1 |2 |  |0 |1 |2 |3 |  |0 |1    |2 |  |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26352 |  +--+  |  |  +--+  |  |  +--+--+  |  |  |     |  |  |  +--+--+  |
26353 |  |3 +--+  +--+3 |  |  +--+4    +--+  +--+     +--+  +--+4    +--+
26354 +--+  |4 |  |4 |  +--+  |5 +--+--+6 |  |3 +--+--+4 |  |5 |     |6 |
26355 |5 +--+  |  |  +--+5 |  |  |7 |8 |  |  |  |5 |6 |  |  |  |     |  |
26356 |  |6 |  |  |  |6 |  |  +--+--+--+--+  +--+--+--+--+  +--+-----+--+
26357 +--+--+--+  +--+--+--+
26358
26359 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26360
26361 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26362 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26363 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26364 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26365
26366 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26367
26368 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26369 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26370 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26371
26372 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26373
26374 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26375 Split current cell vertically.
26376 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26377
26378 \(fn)" t nil)
26379
26380 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26381 Split current cell horizontally.
26382 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26383
26384 \(fn)" t nil)
26385
26386 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26387 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26388 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26389
26390 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26391
26392 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26393 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26394 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column.  JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26395 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26396
26397 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26398
26399 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26400 Justify cell contents.
26401 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26402 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.  When optional PARAGRAPH is
26403 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26404 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26405
26406 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26407
26408 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26409 Justify cells of a row.
26410 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26411 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26412
26413 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26414
26415 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26416 Justify cells of a column.
26417 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26418 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26419
26420 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26421
26422 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26423 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
26424 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
26425 that widens a cell when it is necessary.  When non-nil, typing in a
26426 cell does not automatically expand the cell width.  A word that is too
26427 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines.  The chopped
26428 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'.  This
26429 variable's value can be toggled by \\[table-fixed-width-mode] at
26430 run-time.
26431
26432 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26433
26434 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26435 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26436 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26437 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26438 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26439 is the total number of cells.  The cell dimension excludes the cell
26440 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame.  The columns
26441 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries.  Therefore
26442 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26443 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split).  When optional
26444 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26445
26446 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26447
26448 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26449 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26450 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26451 structure of the table.  It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26452 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26453 object is returned.  When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26454 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used.  In this case
26455 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26456 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26457 buffer or a name of the destination buffer.  In this case the
26458 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26459 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26460 untouched.
26461
26462 References used for this implementation:
26463
26464 HTML:
26465         URL `http://www.w3.org'
26466
26467 LaTeX:
26468         URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26469
26470 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26471         URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26472         URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26473
26474 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26475
26476 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26477 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26478 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts.  When STR is an
26479 empty string then each cell content is erased.  When STR ends with
26480 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26481 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number.  Otherwise the
26482 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order.  N is the
26483 number of sequence elements to insert.  When N is negative the cell
26484 traveling direction is backward.  When N is zero it travels forward
26485 entire table.  INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26486 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26487 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26488 insertion which is normally 1.  When zero or less is given for
26489 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26490 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26491 structure is uniform.  JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26492 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26493
26494 Example:
26495
26496   (progn
26497     (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26498     (table-forward-cell 15)
26499     (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26500     (table-forward-cell 16)
26501     (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26502     (table-forward-cell 1)
26503     (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26504
26505   (progn
26506     (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26507     (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26508     (table-forward-cell 1)
26509     (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26510
26511 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26512
26513 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26514 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26515 Delete N rows of cells from current row.  The current row is the row
26516 contains the current cell where point is located.  Each row must
26517 consists from cells of same height.
26518
26519 \(fn N)" t nil)
26520
26521 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26522 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26523 Delete N columns of cells from current column.  The current column is
26524 the column contains the current cell where point is located.  Each
26525 column must consists from cells of same width.
26526
26527 \(fn N)" t nil)
26528
26529 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26530 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26531 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents.  BEG and END
26532 specify the region.  The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26533 The removed text is inserted in the table.  When optional
26534 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26535 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26536 delimiter regular expressions.  This parsing determines the number of
26537 columns and rows of the table automatically.  If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26538 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26539 the entire region contents is placed in that cell.  Optional JUSTIFY
26540 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26541 justification.  Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26542 width.  Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26543 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26544
26545
26546 Example 1:
26547
26548 1, 2, 3, 4
26549 5, 6, 7, 8
26550 , 9, 10
26551
26552 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26553 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table.  In
26554 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26555 specified as 5.
26556
26557 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26558 |  1  |  2  |  3  |  4  |
26559 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26560 |  5  |  6  |  7  |  8  |
26561 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26562 |     |  9  | 10  |     |
26563 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26564
26565 Note:
26566
26567 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26568 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully.  COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26569 of each row is optional.
26570
26571
26572 Example 2:
26573
26574 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26575 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26576 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26577 name headers.  This time specify empty string for both
26578 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26579
26580 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26581 requires some practice.  Here is a list of items what it can do.
26582
26583 Parse Cell Items      By using column delimiter regular
26584                       expression and raw delimiter regular
26585                       expression, it parses the specified text
26586                       area and extracts cell items from
26587                       non-table text and then forms a table out
26588                       of them.
26589
26590 Capture Text Area     When no delimiters are specified it
26591                       creates a single cell table.  The text in
26592                       the specified region is placed in that
26593                       cell.-*-
26594
26595 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26596 like this.
26597
26598 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26599 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26600 |requires some practice.  Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26601 |                                                                 |
26602 |Parse Cell Items      By using column delimiter regular          |
26603 |                      expression and raw delimiter regular       |
26604 |                      expression, it parses the specified text   |
26605 |                      area and extracts cell items from          |
26606 |                      non-table text and then forms a table out  |
26607 |                      of them.                                   |
26608 |                                                                 |
26609 |Capture Text Area     When no delimiters are specified it        |
26610 |                      creates a single cell table.  The text in  |
26611 |                      the specified region is placed in that     |
26612 |                      cell.                                      |
26613 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26614
26615 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26616 paragraphs occupying its own cell.  Each cell can now be edited
26617 independently.
26618
26619 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26620 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26621 |requires some practice.  Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26622 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26623 |Parse Cell Items     |By using column delimiter regular          |
26624 |                     |expression and raw delimiter regular       |
26625 |                     |expression, it parses the specified text   |
26626 |                     |area and extracts cell items from          |
26627 |                     |non-table text and then forms a table out  |
26628 |                     |of them.                                   |
26629 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26630 |Capture Text Area    |When no delimiters are specified it        |
26631 |                     |creates a single cell table.  The text in  |
26632 |                     |the specified region is placed in that     |
26633 |                     |cell.                                      |
26634 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26635
26636 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26637 contents become once again plain text.  `table-release' works as
26638 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26639
26640 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26641
26642 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26643 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26644 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table.  This command
26645 converts a table into plain text without frames.  It is a companion to
26646 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26647
26648 \(fn)" t nil)
26649
26650 ;;;***
26651 \f
26652 ;;;### (autoloads nil "talk" "talk.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
26653 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26654
26655 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26656 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26657
26658 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26659
26660 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26661 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26662
26663 \(fn)" t nil)
26664
26665 ;;;***
26666 \f
26667 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (21240 46395 727291
26668 ;;;;;;  0))
26669 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26670
26671 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26672 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26673 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26674 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26675 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26676 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26677 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26678
26679 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26680 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26681 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26682 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26683
26684 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26685 \\{tar-mode-map}
26686
26687 \(fn)" t nil)
26688
26689 ;;;***
26690 \f
26691 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcl" "progmodes/tcl.el" (21240 46395 727291
26692 ;;;;;;  0))
26693 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26694
26695 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26696 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26697 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26698 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26699 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26700 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26701
26702 Variables controlling indentation style:
26703   `tcl-indent-level'
26704     Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26705   `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26706     Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26707
26708 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26709 documentation for details):
26710   `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26711     Controls action of TAB key.
26712   `tcl-auto-newline'
26713     Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26714     and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26715   `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26716     If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26717     word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26718
26719 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'.  Read the documentation for
26720 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26721 already exist.
26722
26723 \(fn)" t nil)
26724
26725 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
26726 Run inferior Tcl process.
26727 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26728 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26729
26730 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26731
26732 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
26733 Get help on Tcl command.  Default is word at point.
26734 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26735
26736 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26737
26738 ;;;***
26739 \f
26740 ;;;### (autoloads nil "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (21240 46395 727291
26741 ;;;;;;  0))
26742 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26743
26744 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
26745 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26746 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26747 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26748
26749 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26750 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used.  This program
26751 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26752 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26753 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26754
26755 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26756
26757 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
26758 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26759 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26760 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26761
26762 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26763
26764 ;;;***
26765 \f
26766 ;;;### (autoloads nil "term" "term.el" (21339 34726 39547 0))
26767 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26768
26769 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
26770 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26771 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26772 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26773 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26774 the process.  Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26775
26776 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26777
26778 (autoload 'term "term" "\
26779 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26780 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26781 commands to use in that buffer.
26782
26783 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26784
26785 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26786
26787 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
26788 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26789
26790 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26791
26792 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
26793 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
26794 PORT is the path or name of the serial port.  For example, this
26795 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix.  On Windows, this could be
26796 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
26797 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second.  9600
26798 is a common value.  SPEED can be nil, see
26799 `serial-process-configure' for details.
26800 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
26801 use in that buffer.
26802 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26803
26804 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
26805
26806 ;;;***
26807 \f
26808 ;;;### (autoloads nil "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (21187
26809 ;;;;;;  63826 213216 0))
26810 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26811
26812 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
26813 Start coverage on function under point.
26814
26815 \(fn)" t nil)
26816
26817 ;;;***
26818 \f
26819 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (21187 63826 213216
26820 ;;;;;;  0))
26821 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26822 (push (purecopy '(tetris 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
26823
26824 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
26825 Play the Tetris game.
26826 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26827 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26828 as to form complete rows.
26829
26830 tetris-mode keybindings:
26831    \\<tetris-mode-map>
26832 \\[tetris-start-game]   Starts a new game of Tetris
26833 \\[tetris-end-game]     Terminates the current game
26834 \\[tetris-pause-game]   Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26835 \\[tetris-move-left]    Moves the shape one square to the left
26836 \\[tetris-move-right]   Moves the shape one square to the right
26837 \\[tetris-rotate-prev]  Rotates the shape clockwise
26838 \\[tetris-rotate-next]  Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26839 \\[tetris-move-bottom]  Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26840
26841 \(fn)" t nil)
26842
26843 ;;;***
26844 \f
26845 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" (21240 46395
26846 ;;;;;;  727291 0))
26847 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26848
26849 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26850 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26851
26852 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
26853
26854 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
26855 Directory in which temporary files are written.
26856 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26857 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26858 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26859
26860 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
26861
26862 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26863 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26864 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26865 if it matches the first line of the file,
26866 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26867
26868 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
26869
26870 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26871 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26872 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26873 if the variable is non-nil.")
26874
26875 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
26876
26877 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26878 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26879
26880 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
26881
26882 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
26883 Command used to run TeX subjob.
26884 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26885 See the documentation of that variable.")
26886
26887 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26888
26889 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
26890 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26891 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26892 See the documentation of that variable.")
26893
26894 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26895
26896 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
26897 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26898 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26899 See the documentation of that variable.")
26900
26901 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26902
26903 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
26904 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26905 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26906 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26907 If nil, TeX runs with no options.  See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26908
26909 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
26910
26911 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
26912 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26913 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26914 If nil, no commands are used.  See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26915
26916 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
26917
26918 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26919 User defined LaTeX block names.
26920 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26921
26922 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
26923
26924 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
26925 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26926 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26927 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26928
26929 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
26930
26931 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
26932 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26933 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26934 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26935
26936 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26937
26938 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
26939 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26940 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26941 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26942
26943 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26944 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26945 for example,
26946
26947     (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26948          '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26949
26950 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26951 use.")
26952
26953 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26954
26955 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
26956 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26957 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26958 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26959 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26960
26961 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26962
26963 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
26964
26965 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
26966 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
26967 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
26968
26969 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
26970
26971 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
26972 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
26973 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
26974 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
26975 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
26976
26977 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
26978
26979 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
26980 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26981
26982 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
26983
26984 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
26985 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26986
26987 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
26988
26989 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
26990 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
26991 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
26992 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
26993 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively.  If it cannot be determined,
26994 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
26995 says which mode to use.
26996
26997 \(fn)" t nil)
26998
26999 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27000
27001 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27002
27003 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27004
27005 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27006 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27007 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27008 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27009 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27010
27011 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27012 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27013 running TeX under a special subshell.  \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27014 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27015 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27016 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27017 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27018
27019 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27020 mismatched $'s or braces.
27021
27022 Special commands:
27023 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27024
27025 Mode variables:
27026 tex-run-command
27027         Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27028 tex-directory
27029         Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27030         run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27031 tex-dvi-print-command
27032         Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27033 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27034         Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27035         argument) to print a .dvi file.
27036 tex-dvi-view-command
27037         Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27038 tex-show-queue-command
27039         Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27040         queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27041
27042 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27043 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'.  When the
27044 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27045
27046 \(fn)" t nil)
27047
27048 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27049 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27050 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27051 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27052 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27053
27054 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27055 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27056 running LaTeX under a special subshell.  \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27057 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27058 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27059 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27060 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27061
27062 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27063 mismatched $'s or braces.
27064
27065 Special commands:
27066 \\{latex-mode-map}
27067
27068 Mode variables:
27069 latex-run-command
27070         Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27071 tex-directory
27072         Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27073         run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27074 tex-dvi-print-command
27075         Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27076 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27077         Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27078         argument) to print a .dvi file.
27079 tex-dvi-view-command
27080         Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27081 tex-show-queue-command
27082         Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27083         queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27084
27085 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27086 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'.  When the special
27087 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27088
27089 \(fn)" t nil)
27090
27091 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27092 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27093 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27094 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27095 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27096
27097 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27098 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27099 running SliTeX under a special subshell.  \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27100 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27101 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27102 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27103 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27104
27105 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27106 mismatched $'s or braces.
27107
27108 Special commands:
27109 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27110
27111 Mode variables:
27112 slitex-run-command
27113         Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27114 tex-directory
27115         Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27116         run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27117 tex-dvi-print-command
27118         Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27119 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27120         Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27121         argument) to print a .dvi file.
27122 tex-dvi-view-command
27123         Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27124 tex-show-queue-command
27125         Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27126         queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27127
27128 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27129 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27130 `slitex-mode-hook'.  When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27131 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27132
27133 \(fn)" t nil)
27134
27135 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27136
27137
27138 \(fn)" nil nil)
27139
27140 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27141 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27142
27143 \(fn)" t nil)
27144
27145 ;;;***
27146 \f
27147 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (21187 63826
27148 ;;;;;;  213216 0))
27149 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27150
27151 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27152 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27153 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27154 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27155
27156 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27157 and don't split the file if large.  You can use `Info-tagify' and
27158 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27159
27160 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27161
27162 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27163 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27164 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27165 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region].  The text that is
27166 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27167
27168 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27169
27170 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27171 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27172 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27173 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27174
27175 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27176 creates a master menu.  This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27177 is automatically removed when the Info file is created.  The original
27178 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27179
27180 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27181 if large.  You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27182
27183 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27184
27185 ;;;***
27186 \f
27187 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (21240 46395
27188 ;;;;;;  727291 0))
27189 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27190
27191 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27192 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27193
27194 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27195
27196 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27197 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27198
27199 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27200
27201 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27202 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27203
27204   It has these extra commands:
27205 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27206
27207   These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27208 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27209 the `makeinfo' program.  These files must be written in a very restricted and
27210 modified version of TeX input format.
27211
27212   Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27213 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups.  To see
27214 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27215 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27216
27217   You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27218 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27219 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27220 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27221 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27222 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27223 in the Texinfo file.
27224
27225   In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27226 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer.  You can use these
27227 commands to save keystrokes.  And you can insert balanced braces with
27228 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27229 move forward past the closing brace.
27230
27231 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27232 updating menus and node pointers.  These functions
27233
27234   * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27235   * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27236   * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27237
27238 Here are the functions:
27239
27240     texinfo-update-node                \\[texinfo-update-node]
27241     texinfo-every-node-update          \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27242     texinfo-sequential-node-update
27243
27244     texinfo-make-menu                  \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27245     texinfo-all-menus-update           \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27246     texinfo-master-menu
27247
27248     texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27249
27250 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27251 which menu descriptions are indented.
27252
27253 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27254 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27255 in the region.
27256
27257 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27258 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27259 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27260 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27261
27262 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27263 be the first node in the file.
27264
27265 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27266 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27267
27268 \(fn)" t nil)
27269
27270 ;;;***
27271 \f
27272 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (21187
27273 ;;;;;;  63826 213216 0))
27274 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27275
27276 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27277 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27278 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27279 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27280
27281 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27282
27283 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27284 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27285
27286 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27287
27288 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27289 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27290
27291 \(fn)" t nil)
27292
27293 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27294
27295
27296 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27297
27298 ;;;***
27299 \f
27300 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (21240 46395 727291
27301 ;;;;;;  0))
27302 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27303
27304 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27305 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27306 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27307 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27308 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27309 `line', and `page'.
27310
27311 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27312
27313 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27314 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27315 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27316 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27317 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27318 `line', and `page'.
27319
27320 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
27321 valid THING.
27322
27323 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
27324 positions of the thing found.
27325
27326 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27327
27328 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27329 Return the THING at point.
27330 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27331 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27332 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27333 `line', `number', and `page'.
27334
27335 When the optional argument NO-PROPERTIES is non-nil,
27336 strip text properties from the return value.
27337
27338 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27339 a symbol as a valid THING.
27340
27341 \(fn THING &optional NO-PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
27342
27343 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27344 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27345
27346 \(fn)" nil nil)
27347
27348 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27349 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27350
27351 \(fn)" nil nil)
27352
27353 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27354 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27355
27356 \(fn)" nil nil)
27357
27358 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27359 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27360
27361 \(fn)" nil nil)
27362
27363 ;;;***
27364 \f
27365 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thumbs" "thumbs.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
27366 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27367
27368 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27369 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27370
27371 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27372
27373 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27374 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27375 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27376 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27377
27378 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27379
27380 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27381 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27382
27383 \(fn)" t nil)
27384
27385 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27386 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27387
27388 \(fn)" t nil)
27389
27390 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27391
27392 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27393 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27394
27395 \(fn)" t nil)
27396
27397 ;;;***
27398 \f
27399 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (21187
27400 ;;;;;;  63826 213216 0))
27401 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27402
27403 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27404 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27405 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27406
27407 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27408
27409 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27410 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27411
27412 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27413
27414 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27415 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27416 The returned string has no composition information.
27417
27418 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27419
27420 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27421 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27422
27423 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27424
27425 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27426 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27427
27428 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27429
27430 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27431 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27432 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27433 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27434
27435 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27436
27437 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27438 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27439 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27440 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27441
27442 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27443
27444 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27445 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27446 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27447
27448 \(fn)" t nil)
27449
27450 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27451 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27452 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27453
27454 \(fn)" t nil)
27455
27456 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27457
27458
27459 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27460
27461 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27462
27463
27464 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27465
27466 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27467
27468
27469 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27470
27471 ;;;***
27472 \f
27473 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" (21187 63826
27474 ;;;;;;  213216 0))
27475 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27476 (push (purecopy '(tildify 4 5)) package--builtin-versions)
27477
27478 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27479 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27480 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27481 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27482 parameters.
27483 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27484
27485 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27486
27487 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27488 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27489 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27490 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27491 parameters.
27492 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27493
27494 \(fn)" t nil)
27495
27496 ;;;***
27497 \f
27498 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time" "time.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
27499 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27500
27501 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27502 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27503
27504 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27505 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
27506
27507 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27508 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27509 This display updates automatically every minute.
27510 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27511 are displayed as well.
27512 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27513
27514 \(fn)" t nil)
27515
27516 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27517 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27518 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27519 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27520 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27521 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27522
27523 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27524
27525 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27526 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27527 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
27528 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
27529 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
27530
27531 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
27532 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
27533 `display-time-interval').  If `display-time-day-and-date' is
27534 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well.  This
27535 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27536
27537 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27538
27539 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27540 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27541 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27542 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27543
27544 \(fn)" t nil)
27545
27546 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
27547 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
27548 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
27549 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
27550
27551 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27552
27553 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
27554 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
27555
27556 \(fn)" t nil)
27557
27558 ;;;***
27559 \f
27560 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (21187
27561 ;;;;;;  63826 213216 0))
27562 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27563
27564 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27565 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27566 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
27567
27568 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27569 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
27570        (and (fboundp 'float-time)
27571             (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
27572    (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
27573  (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
27574
27575 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27576 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27577
27578 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27579
27580 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
27581 Return non-nil if time value T1 is earlier than time value T2.
27582
27583 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27584
27585 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27586 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27587
27588 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27589
27590 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27591 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27592 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27593
27594 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27595
27596 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27597
27598 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
27599 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
27600 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27601
27602 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27603
27604 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
27605 Add two time values T1 and T2.  One should represent a time difference.
27606
27607 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27608
27609 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27610 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27611 DATE should be a date-time string.
27612
27613 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27614
27615 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27616 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27617 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27618
27619 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27620
27621 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27622 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27623
27624 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27625
27626 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27627 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27628
27629 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27630
27631 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27632 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27633 TIME should be a time value.
27634 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27635
27636 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27637
27638 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27639 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27640 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27641
27642 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27643
27644 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
27645 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
27646 The valid format specifiers are:
27647 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
27648 %d is the number of days.
27649 %h is the number of hours.
27650 %m is the number of minutes.
27651 %s is the number of seconds.
27652 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
27653 %% is a literal \"%\".
27654
27655 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
27656 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
27657
27658 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
27659 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding.  For example, \"%.3Y\" will
27660 return something of the form \"001 year\".
27661
27662 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything.  When it is used, specifiers
27663 must be given in order of decreasing size.  To the left of \"%z\", nothing
27664 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
27665
27666 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
27667
27668 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
27669
27670 ;;;***
27671 \f
27672 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-stamp" "time-stamp.el" (21187 63826 213216
27673 ;;;;;;  0))
27674 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27675 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27676 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
27677 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27678 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27679 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27680 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27681 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27682 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27683
27684 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
27685 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27686 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27687 every time you save the file.  Add this line to your init file:
27688     (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27689 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27690 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27691 look like one of the following:
27692       Time-stamp: <>
27693       Time-stamp: \" \"
27694 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27695       Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27696 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27697 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27698 `time-stamp-format'.  The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27699 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27700 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27701 the template.
27702
27703 \(fn)" t nil)
27704
27705 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
27706 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27707 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27708
27709 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27710
27711 ;;;***
27712 \f
27713 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" (21222
27714 ;;;;;;  16439 978802 0))
27715 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27716 (push (purecopy '(timeclock 2 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27717
27718 (defvar timeclock-mode-line-display nil "\
27719 Non-nil if Timeclock-Mode-Line-Display mode is enabled.
27720 See the command `timeclock-mode-line-display' for a description of this minor mode.
27721 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27722 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27723 or call the function `timeclock-mode-line-display'.")
27724
27725 (custom-autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" nil)
27726
27727 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
27728 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
27729 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27730 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
27731 will be updated whenever the time display is updated.  Otherwise,
27732 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27733 updating.  With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
27734 if ARG is positive.  Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
27735 display (non-nil means on).
27736
27737 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27738
27739 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
27740 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27741 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27742 many hours in it to be worked.  If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
27743 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27744 weekend).  *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27745 _seconds_ worked today*.  This feature only has effect the first time
27746 this function is called within a day.
27747
27748 PROJECT is the project being clocked into.  If PROJECT is nil, and
27749 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27750 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27751 discover the name of the project.
27752
27753 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27754
27755 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
27756 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27757 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27758 begun during the last time segment.
27759
27760 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out.  If REASON is nil, and
27761 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27762 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27763 discover the reason.
27764
27765 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27766
27767 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
27768 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27769 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27770 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27771 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27772
27773 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27774
27775 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
27776 Change to working on a different project.
27777 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27778 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27779 time of changeover.  PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27780 working on.
27781
27782 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27783
27784 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
27785 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27786 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27787
27788 \(fn)" nil nil)
27789
27790 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
27791 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27792 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27793
27794 \(fn)" t nil)
27795
27796 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
27797 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27798 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil.  If TODAY-ONLY
27799 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27800 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27801 \"relative to today\".
27802
27803 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27804
27805 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
27806 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27807 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil.  If RELATIVE is
27808 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27809
27810 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27811
27812 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
27813 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27814 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'.  If
27815 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27816 seconds.  If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27817 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27818
27819 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27820
27821 ;;;***
27822 \f
27823 ;;;### (autoloads nil "titdic-cnv" "international/titdic-cnv.el"
27824 ;;;;;;  (21187 63826 213216 0))
27825 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27826
27827 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27828 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27829 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27830 the generated Quail package is saved.
27831
27832 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27833
27834 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27835 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27836 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27837 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27838 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27839  generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27840 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27841
27842 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27843
27844 ;;;***
27845 \f
27846 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tmm" "tmm.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
27847 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27848  (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27849  (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27850
27851 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
27852 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27853 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27854 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27855 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27856
27857 Note that \\[menu-bar-open] by default drops down TTY menus; if you want it
27858 to invoke `tmm-menubar' instead, customize the variable
27859 `tty-menu-open-use-tmm' to a non-nil value.
27860
27861 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27862
27863 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
27864 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27865 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27866 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27867 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27868
27869 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27870
27871 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
27872 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27873 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices.  You can access the elements
27874 in the menu in two ways:
27875    *)  via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27876    *)  Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27877 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27878
27879 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27880 keymap or an alist of alists.
27881 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27882 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27883
27884 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27885
27886 ;;;***
27887 \f
27888 ;;;### (autoloads nil "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (21204
27889 ;;;;;;  37210 187838 0))
27890 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27891
27892 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
27893 Visit a todo file and display one of its categories.
27894
27895 When invoked in Todo mode, prompt for which todo file to visit.
27896 When invoked outside of Todo mode with non-nil prefix argument
27897 SOLICIT-FILE prompt for which todo file to visit; otherwise visit
27898 `todo-default-todo-file'.  Subsequent invocations from outside
27899 of Todo mode revisit this file or, with option
27900 `todo-show-current-file' non-nil (the default), whichever todo
27901 file was last visited.
27902
27903 If you call this command before you have created any todo file in
27904 the current format, and you have an todo file in old format, it
27905 will ask you whether to convert that file and show it.
27906 Otherwise, calling this command before any todo file exists
27907 prompts for a file name and an initial category (defaulting to
27908 `todo-initial-file' and `todo-initial-category'), creates both of
27909 these, visits the file and displays the category, and if option
27910 `todo-add-item-if-new-category' is non-nil (the default), prompts
27911 for the first item.
27912
27913 The first invocation of this command on an existing todo file
27914 interacts with the option `todo-show-first': if its value is
27915 `first' (the default), show the first category in the file; if
27916 its value is `table', show the table of categories in the file;
27917 if its value is one of `top', `diary' or `regexp', show the
27918 corresponding saved top priorities, diary items, or regexp items
27919 file, if any.  Subsequent invocations always show the file's
27920 current (i.e., last displayed) category.
27921
27922 In Todo mode just the category's unfinished todo items are shown
27923 by default.  The done items are hidden, but typing
27924 `\\[todo-toggle-view-done-items]' displays them below the todo
27925 items.  With non-nil user option `todo-show-with-done' both todo
27926 and done items are always shown on visiting a category.
27927
27928 Invoking this command in Todo Archive mode visits the
27929 corresponding todo file, displaying the corresponding category.
27930
27931 \(fn &optional SOLICIT-FILE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
27932
27933 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
27934 Major mode for displaying, navigating and editing todo lists.
27935
27936 \\{todo-mode-map}
27937
27938 \(fn)" t nil)
27939
27940 (autoload 'todo-archive-mode "todo-mode" "\
27941 Major mode for archived todo categories.
27942
27943 \\{todo-archive-mode-map}
27944
27945 \(fn)" t nil)
27946
27947 (autoload 'todo-filtered-items-mode "todo-mode" "\
27948 Mode for displaying and reprioritizing top priority Todo.
27949
27950 \\{todo-filtered-items-mode-map}
27951
27952 \(fn)" t nil)
27953
27954 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.todo\\'" . todo-mode))
27955
27956 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.toda\\'" . todo-archive-mode))
27957
27958 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.tod[tyr]\\'" . todo-filtered-items-mode))
27959
27960 ;;;***
27961 \f
27962 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (21187 63826 213216
27963 ;;;;;;  0))
27964 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
27965
27966 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
27967 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
27968 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
27969
27970 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27971
27972 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
27973 Add an item to the tool bar.
27974 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27975 for the fake function key in the menu keymap.  Remaining arguments
27976 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification.  See
27977 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'.  Items are added from left to right.
27978
27979 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use.  The
27980 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
27981 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27982 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
27983
27984 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
27985 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
27986
27987 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
27988
27989 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
27990 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
27991 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
27992 for the fake function key in the menu keymap.  Remaining arguments
27993 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification.  See
27994 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'.  Items are added from left to right.
27995
27996 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use.  The
27997 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
27998 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
27999 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28000
28001 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28002
28003 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28004 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28005 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28006 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28007 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON.  It
28008 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'.  PROPS are additional
28009 properties to add to the binding.
28010
28011 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28012
28013 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28014 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28015
28016 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28017
28018 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28019 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28020 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28021 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28022 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON.  It
28023 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'.  PROPS are additional
28024 properties to add to the binding.
28025
28026 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28027 holds a keymap.
28028
28029 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28030
28031 ;;;***
28032 \f
28033 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (21187 63826
28034 ;;;;;;  213216 0))
28035 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
28036 (push (purecopy '(tpu-edt 4 5)) package--builtin-versions)
28037
28038 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
28039 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
28040 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28041 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28042 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28043 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
28044
28045 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
28046
28047 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
28048 Toggle TPU/edt emulation on or off.
28049 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
28050 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
28051 if ARG is omitted or nil.
28052
28053 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28054
28055 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
28056
28057 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
28058 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
28059
28060 \(fn)" t nil)
28061
28062 ;;;***
28063 \f
28064 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el" (21187
28065 ;;;;;;  63826 213216 0))
28066 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
28067
28068 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
28069 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
28070
28071 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
28072 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys.  It uses the keys you
28073 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
28074 for your X server.  You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
28075 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
28076
28077 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
28078 definitions.  If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
28079 automatically.  If you specify a different file name, you will need to
28080 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt.  Here's how
28081 you might go about doing that in your init file.
28082
28083   (setq tpu-xkeys-file (expand-file-name \"~/.my-emacs-x-keys\"))
28084   (tpu-edt)
28085
28086 Known Problems:
28087
28088 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
28089 prompt for the same key.  This can happen when your window manager sucks
28090 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
28091 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it.  You must
28092 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue.  Later, you and/or
28093 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
28094
28095 \(fn)" t nil)
28096
28097 ;;;***
28098 \f
28099 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (21240 46395 727291
28100 ;;;;;;  0))
28101 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28102
28103 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28104 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28105 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28106 streams of bytes.  It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28107 to a tcp server on another machine.
28108
28109 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28110
28111 ;;;***
28112 \f
28113 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (21240 46395
28114 ;;;;;;  727291 0))
28115 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28116
28117 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28118 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28119
28120 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28121
28122 (autoload 'trace-values "trace" "\
28123 Helper function to get internal values.
28124 You can call this function to add internal values in the trace buffer.
28125
28126 \(fn &rest VALUES)" nil nil)
28127
28128 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
28129 Trace calls to function FUNCTION.
28130 With a prefix argument, also prompt for the trace buffer (default
28131 `trace-buffer'), and a Lisp expression CONTEXT.
28132
28133 Tracing a function causes every call to that function to insert
28134 into BUFFER Lisp-style trace messages that display the function's
28135 arguments and return values.  It also evaluates CONTEXT, if that is
28136 non-nil, and inserts its value too.  For example, you can use this
28137 to track the current buffer, or position of point.
28138
28139 This function creates BUFFER if it does not exist.  This buffer will
28140 popup whenever FUNCTION is called.  Do not use this function to trace
28141 functions that switch buffers, or do any other display-oriented
28142 stuff - use `trace-function-background' instead.
28143
28144 To stop tracing a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
28145
28146 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28147
28148 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28149 Trace calls to function FUNCTION, quietly.
28150 This is like `trace-function-foreground', but without popping up
28151 the output buffer or changing the window configuration.
28152
28153 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28154
28155 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
28156
28157 ;;;***
28158 \f
28159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (21330 19750 309501
28160 ;;;;;;  0))
28161 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28162
28163 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28164 Whether Tramp is enabled.
28165 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28166
28167 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28168
28169 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28170 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28171
28172 It can have the following values:
28173
28174   'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28175   'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs.")
28176
28177 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28178
28179 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\(\\[.*\\]\\|[^/|:]\\{2,\\}[^/|]*\\):" "\\`/[^/|:][^/|]*:") "\
28180 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28181 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28182 Tramp.  See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28183
28184 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28185
28186 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28187 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28188 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28189 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28190
28191 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28192 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28193 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28194 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28195 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially.  Thus,
28196 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28197 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28198 files which are not really Tramp files.
28199
28200 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28201 this file (tramp.el) is loaded.  This means that this variable must be set
28202 before loading tramp.el.  Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28203 updated after changing this variable.
28204
28205 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28206
28207 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
28208 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28209 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28210 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28211
28212 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28213
28214 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
28215 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28216 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28217 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28218
28219 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28220 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28221 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28222
28223 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28224 this file (tramp.el) is loaded.  This means that this variable must be set
28225 before loading tramp.el.  Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28226 updated after changing this variable.
28227
28228 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28229
28230 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28231 Alist of completion handler functions.
28232 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28233 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28234 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28235
28236 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28237 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28238 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28239 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28240
28241 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28242 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28243 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28244
28245 (defun tramp-autoload-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28246 Load Tramp file name handler, and perform OPERATION." (let ((default-directory temporary-file-directory)) (load "tramp" nil t)) (apply operation args))
28247
28248 (defun tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers nil "\
28249 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist' during autoload." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t))
28250
28251 (tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers)
28252
28253 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28254
28255
28256 \(fn)" nil nil)
28257
28258 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28259 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28260
28261 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28262
28263 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28264 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28265
28266 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28267
28268 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28269 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28270
28271 \(fn)" t nil)
28272
28273 ;;;***
28274 \f
28275 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el" (21187 63826
28276 ;;;;;;  213216 0))
28277 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28278
28279 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28280
28281
28282 \(fn)" nil nil)
28283
28284 ;;;***
28285 \f
28286 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (21240 46395 727291
28287 ;;;;;;  0))
28288 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28289
28290 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28291 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28292 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28293 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28294 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28295 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28296 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28297 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28298
28299 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28300 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28301 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28302
28303 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28304 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28305 resumed later.
28306
28307 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28308
28309 ;;;***
28310 \f
28311 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el" (20355 10021
28312 ;;;;;;  546955 0))
28313 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28314
28315 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28316
28317
28318 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28319
28320 ;;;***
28321 \f
28322 ;;;### (autoloads nil "two-column" "textmodes/two-column.el" (21187
28323 ;;;;;;  63826 213216 0))
28324 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28325  (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28326  (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28327  (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28328
28329 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28330 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28331 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28332 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28333 for details.).  It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28334 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28335 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28336
28337 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28338
28339 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28340 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28341 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28342 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28343
28344 \(See  \\[describe-mode] .)
28345
28346 \(fn)" t nil)
28347
28348 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28349 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28350 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'.  Only lines that
28351 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split.  The
28352 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28353 value for `2C-separator'.  This way lines that continue across both
28354 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28355
28356 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things.  You
28357 write the first line of each column and then split that line.  E.g.:
28358
28359 First column's text    sSs  Second column's text
28360                        \\___/\\
28361                         /    \\
28362    5 character Separator      You type  M-5 \\[2C-split]  with the point here.
28363
28364 \(See  \\[describe-mode] .)
28365
28366 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28367
28368 ;;;***
28369 \f
28370 ;;;### (autoloads nil "type-break" "type-break.el" (21222 16439 978802
28371 ;;;;;;  0))
28372 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28373
28374 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28375 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
28376 See the command `type-break-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28377 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28378 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28379 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
28380
28381 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28382
28383 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28384 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28385 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28386
28387 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28388 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28389 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold.  When the time arrives, the user
28390 is asked to take a break.  If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28391 again in a short period of time.  The idea is to give the user enough time
28392 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28393 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28394
28395 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28396 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28397
28398 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28399 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28400 reset the keystroke counter.
28401
28402 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28403 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28404 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28405 break at any time).  It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28406
28407 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28408 schedule between regular typing breaks.  This variable doesn't directly
28409 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28410 `type-break-schedule' command.
28411
28412 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28413 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break.  Whenever
28414 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28415 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first.  Also, if a break
28416 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28417 or not to continue.  A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28418 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28419 between breaks.  In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28420 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28421
28422 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28423 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28424 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28425 have passed.  This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28426 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28427
28428 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28429 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered.  You can use
28430 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28431 approximate good values for this.
28432
28433 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28434 imminent typing breaks are displayed.  They include:
28435
28436         `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28437         `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28438         `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28439         `type-break-warning-repeat'
28440         `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28441         `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28442
28443 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28444 a typing break occur.  They include:
28445
28446         `type-break-query-mode'
28447         `type-break-query-function'
28448         `type-break-query-interval'
28449
28450 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28451
28452 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28453 across Emacs sessions.  This provides recovery of the break status between
28454 sessions and after a crash.  Manual changes to the file may result in
28455 problems.
28456
28457 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28458
28459 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28460 Take a typing break.
28461
28462 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28463 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28464
28465 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28466 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28467
28468 \(fn)" t nil)
28469
28470 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28471 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28472 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28473 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28474
28475 \(fn)" t nil)
28476
28477 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28478 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28479
28480 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28481 many words per minute they usually type.  This value should not be your
28482 maximum WPM, but your average.  Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28483 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing.  For example, one
28484 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28485 documentation.  (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28486 average typing speed.)
28487
28488 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28489 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28490 length of words (5).  For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28491 the computed maximum threshold.
28492
28493 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28494 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28495 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28496 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28497 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28498
28499 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28500
28501 ;;;***
28502 \f
28503 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uce" "mail/uce.el" (21199 54969 178188 0))
28504 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
28505
28506 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
28507 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
28508 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
28509 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
28510 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
28511
28512 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
28513
28514 ;;;***
28515 \f
28516 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ucs-normalize" "international/ucs-normalize.el"
28517 ;;;;;;  (21194 37048 599945 0))
28518 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
28519
28520 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28521 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
28522
28523 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28524
28525 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28526 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
28527
28528 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28529
28530 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28531 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
28532
28533 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28534
28535 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28536 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
28537
28538 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28539
28540 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28541 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
28542
28543 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28544
28545 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28546 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
28547
28548 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28549
28550 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28551 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
28552
28553 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28554
28555 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28556 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
28557
28558 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28559
28560 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28561 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28562
28563 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28564
28565 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28566 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28567
28568 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28569
28570 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28571 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28572
28573 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28574
28575 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28576 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28577
28578 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28579
28580 ;;;***
28581 \f
28582 ;;;### (autoloads nil "underline" "textmodes/underline.el" (21240
28583 ;;;;;;  46395 727291 0))
28584 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28585
28586 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28587 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28588 Works by overstriking underscores.
28589 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28590 which specify the range to operate on.
28591
28592 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28593
28594 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28595 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28596 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28597 which specify the range to operate on.
28598
28599 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28600
28601 ;;;***
28602 \f
28603 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" (21240 46395 727291
28604 ;;;;;;  0))
28605 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28606
28607 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28608 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
28609 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
28610 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28611 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28612 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28613
28614 \(fn)" nil nil)
28615
28616 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28617 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
28618 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
28619
28620 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28621
28622 ;;;***
28623 \f
28624 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (21187 63826
28625 ;;;;;;  213216 0))
28626 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28627
28628 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28629 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28630 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28631 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28632
28633 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28634
28635 ;;;***
28636 \f
28637 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (21302 6641 882267 783000))
28638 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28639
28640 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28641 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28642 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.  If it is a string
28643 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
28644 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
28645
28646 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28647 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28648 with it.  It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28649 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
28650 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
28651 occurred.  Each pair is one of:
28652
28653 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28654 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred.  The error can be
28655 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28656
28657 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28658 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28659 the callback is not called).
28660
28661 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28662 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28663 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28664 take effect.
28665
28666 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
28667 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
28668 the server.
28669 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
28670 URL-encoded before it's used.
28671
28672 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28673
28674 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28675 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28676 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28677 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28678 no further processing).  URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28679
28680 \(fn URL &optional SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28681
28682 ;;;***
28683 \f
28684 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (21187 63826 213216
28685 ;;;;;;  0))
28686 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28687
28688 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28689 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28690 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28691
28692 URL    is the url you are requesting authorization to.  This can be either a
28693        string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28694        `url-generic-parse-url'
28695 REALM  is the realm at a specific site we are looking for.  This should be a
28696        string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28697        specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28698        realm
28699 TYPE   is the type of authentication to be returned.  This is either a string
28700        representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28701        to specify that any authentication is acceptable.  If requesting 'any'
28702        the strongest matching authentication will be returned.  If this is
28703        wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28704        what type of auth to use
28705 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28706        if one cannot be found in the cache
28707
28708 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28709
28710 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28711 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28712
28713 TYPE     is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
28714          This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
28715          an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28716 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
28717          This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
28718 RATING   a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28719          This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28720          URL.  The item with the highest rating is returned.
28721
28722 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28723
28724 ;;;***
28725 \f
28726 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (21187 63826
28727 ;;;;;;  213216 0))
28728 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28729
28730 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28731 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28732
28733 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28734
28735 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
28736 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28737 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
28738
28739 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28740
28741 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
28742 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
28743
28744 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28745
28746 ;;;***
28747 \f
28748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (21187 63826 213216
28749 ;;;;;;  0))
28750 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28751
28752 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
28753
28754
28755 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28756
28757 ;;;***
28758 \f
28759 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (21302 6606 390237
28760 ;;;;;;  377000))
28761 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28762
28763 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
28764 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
28765 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
28766
28767 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28768
28769 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
28770 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL.  Return the parsed responses.
28771 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
28772 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
28773
28774 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate.  Default is 0, meaning
28775 it should apply only to URL.  A negative number means to use
28776 `Infinity' for the depth.  Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
28777 though.
28778
28779 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
28780
28781 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
28782 added to the <TAG> element.  The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
28783 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
28784
28785 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
28786
28787 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
28788
28789
28790 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28791
28792 ;;;***
28793 \f
28794 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (21187 63826 213216
28795 ;;;;;;  0))
28796 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28797
28798 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
28799 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28800
28801 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28802
28803 ;;;***
28804 \f
28805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-gw" "url/url-gw.el" (21302 6606 390237
28806 ;;;;;;  377000))
28807 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28808
28809 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
28810 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28811
28812 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28813
28814 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
28815 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28816 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28817 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28818 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28819
28820 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28821
28822 ;;;***
28823 \f
28824 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (21307
28825 ;;;;;;  58279 19956 0))
28826 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28827
28828 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28829 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28830 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28831 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28832 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28833 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28834
28835 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
28836
28837 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
28838 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
28839 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
28840 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
28841 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28842
28843 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28844
28845 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
28846 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
28847 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc).  ARGS are
28848 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
28849
28850 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28851
28852 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
28853 Copy URL to NEWNAME.  Both args must be strings.
28854 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28855 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28856 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28857 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28858 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28859 last-modified time as the old one.  (This works on only some systems.)
28860 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
28861 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28862
28863 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
28864
28865 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
28866 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28867 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28868 accessible.
28869
28870 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28871
28872 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
28873
28874
28875 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28876
28877 ;;;***
28878 \f
28879 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (21302 6606 390237
28880 ;;;;;;  377000))
28881 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28882  (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
28883
28884 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
28885  (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28886  (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28887  (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28888  (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28889
28890 ;;;***
28891 \f
28892 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (21187 63826 213216
28893 ;;;;;;  0))
28894 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28895
28896 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
28897
28898
28899 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28900
28901 ;;;***
28902 \f
28903 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (21187 63826 213216
28904 ;;;;;;  0))
28905 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28906
28907 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
28908 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28909 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28910 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28911 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28912
28913 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28914
28915 ;;;***
28916 \f
28917 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el" (21187 63826
28918 ;;;;;;  213216 0))
28919 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28920
28921 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
28922
28923
28924 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28925
28926 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
28927 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28928
28929 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28930
28931 ;;;***
28932 \f
28933 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (21187 63826 213216
28934 ;;;;;;  0))
28935 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28936
28937 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
28938 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28939
28940 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28941
28942 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
28943 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28944
28945 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28946
28947 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
28948
28949
28950 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28951
28952 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28953
28954 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28955
28956 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
28957
28958 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
28959 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28960
28961 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28962
28963 ;;;***
28964 \f
28965 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-news" "url/url-news.el" (21301 65237 320114
28966 ;;;;;;  350000))
28967 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
28968
28969 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
28970
28971
28972 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28973
28974 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
28975
28976
28977 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28978
28979 ;;;***
28980 \f
28981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el" (21187 63826 213216
28982 ;;;;;;  0))
28983 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
28984
28985 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
28986
28987
28988 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28989
28990 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
28991
28992
28993 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
28994
28995 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
28996
28997
28998 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28999
29000 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29001
29002
29003 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29004
29005 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29006
29007
29008 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29009
29010 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29011
29012
29013 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29014
29015 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29016
29017
29018 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29019
29020 ;;;***
29021 \f
29022 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-parse" "url/url-parse.el" (21187 63826
29023 ;;;;;;  213216 0))
29024 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29025
29026 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29027 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29028
29029 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29030
29031 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29032 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
29033 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
29034
29035 TYPE     is the URI scheme (string or nil).
29036 USER     is the user name (string or nil).
29037 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
29038 HOST     is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
29039          brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
29040 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
29041 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
29042 TARGET   is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
29043          subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
29044 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
29045          value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
29046          since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
29047 FULLNESS is non-nil iff the hierarchical sequence component of
29048          the URL starts with two slashes, \"//\".
29049
29050 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
29051 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
29052 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
29053
29054 Here is an example.  The URL
29055
29056   foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
29057
29058 parses to
29059
29060   TYPE     = \"foo\"
29061   USER     = \"bob\"
29062   PASSWORD = \"pass\"
29063   HOST     = \"example.com\"
29064   PORTSPEC = 42
29065   FILENAME = \"/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal\"
29066   TARGET   = \"nose\"
29067   ATTRIBUTES = nil
29068   FULLNESS = t
29069
29070 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29071
29072 ;;;***
29073 \f
29074 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el" (21187 63826
29075 ;;;;;;  213216 0))
29076 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29077
29078 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29079 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29080
29081 \(fn)" t nil)
29082
29083 ;;;***
29084 \f
29085 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el" (21193 16180
29086 ;;;;;;  875828 0))
29087 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
29088
29089 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
29090 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29091 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
29092 but with limits on the degree of parallelism.  The variable
29093 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
29094 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
29095
29096 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29097
29098 ;;;***
29099 \f
29100 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-tramp" "url/url-tramp.el" (21307 58279
29101 ;;;;;;  19956 0))
29102 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-tramp.el
29103
29104 (defvar url-tramp-protocols '("ftp" "ssh" "scp" "rsync" "telnet") "\
29105 List of URL protocols the work is handled by Tramp.
29106 They must also be covered by `url-handler-regexp'.")
29107
29108 (custom-autoload 'url-tramp-protocols "url-tramp" t)
29109
29110 (autoload 'url-tramp-file-handler "url-tramp" "\
29111 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29112 OPERATION is what needs to be done.  ARGS are the arguments that
29113 would have been passed to OPERATION.
29114
29115 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29116
29117 ;;;***
29118 \f
29119 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (21302 6606 390237
29120 ;;;;;;  377000))
29121 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29122
29123 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29124 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29125 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29126
29127 If t, all messages will be logged.
29128 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29129 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29130
29131 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29132
29133 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29134
29135
29136 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29137
29138 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29139
29140
29141 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29142
29143 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29144 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29145 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29146 an attribute value in a tag.  Returns a new string with the result of the
29147 conversion.  Replaces these characters as follows:
29148     &  ==>  &amp;
29149     <  ==>  &lt;
29150     >  ==>  &gt;
29151     \"  ==>  &quot;
29152
29153 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29154
29155 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29156 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29157 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29158
29159 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29160
29161 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29162 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29163 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29164
29165 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29166
29167 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29168 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29169
29170 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29171
29172 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29173 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29174
29175 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29176
29177 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29178 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29179
29180 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29181
29182 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29183
29184
29185 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29186
29187 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29188
29189
29190 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29191
29192 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29193
29194 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29195 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29196
29197 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29198
29199 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29200 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29201
29202 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29203
29204 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29205
29206
29207 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29208
29209 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
29210 Build a query-string.
29211
29212 Given a QUERY in the form:
29213 '((key1 val1)
29214   (key2 val2)
29215   (key3 val1 val2)
29216   (key4)
29217   (key5 \"\"))
29218
29219 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
29220
29221 This will return a string
29222 \"key1=val1&key2=val2&key3=val1&key3=val2&key4&key5\". Keys may
29223 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
29224 be used.
29225
29226 When SEMICOLONS is given, the separator will be \";\".
29227
29228 When KEEP-EMPTY is given, empty values will show as \"key=\"
29229 instead of just \"key\" as in the example above.
29230
29231 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
29232
29233 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29234 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29235 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29236 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29237 forbidden in URL encoding.
29238
29239 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29240
29241 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29242 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
29243 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
29244 string.  Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
29245 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
29246 string: \"%\" followed by two upper-case hex digits.
29247
29248 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS.  If this
29249 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
29250 allowed characters.  Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
29251 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
29252
29253 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
29254
29255 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
29256 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
29257 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
29258 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase.  Apart from
29259 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
29260 should return it unchanged.
29261
29262 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29263
29264 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29265 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29266 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29267 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29268
29269 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29270
29271 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29272 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29273 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29274
29275 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29276
29277 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29278 View the current document's URL.
29279 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29280 the minibuffer.
29281
29282 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29283
29284 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29285
29286 ;;;***
29287 \f
29288 ;;;### (autoloads nil "userlock" "userlock.el" (21260 57764 872288
29289 ;;;;;;  374000))
29290 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29291
29292 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29293 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29294 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29295   do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29296     to refrain from editing the file
29297   return t (grab the lock on the file)
29298   return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29299 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29300 in any way you like.
29301
29302 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29303
29304 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29305 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29306 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29307 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29308 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29309
29310 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29311 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29312
29313 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29314
29315 ;;;***
29316 \f
29317 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (21187 63826
29318 ;;;;;;  213216 0))
29319 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29320
29321 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29322
29323
29324 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29325
29326 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29327
29328
29329 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29330
29331 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29332
29333
29334 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29335
29336 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29337
29338
29339 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29340
29341 ;;;***
29342 \f
29343 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
29344 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
29345
29346 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29347 Encode UTF-7 STRING.  Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29348
29349 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29350
29351 ;;;***
29352 \f
29353 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el" (21187 63826
29354 ;;;;;;  213216 0))
29355 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29356
29357 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29358 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29359 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.  The program
29360 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29361
29362 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29363
29364 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29365 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29366 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29367
29368 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29369
29370 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29371 Uudecode region between START and END.
29372 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29373
29374 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29375
29376 ;;;***
29377 \f
29378 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc" "vc/vc.el" (21332 61483 90708 0))
29379 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29380
29381 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29382 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29383 See `run-hooks'.")
29384
29385 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29386
29387 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29388 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29389 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29390
29391 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29392
29393 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29394 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29395 See `run-hooks'.")
29396
29397 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29398
29399 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29400 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29401 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
29402 same state.  If not, signal an error.
29403
29404 For merging-based version control systems:
29405   If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
29406    control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
29407   If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
29408    up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
29409   For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
29410    the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
29411
29412 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
29413   If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
29414   If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
29415    the file(s) for editing.
29416   If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
29417    *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes.  If the variable
29418    `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (the default), leave a
29419    read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
29420   If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
29421   If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
29422
29423 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29424
29425 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29426 Register into a version control system.
29427 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29428 Otherwise register the current file.
29429 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
29430 level.  If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29431
29432 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29433 `vc-handled-backends'.  The first backend in that list which declares
29434 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29435 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29436 register the file.  If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29437 first backend that could register the file is used.
29438
29439 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29440
29441 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29442 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29443
29444 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29445
29446 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29447 Display diffs between file revisions.
29448 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29449 working revisions.  With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29450 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29451
29452 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29453 saving the buffer.
29454
29455 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29456
29457 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
29458 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
29459 repository history using ediff.
29460
29461 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29462
29463 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
29464 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
29465 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29466 working revisions.  With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29467 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29468
29469 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29470 saving the buffer.
29471
29472 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29473
29474 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
29475 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
29476 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
29477 fileset with the working revision.
29478 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
29479 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29480
29481 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29482 saving the buffer.
29483
29484 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29485
29486 (autoload 'vc-root-dir "vc" "\
29487 Return the root directory for the current VC tree.
29488 Return nil if the root directory cannot be identified.
29489
29490 \(fn)" nil nil)
29491
29492 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29493 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29494 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29495 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29496
29497 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29498
29499 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29500 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29501 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29502 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29503
29504 \(fn)" t nil)
29505
29506 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29507 Perform a version control merge operation.
29508 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29509 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
29510 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
29511 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
29512
29513 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
29514 between two revisions into the current fileset.  This asks for
29515 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer.  If the first
29516 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29517 branch.  If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
29518 changes from the current branch.
29519
29520 \(fn)" t nil)
29521
29522 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29523
29524 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
29525 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
29526 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29527 the named configuration.  If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29528 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
29529 checked out in that new branch.
29530
29531 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29532
29533 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
29534 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
29535 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
29536 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29537 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29538 allowed and simply skipped).
29539
29540 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29541
29542 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29543 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29544 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
29545 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29546 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29547
29548 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
29549 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
29550
29551 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
29552
29553 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
29554 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
29555 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29556 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29557 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
29558
29559 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
29560
29561 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
29562 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
29563 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29564
29565 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29566
29567 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
29568 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
29569 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29570
29571 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29572
29573 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29574 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29575 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29576 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29577
29578 \(fn)" t nil)
29579
29580 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
29581 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
29582 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
29583 depending on the underlying version-control system.
29584
29585 \(fn)" t nil)
29586
29587 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29588
29589 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
29590 Update the current fileset or branch.
29591 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29592 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
29593 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
29594 list if required.  Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt.
29595
29596 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
29597 fileset to the tip revisions.  For each unchanged and unlocked
29598 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
29599 on its branch.  If the file contains changes, any changes in the
29600 tip revision are merged into the working file.
29601
29602 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29603
29604 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
29605
29606 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29607 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29608 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND.  The change is not
29609 permanent, only for the current session.  This function only changes
29610 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29611 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29612 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29613
29614 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29615
29616 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29617 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29618 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29619 \(i.e.  it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29620 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29621 base level.  If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29622 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29623 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29624 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29625
29626 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29627
29628 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
29629 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
29630 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
29631 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29632
29633 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29634
29635 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29636 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
29637 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
29638 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29639
29640 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29641
29642 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29643 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29644 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29645 directory.
29646
29647 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29648
29649 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29650 files that are under version control.  This puts all the entries in the
29651 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29652
29653 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29654 log entries should be gathered.
29655
29656 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29657
29658 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29659 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29660
29661 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29662
29663 ;;;***
29664 \f
29665 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el" (21240 46395
29666 ;;;;;;  727291 0))
29667 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
29668
29669 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
29670 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
29671
29672 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29673 file, when it was last edited and by whom.  Additionally, colors are
29674 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29675 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages.  By
29676 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29677 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29678
29679 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29680 minibuffer.  First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
29681 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29682 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged).  Then,
29683 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29684 should cover.  For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29685 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29686 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29687
29688 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
29689
29690 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
29691
29692 Customization variables:
29693
29694 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29695 mode-specific menu.  `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29696 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29697 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29698
29699 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
29700
29701 ;;;***
29702 \f
29703 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc/vc-arch.el" (21187 63826 213216
29704 ;;;;;;  0))
29705 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-arch.el
29706  (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29707   (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29708       (progn
29709         (load "vc-arch" nil t)
29710         (vc-arch-registered file))))
29711
29712 ;;;***
29713 \f
29714 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (21240 46395 727291
29715 ;;;;;;  0))
29716 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
29717
29718 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29719 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29720
29721 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
29722 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
29723  (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29724   (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29725       (progn
29726         (load "vc-bzr" nil t)
29727         (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29728
29729 ;;;***
29730 \f
29731 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (21187 63826 213216
29732 ;;;;;;  0))
29733 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
29734 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29735   "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
29736   (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29737                           "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29738       (load "vc-cvs" nil t)
29739       (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29740
29741 ;;;***
29742 \f
29743 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (21187 63826 213216
29744 ;;;;;;  0))
29745 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
29746
29747 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
29748 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
29749 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
29750 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
29751 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
29752
29753 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
29754 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
29755 The file lines appear later.
29756
29757 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
29758 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
29759
29760 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
29761
29762 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
29763
29764 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
29765
29766 ;;;***
29767 \f
29768 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el" (21187
29769 ;;;;;;  63826 213216 0))
29770 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
29771
29772 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
29773 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29774 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
29775 BUFFER is t.  If the destination buffer is not already current,
29776 set it up properly and erase it.  The command is considered
29777 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29778 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
29779 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
29780 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
29781 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
29782 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
29783 name or set of files).  If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29784 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29785 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
29786 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
29787
29788 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29789
29790 ;;;***
29791 \f
29792 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (21274 64565 737222
29793 ;;;;;;  0))
29794 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
29795  (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29796   "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29797   (if (vc-find-root file ".git")       ; Short cut.
29798       (progn
29799         (load "vc-git" nil t)
29800         (vc-git-registered file))))
29801
29802 ;;;***
29803 \f
29804 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
29805 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
29806  (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
29807   "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
29808   (if (vc-find-root file ".hg")       ; short cut
29809       (progn
29810         (load "vc-hg" nil t)
29811         (vc-hg-registered file))))
29812
29813 ;;;***
29814 \f
29815 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (21187 63826 213216
29816 ;;;;;;  0))
29817 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
29818
29819 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
29820 Name of the monotone directory.")
29821
29822 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
29823 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
29824  (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
29825   (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
29826       (progn
29827         (load "vc-mtn" nil t)
29828         (vc-mtn-registered file))))
29829
29830 ;;;***
29831 \f
29832 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el" (21187 63826 213216
29833 ;;;;;;  0))
29834 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
29835
29836 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29837 Where to look for RCS master files.
29838 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29839
29840 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
29841
29842 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29843
29844 ;;;***
29845 \f
29846 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el" (21187 63826 213216
29847 ;;;;;;  0))
29848 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
29849
29850 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29851 Where to look for SCCS master files.
29852 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29853
29854 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
29855
29856 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29857
29858 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (_dirname basename) "\
29859 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29860 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29861 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29862
29863 ;;;***
29864 \f
29865 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (21187 63826 213216
29866 ;;;;;;  0))
29867 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
29868  (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29869   (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29870                                (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29871                           "_svn")
29872                          (t ".svn"))))
29873     (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
29874       (load "vc-svn" nil t)
29875       (vc-svn-registered f))))
29876
29877 ;;;***
29878 \f
29879 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el" (21187
29880 ;;;;;;  63826 213216 0))
29881 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
29882 (push (purecopy '(vera-mode 2 28)) package--builtin-versions)
29883  (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'")  'vera-mode))
29884
29885 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
29886 Major mode for editing Vera code.
29887
29888 Usage:
29889 ------
29890
29891   INDENTATION:  Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
29892     The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
29893     Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
29894     `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
29895
29896   WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION:  Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
29897     for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
29898     and adjusts case.  Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
29899     completions.
29900
29901     Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
29902     at the beginning of a line).  `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
29903
29904   COMMENTS:  `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
29905     uncomments a region if already commented out.
29906
29907   HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):  Vera keywords, predefined types and
29908     constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
29909     comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
29910
29911   VERA VERSION:  OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
29912
29913
29914 Maintenance:
29915 ------------
29916
29917 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
29918 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29919
29920 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
29921
29922 Official distribution is at
29923 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
29924
29925
29926                                                   The Vera Mode Maintainer
29927                                                Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
29928
29929 Key bindings:
29930 -------------
29931
29932 \\{vera-mode-map}
29933
29934 \(fn)" t nil)
29935
29936 ;;;***
29937 \f
29938 ;;;### (autoloads nil "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
29939 ;;;;;;  (21298 43300 420449 0))
29940 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
29941
29942 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
29943 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
29944 \\<verilog-mode-map>
29945 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
29946 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
29947
29948 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
29949
29950 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
29951 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
29952
29953 Supports highlighting.
29954
29955 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
29956 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
29957
29958 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
29959
29960  variable `verilog-indent-level'      (default 3)
29961    Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
29962  `verilog-indent-level-module'        (default 3)
29963    Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
29964    Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
29965    on the left side of your screen.
29966  `verilog-indent-level-declaration'   (default 3)
29967    Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
29968    Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
29969  `verilog-indent-level-behavioral'    (default 3)
29970    Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
29971    Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
29972    function keyword.
29973  `verilog-indent-level-directive'     (default 1)
29974    Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
29975  `verilog-cexp-indent'              (default 1)
29976    Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
29977       if (a)
29978         begin
29979  `verilog-case-indent'              (default 2)
29980    Indentation for case statements.
29981  `verilog-auto-newline'             (default nil)
29982    Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
29983    mark after an end.
29984  `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline'   (default t)
29985    Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
29986  `verilog-tab-always-indent'        (default t)
29987    Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
29988    regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
29989  `verilog-indent-begin-after-if'    (default t)
29990    Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
29991    if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any.  Otherwise,
29992    the begin is lined up with the preceding token.  If t, you get:
29993       if (a)
29994          begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
29995    otherwise you get:
29996       if (a)
29997       begin
29998  `verilog-auto-endcomments'         (default t)
29999    Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
30000    cases, tasks, functions and modules.
30001    The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
30002  `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
30003    Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
30004    will be inserted.  Setting this variable to zero results in every
30005    end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
30006    comments in tight quarters.
30007  `verilog-auto-lineup'              (default 'declarations)
30008    List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
30009
30010 Variables controlling other actions:
30011
30012  `verilog-linter'                   (default surelint)
30013    Unix program to call to run the lint checker.  This is the default
30014    command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
30015
30016 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
30017
30018 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
30019
30020     \\[verilog-auto]  Expand AUTO statements.
30021     \\[verilog-delete-auto]  Remove the AUTOs.
30022     \\[verilog-inject-auto]  Insert AUTOs for the first time.
30023
30024 Some other functions are:
30025
30026     \\[verilog-complete-word]    Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
30027     \\[verilog-mark-defun]  Mark function.
30028     \\[verilog-beg-of-defun]  Move to beginning of current function.
30029     \\[verilog-end-of-defun]  Move to end of current function.
30030     \\[verilog-label-be]  Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
30031
30032     \\[verilog-comment-region]  Put marked area in a comment.
30033     \\[verilog-uncomment-region]  Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
30034     \\[verilog-insert-block]  Insert begin ... end.
30035     \\[verilog-star-comment]    Insert /* ... */.
30036
30037     \\[verilog-sk-always]  Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
30038     \\[verilog-sk-begin]  Insert a begin .. end block.
30039     \\[verilog-sk-case]  Insert a case block, prompting for details.
30040     \\[verilog-sk-for]  Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30041     \\[verilog-sk-generate]  Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
30042     \\[verilog-sk-header]  Insert a header block at the top of file.
30043     \\[verilog-sk-initial]  Insert an initial begin .. end block.
30044     \\[verilog-sk-fork]  Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
30045     \\[verilog-sk-module]  Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
30046     \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class]  Insert an OVM Class block.
30047     \\[verilog-sk-uvm-object]  Insert an UVM Object block.
30048     \\[verilog-sk-uvm-component]  Insert an UVM Component block.
30049     \\[verilog-sk-primitive]  Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
30050     \\[verilog-sk-repeat]  Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
30051     \\[verilog-sk-specify]  Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
30052     \\[verilog-sk-task]  Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
30053     \\[verilog-sk-while]  Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30054     \\[verilog-sk-casex]  Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30055     \\[verilog-sk-casez]  Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30056     \\[verilog-sk-if]  Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
30057     \\[verilog-sk-else-if]  Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
30058     \\[verilog-sk-comment]  Insert a comment block.
30059     \\[verilog-sk-assign]  Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
30060     \\[verilog-sk-function]  Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30061     \\[verilog-sk-input]  Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30062     \\[verilog-sk-output]  Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30063     \\[verilog-sk-state-machine]  Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30064     \\[verilog-sk-inout]  Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30065     \\[verilog-sk-wire]  Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30066     \\[verilog-sk-reg]  Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30067     \\[verilog-sk-define-signal]  Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30068
30069 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30070 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30071
30072 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30073
30074 \(fn)" t nil)
30075
30076 ;;;***
30077 \f
30078 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" (21305
30079 ;;;;;;  16557 836987 0))
30080 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30081
30082 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30083 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30084
30085 Usage:
30086 ------
30087
30088   TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30089     After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30090     arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct.  Typing
30091     `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30092     template generation.  Optional arguments are indicated by square
30093     brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty.  Prompts for
30094     mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30095     empty.  They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'.  Enabled
30096     electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
30097
30098       Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30099     template generator.  Automatic template generation (i.e.
30100     electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30101     setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30102
30103       Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30104     bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30105     the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30106     `SPC'.  The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30107     conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30108
30109       Template styles can be customized in customization group
30110     `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30111
30112
30113   HEADER INSERTION:
30114     A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'.  A file footer
30115     (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30116     See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30117
30118
30119   STUTTERING:
30120     Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30121     Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30122     option `vhdl-stutter-mode'.  Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30123     the mode line.  The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30124
30125       ;;   -->  \" : \"       [   -->  (        --    -->  comment
30126       ;;;  -->  \" := \"      [[  -->  [        --CR  -->  comment-out code
30127       ..   -->  \" => \"      ]   -->  )        ---   -->  horizontal line
30128       ,,   -->  \" <= \"      ]]  -->  ]        ----  -->  display comment
30129       ==   -->  \" == \"      ''  -->  \\\"
30130
30131
30132   WORD COMPLETION:
30133     Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30134     word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30135     Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions.  This also
30136     works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30137
30138       Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30139     expressions (e.g. for array index ranges).  All keywords as well as
30140     standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30141     (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30142     beginning with \"std\").
30143
30144       Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30145     beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30146     inserts a tabulator stop otherwise.  `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30147     stop.
30148
30149
30150   COMMENTS:
30151         `--'       puts a single comment.
30152         `---'      draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30153         `----'     inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30154                    with a comment in between.
30155         `--CR'     comments out code on that line.  Re-hitting CR comments
30156                    out following lines.
30157         `C-c C-c'  comments out a region if not commented out,
30158                    uncomments a region if already commented out.  Option
30159                    `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
30160                    should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
30161
30162       You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30163     variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30164     specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30165     Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30166     begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30167     non-nil.
30168
30169       Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30170     are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'.  Comments go at
30171     maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'.  `RET' after a space in a comment
30172     will open a new comment line.  Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30173     in a comment automatically opens a new comment line.  `M-q' re-fills
30174     multi-line comments.
30175
30176
30177   INDENTATION:
30178     `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line.  The amount of
30179     indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'.  `C-c C-i C-l'
30180     always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30181     `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).  If a region is active, `TAB' indents
30182     the entire region.
30183
30184       Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30185     (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu).  Argument and port lists are
30186     indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30187     according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30188
30189       If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30190     tabs.  `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30191     and vice versa.
30192
30193       Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files.  Option
30194     `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
30195
30196       Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
30197     comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
30198     line.
30199
30200
30201   ALIGNMENT:
30202     The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30203     to beautify the code.  `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30204     separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30205     indent.  `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30206     a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30207     C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit.  `C-c
30208     C-a M-a' aligns an entire region.  `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30209     for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30210
30211       If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30212     separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30213     aligned individually.  If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30214     blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately.  Some templates
30215     are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30216     is non-nil.
30217
30218       Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30219     `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30220     `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30221
30222       `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region.  That is, operator
30223     symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30224
30225
30226   CODE FILLING:
30227     Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30228     maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30229     lines are maximally filled (block filling).  `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30230     enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30231     blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30232     `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30233
30234
30235   CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30236     `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30237     buffer respectively.  This includes indentation, alignment, and case
30238     fixing.  Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30239     command:
30240
30241       emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30242
30243
30244   PORT TRANSLATION:
30245     Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30246     copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30247     as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30248     signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30249     internal signal initializations (menu).
30250
30251       To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30252     `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'.  To include comments in pasting,
30253     see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30254
30255       A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30256     flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists.  The
30257     direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30258     outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches.  (This
30259     reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30260     in subsequent paste operations.)
30261
30262       Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30263     design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30264     to options `vhdl-...-name'.  See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30265
30266
30267   SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30268     Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30269     subprograms (function/procedure).  A subprogram interface can be copied
30270     and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30271     association list with formals).
30272
30273
30274   TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30275     A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench.  The generated
30276     testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30277     configuration.  The architecture contains the component declaration and
30278     instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30279     declarations.  Additional user-defined templates can be inserted.  The
30280     names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30281     structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30282    `vhdl-testbench'.
30283
30284
30285   KEY BINDINGS:
30286     Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30287
30288
30289   VHDL MENU:
30290     All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30291
30292
30293   FILE BROWSER:
30294     The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents.  It can
30295     be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30296     `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30297
30298       In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30299     browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30300
30301
30302   DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30303     The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30304     contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30305     projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30306
30307       The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30308     project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30309     `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30310
30311       In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30312     their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'.  Ports can directly be copied
30313     from entities and components (in packages).  Individual design units and
30314     complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30315
30316       The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30317     file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil.  The
30318     hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30319     speedbar.  The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30320     options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30321
30322       Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30323     multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30324     required by secondary units.
30325
30326
30327   STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30328     Enables simple structural composition.  `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
30329     for a new component.  Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30330     instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30331     (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P').  Finally,
30332     all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30333     and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
30334       - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30335         connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30336       - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30337         inputs to this component -> input port created
30338       - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30339         outputs from this component -> output port created
30340       - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30341         considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30342
30343       Purpose:  With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30344     create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30345     strokes.  A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30346     component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30347     browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30348
30349       Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30350     components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30351
30352       Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30353     `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30354     an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p').  The VHDL'93 direct
30355     component instantiation is also supported (option
30356     `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30357
30358       Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30359     the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30360     the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor).  The
30361     configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30362     component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30363     `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30364     (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration').  For
30365     subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30366     (mra) architecture is selected.  If another architecture is desired, it
30367     can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30368     generating the configuration.
30369
30370       Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30371     declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30372     configurations in speedbar.
30373
30374       See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30375
30376
30377   SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30378     The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30379     compiler (menu, `C-c C-k').  The compiler to be used is specified by
30380     option `vhdl-compiler'.  The available compilers are listed in option
30381     `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30382     command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30383     information.  New compilers can be added.
30384
30385       All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30386     command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30387
30388
30389   MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30390     Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30391     routine (`C-c M-k').  The library unit dependency information is
30392     obtained from the hierarchy browser.  Makefile generation can be
30393     customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30394
30395       Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30396     command:
30397
30398         emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30399               [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30400               -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30401
30402       The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30403     target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30404     library directory if not existent.  These target names can be customized
30405     by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'.  The Makefile also includes a
30406     target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
30407     of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
30408     compilation of a design specified by a configuration).  User specific
30409     parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
30410     `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30411
30412     Limitations:
30413       - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30414         considered.  Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30415         not (yet) supported.
30416       - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30417         but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30418       - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30419
30420
30421   PROJECTS:
30422     Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30423     project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30424     the menu or speedbar (temporarily).  For each project, title and
30425     description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30426     (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30427     compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30428     specified.  Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30429     `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30430
30431       Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30432     Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30433     can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer.  When starting
30434     Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30435     vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30436     automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30437     `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil.  Names/paths of the project setup
30438     files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'.  Multiple
30439     project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30440     This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30441     `vhdl-project-alist'.
30442
30443
30444   SPECIAL MENUES:
30445     As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30446     option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30447     (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30448     file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30449     larger than 256000).  Also, a source file menu can be
30450     added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30451     current directory for VHDL source files.
30452
30453
30454   VHDL STANDARDS:
30455     The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30456     Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02), VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30457
30458
30459   KEYWORD CASE:
30460     Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30461     and enumeration values is supported.  If the option
30462     `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30463     lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30464     types, attributes, and enumeration values).  The case of keywords,
30465     types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30466     region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30467     `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30468
30469
30470   HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30471     Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30472     function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30473     as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30474     different colors.  Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30475     parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30476     highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30477
30478       Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30479     that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30480     `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30481     a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words').  Verilog
30482     keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30483     `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30484
30485       Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30486     syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30487     option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil.  This allows to
30488     establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30489     of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30490     visually.
30491
30492       Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30493     to support case-sensitive highlighting.  However, keywords are then only
30494     highlighted if written in lower case.
30495
30496       Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30497     highlighted using a different background color if option
30498     `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30499
30500       For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30501     customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group').  For
30502     highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30503     `paren-showing'.  Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30504     option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30505
30506
30507   USER MODELS:
30508     VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30509     in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30510     electrification.  See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30511
30512
30513   HIDE/SHOW:
30514     The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30515     instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30516     be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30517     the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu').  XEmacs: limited
30518     functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30519
30520
30521   CODE UPDATING:
30522     - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30523       current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30524       Limitations:
30525         - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30526           architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30527         - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30528           Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30529         - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30530       Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30531       (used to obtain the port names).
30532       Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
30533       specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
30534       sensitivity lists.
30535
30536
30537   CODE FIXING:
30538     `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30539     (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30540
30541
30542   PRINTING:
30543     PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30544     used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30545     `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30546     PostScript printing commands.  Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30547     appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30548     The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'.  Do not forget to
30549     switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30550     printers.
30551
30552
30553   OPTIONS:
30554     User options allow customization of VHDL Mode.  All options are
30555     accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry.  Simple options (switches
30556     and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30557     customization buffer is opened.  Changed options can be saved for future
30558     sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30559
30560       Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30561     the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30562     customize-group' for groups).  Some customizations only take effect
30563     after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30564     Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30565     INSTALL file).
30566
30567       Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30568     what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30569
30570
30571   FILE EXTENSIONS:
30572     As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30573     automatically recognized as VHDL source files.  To add an extension
30574     \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30575
30576       (push '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist)
30577
30578
30579   HINTS:
30580     - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30581       a VHDL file first, use the command:
30582
30583         emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30584
30585     - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30586
30587     - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30588
30589
30590   RELEASE NOTES:
30591     See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30592
30593
30594 Maintenance:
30595 ------------
30596
30597 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30598 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30599
30600 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30601
30602 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30603 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30604 releases.  You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing.  Subscribe
30605 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30606
30607 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30608 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30609 where the latest version can be found.
30610
30611
30612 Known problems:
30613 ---------------
30614
30615 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30616 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30617 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
30618 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
30619
30620
30621                                                 The VHDL Mode Authors
30622                                             Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30623
30624 Key bindings:
30625 -------------
30626
30627 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
30628
30629 \(fn)" t nil)
30630
30631 ;;;***
30632 \f
30633 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (20929 34089 117790
30634 ;;;;;;  0))
30635 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
30636
30637 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
30638 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
30639 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
30640 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
30641
30642 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
30643 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
30644 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
30645 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
30646 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
30647
30648 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
30649 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
30650
30651 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
30652
30653 * Limitations and unsupported features
30654   - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
30655     not supported.
30656   - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
30657   - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
30658
30659 * Modifications
30660   - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
30661     pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
30662     Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
30663   - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
30664     to undo twice to completely undo a change command.  But this is not needed
30665     for undoing a repeated change command.
30666   - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
30667     in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands.  Replace cmds too.
30668   - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
30669
30670 * Extensions
30671   - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
30672     incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
30673   - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
30674     esc-map or set undefined.  These can give you the full power of Emacs.
30675   - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
30676     `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
30677     `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'.  Some of them are quite handy.
30678   - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
30679
30680 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
30681
30682 \(fn)" t nil)
30683
30684 ;;;***
30685 \f
30686 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (21187
30687 ;;;;;;  63826 213216 0))
30688 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30689
30690 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30691 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30692
30693 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30694
30695 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30696 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30697 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30698 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30699
30700 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30701
30702 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30703 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30704
30705 \(fn)" t nil)
30706
30707 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30708 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30709 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30710 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30711
30712 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30713
30714 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30715 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30716
30717 \(fn)" t nil)
30718
30719 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30720
30721
30722 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30723
30724 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30725
30726
30727 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30728
30729 ;;;***
30730 \f
30731 ;;;### (autoloads nil "view" "view.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
30732 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30733
30734 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
30735 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
30736 If nil, make an icon of the frame.  If non-nil, delete the frame.")
30737
30738 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
30739
30740 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30741 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30742 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30743 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30744
30745 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30746
30747 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
30748 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
30749
30750 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
30751
30752 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30753 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30754 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30755 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30756 moving around in the buffer.
30757 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30758 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30759
30760 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30761
30762 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30763
30764 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30765 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30766 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
30767 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
30768
30769 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30770 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30771 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30772 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30773 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30774
30775 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30776
30777 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30778
30779 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
30780 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30781 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
30782 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
30783 buffer.
30784
30785 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30786 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30787 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30788 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30789 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30790
30791 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30792
30793 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30794
30795 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
30796 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30797 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30798 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30799 moving around in the buffer.
30800 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30801 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30802
30803 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30804
30805 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30806 argument.  This function is called when finished viewing buffer.  Use
30807 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30808
30809 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
30810 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
30811 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits.  Setting
30812 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
30813
30814 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30815 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30816 own View-like bindings.
30817
30818 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30819
30820 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
30821 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30822 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30823 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30824 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30825 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30826 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30827
30828 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30829
30830 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30831
30832 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30833 argument.  This function is called when finished viewing buffer.  Use
30834 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30835
30836 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30837 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30838 own View-like bindings.
30839
30840 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30841
30842 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
30843 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30844 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30845 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30846 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30847 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30848 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30849
30850 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30851
30852 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30853
30854 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30855 argument.  This function is called when finished viewing buffer.  Use
30856 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30857
30858 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30859 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30860 own View-like bindings.
30861
30862 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30863
30864 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
30865 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30866 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
30867 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable View mode
30868 if ARG is omitted or nil.
30869
30870 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
30871 contents are available as usual.  Kill commands insert text in
30872 kill buffers but do not delete.  Most other commands beep and
30873 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
30874
30875 \\<view-mode-map>
30876
30877 The following additional commands are provided.  Most commands
30878 take prefix arguments.  Page commands default to \"page size\"
30879 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
30880 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
30881 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
30882 which initially is half a window full.  Search commands default
30883 to a repeat count of one.
30884
30885 H, h, ?  This message.
30886 Digits  provide prefix arguments.
30887 \\[negative-argument]   negative prefix argument.
30888 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30889 >       move to the end of buffer.
30890 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end]   scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30891 SPC     scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30892           With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30893 DEL, S-SPC  scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30894               With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30895 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size]      like  \\[View-scroll-page-forward]  but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30896 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]     like  \\[View-scroll-page-backward]  but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30897 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward]       scroll forward \"half page size\" lines.  With prefix, sets
30898           \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30899 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward]      scroll backward \"half page size\" lines.  With prefix, sets
30900           \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30901 RET, LFD  scroll forward one line.  With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30902 y       scroll backward one line.  With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30903 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward]      revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30904           Use this to view a changing file.
30905 \\[what-line]   prints the current line number.
30906 \\[View-goto-percent]   goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30907 \\[View-goto-line]      goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30908 .       set the mark.
30909 x       exchanges point and mark.
30910 \\[View-back-to-mark]   return to mark and pops mark ring.
30911           Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30912           jump to line occurs.  The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30913 \\[point-to-register]   save current position in character register.
30914 '       go to position saved in character register.
30915 s       do forward incremental search.
30916 r       do reverse incremental search.
30917 \\[View-search-regexp-forward]  searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30918           ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30919           ! means search for a line with no match for regexp.  @ means start
30920           search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30921 \\      searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30922 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward]     searches forward for last regular expression.
30923 p       searches backward for last regular expression.
30924 \\[View-quit]   quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30925           \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30926 \\[View-exit]   exit View mode but stay in current buffer.  Use this if you started
30927           viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30928           This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30929 \\[View-exit-and-edit]  exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30930           even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30931 \\[View-quit-all]       quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30932 \\[View-leave]  quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30933 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30934
30935 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered.  If it was
30936 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30937 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30938 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30939 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30940 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30941 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30942 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30943 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30944
30945 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30946
30947 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30948
30949 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
30950 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
30951 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
30952 windows.  Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
30953 `view-return-to-alist' after purging.  For a description of items
30954 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
30955 function `view-mode-exit'.  If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
30956 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
30957 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
30958
30959 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
30960
30961 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." '"24.1")
30962
30963 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
30964 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
30965 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
30966 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
30967 buffer.  This entry replaces any parameter installed by
30968 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
30969
30970 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
30971 function that takes a buffer as argument.  This function will be
30972 called by `view-mode-exit'.
30973
30974 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30975
30976 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30977
30978 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30979
30980 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
30981 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30982
30983 \(fn)" t nil)
30984
30985 ;;;***
30986 \f
30987 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (21187 63826 213216
30988 ;;;;;;  0))
30989 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
30990
30991 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
30992 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
30993
30994 \(fn)" nil nil)
30995
30996 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
30997 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
30998
30999 \(fn)" t nil)
31000
31001 ;;;***
31002 \f
31003 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper" "emulation/viper.el" (21222 16439 978802
31004 ;;;;;;  0))
31005 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
31006 (push (purecopy '(viper 3 14 1)) package--builtin-versions)
31007
31008 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
31009 Toggle Viper on/off.
31010 If Viper is enabled, turn it off.  Otherwise, turn it on.
31011
31012 \(fn)" t nil)
31013
31014 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
31015 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
31016
31017 \(fn)" t nil)
31018
31019 ;;;***
31020 \f
31021 ;;;### (autoloads nil "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el" (21240
31022 ;;;;;;  46395 727291 0))
31023 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
31024
31025 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
31026 Function to generate warning prefixes.
31027 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
31028 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
31029 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
31030 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
31031 and the function can insert text in it.  This text becomes
31032 the beginning of the warning.")
31033
31034 (defvar warning-series nil "\
31035 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
31036 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
31037 which is the start of the current series; it means that
31038 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
31039 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
31040 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
31041 also call that function before the next warning.")
31042
31043 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31044 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31045
31046 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
31047 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31048 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31049 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31050
31051 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31052 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31053 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31054 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31055 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
31056 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
31057
31058 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31059 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31060 Default is :warning.
31061
31062 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31063               if you do not attend to it promptly.
31064 :error     -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
31065 :warning   -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
31066               but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
31067 :debug     -- info for debugging only.
31068
31069 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
31070 the warning.  By default, it is `*Warnings*'.  If this function
31071 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
31072
31073 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
31074
31075 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
31076 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
31077
31078 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
31079
31080 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
31081 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31082 \\<special-mode-map>
31083 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31084 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
31085
31086 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31087 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31088 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
31089 can be whatever you like.)
31090
31091 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31092 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31093
31094 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31095               if you do not attend to it promptly.
31096 :error     -- invalid data or circumstances.
31097 :warning   -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31098 :debug     -- info for debugging only.
31099
31100 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31101
31102 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31103 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31104 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31105 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31106 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31107
31108 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31109
31110 ;;;***
31111 \f
31112 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wdired" "wdired.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
31113 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31114 (push (purecopy '(wdired 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
31115
31116 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31117 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
31118 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31119 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
31120 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
31121 files.  After typing \\[wdired-finish-edit], Emacs modifies the files and
31122 directories to reflect your edits.
31123
31124 See `wdired-mode'.
31125
31126 \(fn)" t nil)
31127
31128 ;;;***
31129 \f
31130 ;;;### (autoloads nil "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (21187 63826 213216
31131 ;;;;;;  0))
31132 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31133
31134 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31135 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31136
31137 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31138 hotlist.
31139
31140 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31141 <nwv@acm.org>.
31142
31143 \(fn)" t nil)
31144
31145 ;;;***
31146 \f
31147 ;;;### (autoloads nil "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el" (21187
31148 ;;;;;;  63826 213216 0))
31149 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31150  (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31151  (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31152
31153 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
31154
31155 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31156 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31157 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31158 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31159 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31160 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31161
31162 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31163
31164 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31165 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
31166 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
31167 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
31168 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31169
31170 Which Function mode is a global minor mode.  When enabled, the
31171 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
31172 in certain major modes.
31173
31174 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31175
31176 ;;;***
31177 \f
31178 ;;;### (autoloads nil "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (21255 45558 780901
31179 ;;;;;;  0))
31180 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31181 (push (purecopy '(whitespace 13 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
31182
31183 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31184 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
31185 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
31186 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
31187 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31188
31189 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31190 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31191
31192 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31193
31194 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31195 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
31196 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
31197 is positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp,
31198 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31199
31200 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31201 exclusively.  For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31202 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31203 use `whitespace-mode'.
31204
31205 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31206
31207 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31208
31209 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31210 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31211 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31212 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31213 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31214 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31215
31216 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31217
31218 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31219 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
31220 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
31221 is positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp,
31222 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31223
31224 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31225 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31226
31227 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31228
31229 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31230 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31231 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31232 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31233 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31234 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31235
31236 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31237
31238 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31239 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
31240 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
31241 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from
31242 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31243
31244 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31245 visualization exclusively.  For other visualizations, including
31246 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31247 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31248
31249 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31250
31251 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31252
31253 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31254 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31255
31256 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31257 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31258
31259 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31260 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31261
31262 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31263
31264   CHAR  MEANING
31265   (VIA FACES)
31266    f    toggle face visualization
31267    t    toggle TAB visualization
31268    s    toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31269    r    toggle trailing blanks visualization
31270    l    toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31271    L    toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31272    n    toggle NEWLINE visualization
31273    e    toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31274    C-i  toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31275    I    toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31276    i    toggle indentation TABs visualization
31277    C-a  toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31278    A    toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31279    a    toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31280    C-b  toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31281    B    toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31282    b    toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31283
31284   (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31285    T    toggle TAB visualization
31286    S    toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31287    N    toggle NEWLINE visualization
31288
31289    x    restore `whitespace-style' value
31290    ?    display brief help
31291
31292 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31293 The valid symbols are:
31294
31295    face                 toggle face visualization
31296    tabs                 toggle TAB visualization
31297    spaces               toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31298    trailing             toggle trailing blanks visualization
31299    lines                toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31300    lines-tail           toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31301    newline              toggle NEWLINE visualization
31302    empty                toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31303    indentation          toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31304    indentation::tab     toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31305    indentation::space   toggle indentation TABs visualization
31306    space-after-tab              toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31307    space-after-tab::tab         toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31308    space-after-tab::space       toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31309    space-before-tab             toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31310    space-before-tab::tab        toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31311    space-before-tab::space      toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31312
31313    tab-mark             toggle TAB visualization
31314    space-mark           toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31315    newline-mark         toggle NEWLINE visualization
31316
31317    whitespace-style     restore `whitespace-style' value
31318
31319 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31320
31321 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31322
31323 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31324 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31325
31326 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31327 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31328
31329 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31330 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31331
31332 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31333
31334   CHAR  MEANING
31335   (VIA FACES)
31336    f    toggle face visualization
31337    t    toggle TAB visualization
31338    s    toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31339    r    toggle trailing blanks visualization
31340    l    toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31341    L    toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31342    n    toggle NEWLINE visualization
31343    e    toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31344    C-i  toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31345    I    toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31346    i    toggle indentation TABs visualization
31347    C-a  toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31348    A    toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31349    a    toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31350    C-b  toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31351    B    toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31352    b    toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31353
31354   (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31355    T    toggle TAB visualization
31356    S    toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31357    N    toggle NEWLINE visualization
31358
31359    x    restore `whitespace-style' value
31360    ?    display brief help
31361
31362 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31363 The valid symbols are:
31364
31365    face                 toggle face visualization
31366    tabs                 toggle TAB visualization
31367    spaces               toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31368    trailing             toggle trailing blanks visualization
31369    lines                toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31370    lines-tail           toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31371    newline              toggle NEWLINE visualization
31372    empty                toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31373    indentation          toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31374    indentation::tab     toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31375    indentation::space   toggle indentation TABs visualization
31376    space-after-tab              toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31377    space-after-tab::tab         toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31378    space-after-tab::space       toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31379    space-before-tab             toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31380    space-before-tab::tab        toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31381    space-before-tab::space      toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31382
31383    tab-mark             toggle TAB visualization
31384    space-mark           toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31385    newline-mark         toggle NEWLINE visualization
31386
31387    whitespace-style     restore `whitespace-style' value
31388
31389 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31390
31391 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31392
31393 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31394 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31395
31396 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31397 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region.  It also
31398 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31399 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31400 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31401
31402 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31403
31404 The problems cleaned up are:
31405
31406 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31407 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31408    If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31409    empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31410
31411 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31412    If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31413    replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31414    `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31415    SPACEs.
31416    If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31417    replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31418    If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31419    replace TABs by SPACEs.
31420
31421 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31422    If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31423    replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31424    otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31425    If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31426    `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31427    If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31428    `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31429
31430 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31431    If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31432    all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31433
31434 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31435    If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31436    replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31437    otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31438    If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31439    `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31440    If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31441    `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31442
31443 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31444 documentation.
31445
31446 \(fn)" t nil)
31447
31448 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31449 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31450
31451 The problems cleaned up are:
31452
31453 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31454    If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31455    replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31456    `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31457    SPACEs.
31458    If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31459    replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31460    If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31461    replace TABs by SPACEs.
31462
31463 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31464    If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31465    replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31466    otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31467    If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31468    `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31469    If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31470    `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31471
31472 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31473    If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31474    all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31475
31476 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31477    If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31478    replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31479    otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31480    If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31481    `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31482    If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31483    `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31484
31485 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31486 documentation.
31487
31488 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31489
31490 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31491 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31492
31493 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31494 non-nil.
31495
31496 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31497 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
31498 `whitespace-style' to have:
31499
31500    empty
31501    trailing
31502    indentation
31503    space-before-tab
31504    space-after-tab
31505
31506 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31507 whitespace problems in buffer.
31508
31509 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31510
31511 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31512    empty                1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31513    empty                2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31514    trailing             3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31515    indentation          4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31516    space-before-tab     5. SPACEs before TAB.
31517    space-after-tab      6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31518
31519 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31520    empty                1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31521    empty                2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31522    trailing             3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31523    indentation          4. TABS at beginning of line.
31524    space-before-tab     5. SPACEs before TAB.
31525    space-after-tab      6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31526
31527 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31528 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31529 cleaning up these problems.
31530
31531 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31532
31533 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31534 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31535
31536 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31537 non-nil.
31538
31539 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31540 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31541 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31542
31543    empty
31544    indentation
31545    space-before-tab
31546    trailing
31547    space-after-tab
31548
31549 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31550 whitespace problems in buffer.
31551
31552 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31553
31554 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31555    empty                1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31556    empty                2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31557    trailing             3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31558    indentation          4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31559    space-before-tab     5. SPACEs before TAB.
31560    space-after-tab      6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31561
31562 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31563    empty                1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31564    empty                2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31565    trailing             3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31566    indentation          4. TABS at beginning of line.
31567    space-before-tab     5. SPACEs before TAB.
31568    space-after-tab      6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31569
31570 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31571 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31572 cleaning up these problems.
31573
31574 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31575
31576 ;;;***
31577 \f
31578 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (21187 63826 213216
31579 ;;;;;;  0))
31580 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31581
31582 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31583 Browse the widget under point.
31584
31585 \(fn POS)" t nil)
31586
31587 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31588 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31589
31590 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31591
31592 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31593 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31594
31595 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31596
31597 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31598 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
31599 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
31600 and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable the mode
31601 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31602
31603 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31604
31605 ;;;***
31606 \f
31607 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (21240 46395 727291
31608 ;;;;;;  0))
31609 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31610
31611 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31612 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31613
31614 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31615
31616 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31617 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31618 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31619
31620 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31621
31622 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31623 Create widget of TYPE.
31624 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31625
31626 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31627
31628 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31629 Delete WIDGET.
31630
31631 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31632
31633 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31634 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31635
31636 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31637
31638 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "       " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e   " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31639 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31640 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
31641 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
31642
31643 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31644 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31645
31646 \(fn)" nil nil)
31647
31648 ;;;***
31649 \f
31650 ;;;### (autoloads nil "windmove" "windmove.el" (21187 63826 213216
31651 ;;;;;;  0))
31652 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31653
31654 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31655 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31656 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31657 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31658 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31659 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31660 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31661
31662 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31663
31664 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31665 Select the window above the current one.
31666 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31667 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31668 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31669 negative ARG) of the current window.
31670 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31671
31672 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31673
31674 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31675 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31676 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31677 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31678 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31679 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31680 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31681
31682 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31683
31684 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31685 Select the window below the current one.
31686 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31687 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31688 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31689 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31690 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31691
31692 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31693
31694 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31695 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31696 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31697 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31698
31699 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31700
31701 ;;;***
31702 \f
31703 ;;;### (autoloads nil "winner" "winner.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
31704 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31705
31706 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31707 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
31708 See the command `winner-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31709 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31710 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31711 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
31712
31713 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31714
31715 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31716 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
31717 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
31718 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
31719 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
31720 \\{winner-mode-map}
31721
31722 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31723
31724 ;;;***
31725 \f
31726 ;;;### (autoloads nil "woman" "woman.el" (21240 46395 727291 0))
31727 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31728 (push (purecopy '(woman 0 551)) package--builtin-versions)
31729
31730 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
31731 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
31732 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
31733 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
31734 default version.  Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
31735
31736 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
31737
31738 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31739 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31740 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31741 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31742 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31743 `woman-path'.  The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31744 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31745 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31746
31747 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31748 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31749
31750 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31751
31752 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31753 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31754
31755 \(fn)" t nil)
31756
31757 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31758 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31759 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31760 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31761 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31762 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31763 decompress the file if appropriate.  See the documentation for the
31764 `woman' command for further details.
31765
31766 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31767
31768 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
31769 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
31770
31771 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
31772
31773 ;;;***
31774 \f
31775 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el" (21187 63826
31776 ;;;;;;  213216 0))
31777 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
31778 (push (purecopy '(ws-mode 0 7)) package--builtin-versions)
31779
31780 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
31781 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
31782
31783 BUGS:
31784  - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
31785    are not implemented
31786  - Options for search and replace
31787  - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
31788  - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
31789
31790 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
31791 Emacs-like.
31792
31793 \(fn)" t nil)
31794
31795 ;;;***
31796 \f
31797 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xml" "xml.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
31798 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
31799
31800 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
31801 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
31802 Return the top node with all its children.
31803 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
31804
31805 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.  By default,
31806 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31807 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31808
31809   (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31810
31811 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31812 namespace to URIs instead.
31813
31814 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31815 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31816
31817 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31818
31819   (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31820
31821 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31822
31823 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
31824 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
31825 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
31826 not contain well-formed XML.
31827
31828 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
31829 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
31830 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
31831 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
31832 element of the list.
31833 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.  By default,
31834 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31835 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31836
31837   (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31838
31839 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31840 namespace to URIs instead.
31841
31842 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31843 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31844
31845 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31846
31847   (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31848
31849 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31850
31851 ;;;***
31852 \f
31853 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xmltok" "nxml/xmltok.el" (21327 43559 923043
31854 ;;;;;;  0))
31855 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
31856
31857 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
31858 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
31859 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
31860 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
31861 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
31862 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
31863 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
31864 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
31865 declaration, return nil.  Otherwise, return t.
31866 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
31867
31868 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
31869
31870 ;;;***
31871 \f
31872 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (21327 43559 923043
31873 ;;;;;;  0))
31874 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
31875
31876 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
31877 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31878 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31879 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31880 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31881 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
31882
31883 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
31884
31885 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
31886 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
31887 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
31888 positive, and disable it otherwise.  If called from Lisp, enable
31889 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31890
31891 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
31892 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm.  It only
31893 works for simple uses of the mouse.  Basically, only non-modified
31894 single clicks are supported.  When turned on, the normal xterm
31895 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
31896 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
31897
31898 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31899
31900 ;;;***
31901 \f
31902 ;;;### (autoloads nil "yenc" "gnus/yenc.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
31903 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
31904
31905 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
31906 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
31907
31908 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31909
31910 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
31911 Extract file name from an yenc header.
31912
31913 \(fn)" nil nil)
31914
31915 ;;;***
31916 \f
31917 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zone" "play/zone.el" (21187 63826 213216 0))
31918 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
31919
31920 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
31921 Zone out, completely.
31922
31923 \(fn)" t nil)
31924
31925 ;;;***
31926 \f
31927 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
31928 ;;;;;;  "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
31929 ;;;;;;  "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
31930 ;;;;;;  "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
31931 ;;;;;;  "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
31932 ;;;;;;  "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
31933 ;;;;;;  "calc/calc-loaddefs.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
31934 ;;;;;;  "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
31935 ;;;;;;  "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el"
31936 ;;;;;;  "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el"
31937 ;;;;;;  "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el"
31938 ;;;;;;  "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el"
31939 ;;;;;;  "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
31940 ;;;;;;  "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
31941 ;;;;;;  "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
31942 ;;;;;;  "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
31943 ;;;;;;  "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el"
31944 ;;;;;;  "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
31945 ;;;;;;  "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
31946 ;;;;;;  "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el"
31947 ;;;;;;  "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el"
31948 ;;;;;;  "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" "cedet/ede/auto.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el"
31949 ;;;;;;  "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el" "cedet/ede/custom.el"
31950 ;;;;;;  "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el" "cedet/ede/files.el"
31951 ;;;;;;  "cedet/ede/generic.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el" "cedet/ede/loaddefs.el"
31952 ;;;;;;  "cedet/ede/locate.el" "cedet/ede/make.el" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el"
31953 ;;;;;;  "cedet/ede/pconf.el" "cedet/ede/pmake.el" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el"
31954 ;;;;;;  "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el"
31955 ;;;;;;  "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el"
31956 ;;;;;;  "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el"
31957 ;;;;;;  "cedet/ede/proj.el" "cedet/ede/project-am.el" "cedet/ede/shell.el"
31958 ;;;;;;  "cedet/ede/simple.el" "cedet/ede/source.el" "cedet/ede/speedbar.el"
31959 ;;;;;;  "cedet/ede/srecode.el" "cedet/ede/system.el" "cedet/ede/util.el"
31960 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el"
31961 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
31962 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine.el"
31963 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el"
31964 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el"
31965 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el"
31966 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/chart.el" "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el"
31967 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el"
31968 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/db-el.el" "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el"
31969 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el"
31970 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
31971 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
31972 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
31973 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
31974 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
31975 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
31976 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
31977 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
31978 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/loaddefs.el"
31979 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el"
31980 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/senator.el" "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el"
31981 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el"
31982 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el"
31983 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el"
31984 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
31985 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
31986 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
31987 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
31988 ;;;;;;  "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el"
31989 ;;;;;;  "cedet/srecode/args.el" "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el"
31990 ;;;;;;  "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el" "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
31991 ;;;;;;  "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
31992 ;;;;;;  "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
31993 ;;;;;;  "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
31994 ;;;;;;  "cedet/srecode/loaddefs.el" "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el"
31995 ;;;;;;  "cedet/srecode/semantic.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el" "cedet/srecode/table.el"
31996 ;;;;;;  "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "cus-dep.el"
31997 ;;;;;;  "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el"
31998 ;;;;;;  "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
31999 ;;;;;;  "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el"
32000 ;;;;;;  "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
32001 ;;;;;;  "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el"
32002 ;;;;;;  "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el"
32003 ;;;;;;  "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el"
32004 ;;;;;;  "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el"
32005 ;;;;;;  "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/subr-x.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
32006 ;;;;;;  "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el"
32007 ;;;;;;  "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el"
32008 ;;;;;;  "emulation/tpu-extras.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el"
32009 ;;;;;;  "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el"
32010 ;;;;;;  "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el" "erc/erc-backend.el"
32011 ;;;;;;  "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el"
32012 ;;;;;;  "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el"
32013 ;;;;;;  "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el"
32014 ;;;;;;  "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el"
32015 ;;;;;;  "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el"
32016 ;;;;;;  "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-tramp.el"
32017 ;;;;;;  "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el"
32018 ;;;;;;  "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el"
32019 ;;;;;;  "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
32020 ;;;;;;  "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
32021 ;;;;;;  "ezimage.el" "format-spec.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el"
32022 ;;;;;;  "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el"
32023 ;;;;;;  "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cloud.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
32024 ;;;;;;  "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
32025 ;;;;;;  "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-icalendar.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el"
32026 ;;;;;;  "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el"
32027 ;;;;;;  "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el"
32028 ;;;;;;  "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el"
32029 ;;;;;;  "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el"
32030 ;;;;;;  "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el"
32031 ;;;;;;  "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-archive.el"
32032 ;;;;;;  "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el"
32033 ;;;;;;  "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/nnagent.el"
32034 ;;;;;;  "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
32035 ;;;;;;  "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el"
32036 ;;;;;;  "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el"
32037 ;;;;;;  "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el"
32038 ;;;;;;  "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
32039 ;;;;;;  "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/registry.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el"
32040 ;;;;;;  "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rtree.el"
32041 ;;;;;;  "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el"
32042 ;;;;;;  "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el" "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el"
32043 ;;;;;;  "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el" "international/fontset.el"
32044 ;;;;;;  "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
32045 ;;;;;;  "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "kermit.el"
32046 ;;;;;;  "language/hanja-util.el" "language/thai-word.el" "ldefs-boot.el"
32047 ;;;;;;  "leim/quail/arabic.el" "leim/quail/croatian.el" "leim/quail/cyril-jis.el"
32048 ;;;;;;  "leim/quail/cyrillic.el" "leim/quail/czech.el" "leim/quail/ethiopic.el"
32049 ;;;;;;  "leim/quail/georgian.el" "leim/quail/greek.el" "leim/quail/hanja-jis.el"
32050 ;;;;;;  "leim/quail/hanja.el" "leim/quail/hanja3.el" "leim/quail/hebrew.el"
32051 ;;;;;;  "leim/quail/indian.el" "leim/quail/ipa-praat.el" "leim/quail/ipa.el"
32052 ;;;;;;  "leim/quail/japanese.el" "leim/quail/lao.el" "leim/quail/latin-alt.el"
32053 ;;;;;;  "leim/quail/latin-ltx.el" "leim/quail/latin-post.el" "leim/quail/latin-pre.el"
32054 ;;;;;;  "leim/quail/lrt.el" "leim/quail/persian.el" "leim/quail/py-punct.el"
32055 ;;;;;;  "leim/quail/pypunct-b5.el" "leim/quail/rfc1345.el" "leim/quail/sgml-input.el"
32056 ;;;;;;  "leim/quail/sisheng.el" "leim/quail/slovak.el" "leim/quail/symbol-ksc.el"
32057 ;;;;;;  "leim/quail/thai.el" "leim/quail/tibetan.el" "leim/quail/viqr.el"
32058 ;;;;;;  "leim/quail/vntelex.el" "leim/quail/vnvni.el" "leim/quail/welsh.el"
32059 ;;;;;;  "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mspools.el"
32060 ;;;;;;  "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
32061 ;;;;;;  "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el"
32062 ;;;;;;  "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el" "mail/rmailsum.el"
32063 ;;;;;;  "mail/undigest.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el"
32064 ;;;;;;  "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el"
32065 ;;;;;;  "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
32066 ;;;;;;  "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
32067 ;;;;;;  "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
32068 ;;;;;;  "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
32069 ;;;;;;  "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
32070 ;;;;;;  "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse.el"
32071 ;;;;;;  "mwheel.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
32072 ;;;;;;  "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
32073 ;;;;;;  "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el"
32074 ;;;;;;  "net/mairix.el" "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl.el"
32075 ;;;;;;  "net/shr-color.el" "net/soap-client.el" "net/soap-inspect.el"
32076 ;;;;;;  "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-adb.el" "net/tramp-cache.el"
32077 ;;;;;;  "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-gvfs.el"
32078 ;;;;;;  "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el" "net/tramp-sh.el"
32079 ;;;;;;  "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el" "net/zeroconf.el"
32080 ;;;;;;  "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
32081 ;;;;;;  "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
32082 ;;;;;;  "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
32083 ;;;;;;  "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
32084 ;;;;;;  "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
32085 ;;;;;;  "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "obsolete/abbrevlist.el" "obsolete/assoc.el"
32086 ;;;;;;  "obsolete/awk-mode.el" "obsolete/bruce.el" "obsolete/cl-compat.el"
32087 ;;;;;;  "obsolete/complete.el" "obsolete/cust-print.el" "obsolete/erc-hecomplete.el"
32088 ;;;;;;  "obsolete/fast-lock.el" "obsolete/gulp.el" "obsolete/iso-acc.el"
32089 ;;;;;;  "obsolete/iso-insert.el" "obsolete/iso-swed.el" "obsolete/keyswap.el"
32090 ;;;;;;  "obsolete/lazy-lock.el" "obsolete/ledit.el" "obsolete/levents.el"
32091 ;;;;;;  "obsolete/lmenu.el" "obsolete/longlines.el" "obsolete/lucid.el"
32092 ;;;;;;  "obsolete/mailpost.el" "obsolete/meese.el" "obsolete/mouse-sel.el"
32093 ;;;;;;  "obsolete/old-emacs-lock.el" "obsolete/old-whitespace.el"
32094 ;;;;;;  "obsolete/options.el" "obsolete/otodo-mode.el" "obsolete/patcomp.el"
32095 ;;;;;;  "obsolete/pc-mode.el" "obsolete/pc-select.el" "obsolete/pgg-def.el"
32096 ;;;;;;  "obsolete/pgg-gpg.el" "obsolete/pgg-parse.el" "obsolete/pgg-pgp.el"
32097 ;;;;;;  "obsolete/pgg-pgp5.el" "obsolete/pgg.el" "obsolete/rcompile.el"
32098 ;;;;;;  "obsolete/resume.el" "obsolete/s-region.el" "obsolete/scribe.el"
32099 ;;;;;;  "obsolete/spell.el" "obsolete/sregex.el" "obsolete/sup-mouse.el"
32100 ;;;;;;  "obsolete/swedish.el" "obsolete/sym-comp.el" "obsolete/terminal.el"
32101 ;;;;;;  "obsolete/vc-mcvs.el" "obsolete/xesam.el" "obsolete/yow.el"
32102 ;;;;;;  "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el" "org/ob-awk.el"
32103 ;;;;;;  "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el" "org/ob-core.el"
32104 ;;;;;;  "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el" "org/ob-dot.el" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el"
32105 ;;;;;;  "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el" "org/ob-fortran.el" "org/ob-gnuplot.el"
32106 ;;;;;;  "org/ob-haskell.el" "org/ob-io.el" "org/ob-java.el" "org/ob-js.el"
32107 ;;;;;;  "org/ob-keys.el" "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el" "org/ob-lilypond.el"
32108 ;;;;;;  "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-lob.el" "org/ob-makefile.el" "org/ob-matlab.el"
32109 ;;;;;;  "org/ob-maxima.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el" "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el"
32110 ;;;;;;  "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el" "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el"
32111 ;;;;;;  "org/ob-python.el" "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el"
32112 ;;;;;;  "org/ob-scala.el" "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el"
32113 ;;;;;;  "org/ob-shen.el" "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el"
32114 ;;;;;;  "org/ob-tangle.el" "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-attach.el"
32115 ;;;;;;  "org/org-bbdb.el" "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-clock.el"
32116 ;;;;;;  "org/org-crypt.el" "org/org-ctags.el" "org/org-datetree.el"
32117 ;;;;;;  "org/org-docview.el" "org/org-element.el" "org/org-entities.el"
32118 ;;;;;;  "org/org-eshell.el" "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-feed.el"
32119 ;;;;;;  "org/org-footnote.el" "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el"
32120 ;;;;;;  "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el" "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el"
32121 ;;;;;;  "org/org-install.el" "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-loaddefs.el"
32122 ;;;;;;  "org/org-macro.el" "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mobile.el" "org/org-mouse.el"
32123 ;;;;;;  "org/org-pcomplete.el" "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-protocol.el"
32124 ;;;;;;  "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-src.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-timer.el"
32125 ;;;;;;  "org/org-w3m.el" "org/ox-ascii.el" "org/ox-beamer.el" "org/ox-html.el"
32126 ;;;;;;  "org/ox-icalendar.el" "org/ox-latex.el" "org/ox-man.el" "org/ox-md.el"
32127 ;;;;;;  "org/ox-odt.el" "org/ox-org.el" "org/ox-publish.el" "org/ox-texinfo.el"
32128 ;;;;;;  "org/ox.el" "play/gametree.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
32129 ;;;;;;  "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
32130 ;;;;;;  "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
32131 ;;;;;;  "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
32132 ;;;;;;  "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
32133 ;;;;;;  "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
32134 ;;;;;;  "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
32135 ;;;;;;  "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
32136 ;;;;;;  "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el"
32137 ;;;;;;  "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
32138 ;;;;;;  "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
32139 ;;;;;;  "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
32140 ;;;;;;  "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-global.el" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
32141 ;;;;;;  "textmodes/reftex-parse.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el"
32142 ;;;;;;  "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el"
32143 ;;;;;;  "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el"
32144 ;;;;;;  "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-domsuf.el" "url/url-expand.el"
32145 ;;;;;;  "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-future.el" "url/url-history.el"
32146 ;;;;;;  "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
32147 ;;;;;;  "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el" "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el"
32148 ;;;;;;  "vc/ediff-ptch.el" "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el"
32149 ;;;;;;  "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el" "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el"
32150 ;;;;;;  "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-common-fns.el"
32151 ;;;;;;  "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "x-dnd.el") (21346 8217 934206
32152 ;;;;;;  432000))
32153
32154 ;;;***
32155 \f
32156 (provide 'loaddefs)
32157 ;; Local Variables:
32158 ;; version-control: never
32159 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32160 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32161 ;; coding: utf-8
32162 ;; End:
32163 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here